C24 5033 7_Disk_Operating_System_System_Generation_and_Maintenance_Apr69 7 Disk Operating System Generation And Maintenance Apr69 C24-5033-7_Disk_Operating_System_System_Generation_and_Maintenance_Apr69 C24-5033-7_Disk_Operating_System_System_Generation_and_Maintenance_Apr69
User Manual: C24-5033-7_Disk_Operating_System_System_Generation_and_Maintenance_Apr69
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .Page Count: 386
File Number S360-31
Form C24-S033-7
Systems Reference Library
IBM System/360
Disk Operating System
System Generation and Maintenance
This reference publication describes the specifications and
operating procedures for generating an installation-tailored
Disk Operating System. With the IBM-supplied Disk Operating
System and an IBM 2311 Direct Access Storage Device, or an
IBM 2314 Direct Access Storage Facility, a Disk Operating
System can be generated that supports those IBM-supplied
programs desired by the user, in addition to his own programs.
With the storage requirements provided, an installation-tailored
Disk Operating System can be planned. With the sample problems
provided, the generated system can be tested. A thorough
understanding of IBM System/360 Disk Operating System concepts and
machine facilities are prerequisites to the effective use of this
manual. Major topics discussed in detail are:
• Planning an Operational Pack
• System Generation and Maintenance
Macro Instructions for Generating a Supervisor
Maintenance Procedures
• Sample Problems
• Storage Requirements
Prerequisites to a thorough understanding of this manual are:
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System, System Control and System
Serv1ce Programs, Form C24-S036
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System, Supervisor and Input/Output
Macros, Form C24-S037
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System, Operating Guide,
Form C2S-S022
IBM System/360 Disk and Tape Operating Systems, Utility Programs
Specifications, Form C24-346S
IBM System/360 Basic Programming Support, DASD Utility Programs
Spec1f1cat10ns, Form C24-3363
For titles and abstracts of other associated pub~ications,
see the IBM System/360 Bibliography, Form A22-6822.
DOS
Eighth Edition (April 1969)
This edition applies to Release 20 of IBM System/360 Disk Operating system
and to all subsequent releases until otherwise indicated in new editions or
Technical Newsletters. Changes are continually made to the specifications
herein; before using this publication in connection with the operation of
IBM systems, consult the latest Systeml360 SRL Newsletter, Form N20-0360,
for the editions that are applicable and current.
This edition, C24-5033-7, is a major revision of, and obsoletes,
C24-5033-6.
Summary of Amendments
This edition reflects support for:
• Overlapping of I/O with processing for both the load and sequential
retrieve functions for indexed sequential files.
• The capability of returning additional unrecoverable I/O errors to the
problem program using the direct access, sequential disk, indexed
sequential and magnetic tape macro functions.
• The 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program for the IBM System/360 Model 40 and
Model 25.
• The librarian copy and organize program extension that allows merging
of litraries.
• PL/I Version 4.
•
BTA~
and QTAM in a multitasking environment.
• COBOL improvements for Indexed Sequential File Management
Maintenance changes
and technical corrections are also included.
The storage estimates, formerly published in IBM Systerrv360 Disk Operating
System Performance Estimates, Form C24-5032, are now published in Appendix
~ of this manual.
Changes are indicated by a vertical line to the left of affected text and
to the left of affected parts of figures.
A dot (.) next to a figure title
or page number indicates that the entire figure or page should be reviewed.
Requests for copies of IBM publications should be made to your IBM
representative or to the IBM branch office serving your locality.
A form for readers' comments is proviced at the back of this publication.
If the form has been removed, comments may be addressed to IBM Corporation,
Programming Pul::lic~tions, End~cott, New York 13760.
@
Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1966, 1968, 1969
Preface
This publication guides the user through
the generation of an installation-tailored
Disk Operating System for IBM Systeml360.
The information her:ein is of particular
interest to anyone who wants to build a
Disk Operating System, including
installation managers" system analysts,
programrr.ers and machine operators.
In particular, the user will find that
familiarity with the following system
programs and facilities is invaluable when
using this publication: the control
program, the system service programs, and
the input/output control system (IoeS)
logic modules. The control program, and
the system service programs are described
in the System COftrol and System Service
Programs publica ion. The IOCS logic
modules are described in the Supervisor and
Input/OutPUt Macros publication, both of
which are listed on the front cover.
The publication is divided into the
following major sections, and seven
appendixes:
Disk Operating Systems to maintain an
existing Disk Operating System.
section ten describes the IBM-supplied
sample problems that can be used to test a
system after it is generated.
The appendixes contain information
needed for planning a Disk Operating
System. Appendix B, IOCS Modules for
COBOL, RPG, and PLlI; Appendix C, IBM
System Components Identification; and
Appendix G, Storage Requirements are of
major importance for planning purposes.
Appendixes Band C will assist the user
when planning the contents of his
libraries, and Appendix G when estimating
the size of his supervisor, and libraries.
Closely related publications are:
IBM system/360 Disk Operating System,
Timing Estimates, Form C24-5032
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System,
Vocabulary File Utility Programs for IBM
7772 Audio Response Unit, Form C27-6924
IBM Systeml360 Basic Programming Support,
Distribution Program Specifications and
Operating Guide, Form C21-5001
1..
Introduction
2.
Planning an Operational Pack
3.
System Generation and Maintenance
Procedure
C24-3392
4.
IBM BPS Utility Programs
References are made in this publication
to the following:
5.
Macro Instructions for Generating a
Supervisor
6.
Two 2311 Disk Drives
7r
One 2311 Disk Drive
8.
IBM 2314 Direct Access Storage
Facility
9.
10.
Maintenance Procedures
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
The first five sections contain required
information for most users. Sections six,
seven, and eight refer to specific machine
configurations, and present techniques for
generating a system.
They are examples
intended to guide the user through the
generation of his system. Only the section
that relates to the user's configuration
need be read.
Section nine describes maintenance
procedures and how to apply IBM-supplied
IBM System/360 Basic Programming Support,
DASD Utility Programs Operating Guide, Form
IBM Systeml360 Disk and Tape Operating
Systems, COBOL Programmer's Guide, Form
C24-5025
IBM Systerr.l'360 Disk Operating System,
FORTRAN IV Programmer's Guide, Form
C28-6397
IBM System/360 Disk and Tape Operating
systems, Basic FORTRAN IV Programmer's
Guide, Form C24-5038
IBM System/360 Disk and Tape Operating
Systems, PL/I Programmer's Guide, Form
C24-9005
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System
1401/1440/1460 Emulator Programs for IBM
System/360 Models 30 and 40; Compatibility
Support/30j Compatibility support/40, Form
C27-6940
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System
Autotest, Form C24-5062.
Preface
3.
Contents
INTRODUCTION • • • • • • •
Planning System Generation
Planning the Libraries .
Core Image Library • • •
Relocatable Library
Source Statement Library
Private Libraries
Library Sizes . • • • .
Allocating Library Sizes
Planning a Supervisor
System Configuration • • •
Machine Requirements • •
7
7
• .
8
• .
8
•
9
• • • •
9
.
.••. 9
9
• • • .
10
•
10
•
• 10
10
•
PLANNING AN OPERATIONAL PACK.
Background Partition Storage
Requirements for Disk operating
System IBM-Supplied Programs . • • • •
One 2311 Disk Drive • • • • • •
•
At Least Two 2311 Disk Drives or a
2314 Direct Access Storage Facility •
Allocating Library Sizes for 2311
and 2314 Disk Systems • • • • • •
User Decisions and Considerations • •
variants of IBM-supplied Assembler . •
Variants of PL/ I • • • • • • • • • • •
PL/I and System Input/Output on Disk •
Warning Diagnostics • • • •
•
12
12
13
14
14
16
17
18
18
20
SYSTEM GENERATION AND MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURE • • • '. • • • • • • • •
• 22
IBM BPS UTILITY PROGRAMS •
• •
Copy and Restore • • • •
Distribution Program 360P-UT-208 •
Copying a System Tape to Disk
Restoring a System Tape to Disk • .
Initialize Disk
•••••• • •
• 27
27
28
• 29
• 29
• 29
MACEO INSTRUCTIONS FOR GENERATING A
. • • 33
SUPERVISOR • • • •
Rules for Using Supervisor
Generation Macros
'. 33
TWO IBM 2311 DISK DRIVES • • •
Input/Output Device Configuration
for Example One (See Figure 7) •
Example One: Results of system
Generation • • '. • • • •
52
• 55
55
ONE IBM 2311 DISK DRIVE
• • • 71
Input/Output Device Configuration
for Example Two (See Figure 9) • • • • 74
Example Two: Results of System
Generation • . . • • • . • . •
74
IBM 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
FACILITY . . . . . . . . . . .
87
Input/Output Device Configuration
for Example Three (See Figure 11)
. . 88
Example Three: Results of System
Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
MAINTENANCE PkOCEDURhS . . . . • . . . . 91
Using the MERGE Functi on of the CORG Z
Librarian Program
. • . • . . . • 97
Replacing Identical Entries Using
MERGE Function . . • • • . • • • . • . 97
Adding Unique Entries Using MERGE
Function • • • . • • . • • • • • . . . 97
General Library Updating Techniques
using the MERGE Function of the CQRGZ
Librarian Program
• • • • . 97
Copying Se lecti ve ly t.o Merge
Libraries • . • . • . . • . •
• 97
Deleting Unwanted Entries and
MERGING an Entire Library with
Another Library . • . • • • .
• 98
Copying Selectively Merging Two
Libraries to Create a Third Library . 98
Deleting Unwanted Entries from Two
Libraries and Merging Both Libraries
to Create a Third Library • • • . . • 9£
Conventions for Merge Examples • • . . • 98
Maintenance Examples using MERGE
Function . • • • • • • • . • • • • • . • 99
Example lA: Copying Selectively to
Merge Two Libraries . • • • • . • . . 99
Example lB: Variation of Selective
Copying to Merge Two Libraries • • • . 100
Example 2A: Deleting Unwanted
Entries from A Library and Merging
Libraries by Copying One to the Other 100
Example 2B: Variation of Deleting
Unwanted Entries from A Library and
Copying (Merging) One to the Other • .100
Example 3: Copying Selectively,
Merging Two Libraries to Create a
Third Library . . • . • • . • • • • • 101
Example 4: Deleting Unwanttd Entries
from Two Libraries and Merging Both
Libraries to Create a Third Library
.101
Considerations for Merging . • • . • • .102
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SAMPLE PROBLEMS .105
Retrieving the Sample Problems . . • . . 105
Physical and Logical I/O Assignments . .109
Tape, Disk, and Data Cell
Configurations • • • • • • • • . . . . . 110
Exanples of .Sample Problem Execution
and Output. • •
.116
Multiprogramming • • • • • • • • • • • • 195
APPENDIX A. IPL CONTROL AND ASSGN
STATEMENTS FOR SYSTEM GENERATION • • • .222
ADD (Add a Device) • • • • •
.222
SEl' (Set the Oat e) • • • • • .
.223
ASSGN (Assign Logical Narre)
.223
ALT • • • • • • • • •
.224
APPENDIX B. loeS MODULES FOR COBOL,
RPG, AND PL/I • • • • •
• • . • • • 225
contents
5
APPENDIX C. IBM SYSTEM COMPONENTS
IDENl'IFICATION • •
••.•• • •
Core Image Phases
• • • • • •
Relocatable Module Identification •
Telecommunications • • • • • • • • •
BTAM Relocatable Module and Core
Irrage Phase Identification • • •
QTAM Relocatable Module and Core
Image Phase Identification •
•
Preassembled Modules Used to Build
IBM components • • • • • • •
• • 233
.233
• • 238
• .257
.257
• • 262
• • 269
APPENDIX D. DISK SORT/MERGE MODULES • .277
Prirrary Processor Generation Books • • • 278
Intermediate Processor Generation Books 279
Phase Names and Relocatable Module
. .281
Names
APPENDIX E. TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE
MODULES • • • •
• • • • • • • . • • 282
P ri na ry Process or Generat ion Books • • .283
Intermediate Processor Generation Books 283
Phase Names and Relocatable Module
Names
.................293
APPEND!X F. BPS DEVtCE TYPE
SPECIFICATIONS (DD)
••••
• • • 295
~~ENDIX
G. STORAGE REQUIREMENTS.
.296
Internal Storage Requirements
• • • 296
supervisor • • • • '. • • • • • • • • • • 296
ComI=uting the Size of a supervisor • • .303
Supervisor Macro Instructions
.304
Foreground Save Areas • • • • • •
.306
MPS utility Macro Instructions • • • • • 306
loes Declarative Macro Instructions • • 306
DTFCD (Define the File: Card) • • • • 309
CDMOD (Card Module)
• • • • • • • 310
DTFCN (Define the File:
Console)
• • 311
DTFDA (Define the File: Direct
Access Device) • • • • • • • • • • • • 311
DAMOD (Direct Access Device Module)
.3'12
DTFIS (Define the File:
Indexed
Sequential)
• • • • • • • • • • • • • 312
ISMOD (Indexed Sequential Module)
• • 313
DTFMR (Define the File: l-lagnetic
Character Reader)
•.••.••
.315
MRMOD (Magnetic Character Reader
Module)
•••••••••••
..315
DTFDI (Define the File: Device
Independent System Units)
• • 315
DIMOD (Device Independent System
Units Modules) • • • • • . • • • • • • 315
DTFMT (Define the File: Magnetic
Tape)
................315
MTMOD (Magnetic Tape Module) . •
.317
6
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
DTFOR (Define the File: Optical
Reader)
• • . • • • • . . . • . . · .317
ORMOD (Optical Reader Module)
.31b
DTFPH (Define the File:
Physical
loeS)
• . • • • . • . • . . . • • · .318
DTFPR (Define the File: Printer)
• . 318
PRMOD (Printer I-lodule) •
.319
DTFPT (Define the File: Paper Tape
Reader)
...............319
PTMOD (Paper Tape Reader Nodule)
.319
DTFSR (refine the File: Serial
Device)
••••.•..
. . . 321
DTFBT (Define the File: BTAM) • • • .321
DTFBTND (Define the File ~nd: BTA~)
.323
DFTRMLST (Define the 'I'erminal List:
BTAM)
••••••.•.••.
..323
BTMOD (BTAt-~ Logic Module)
• .325
BTAM Data Event Control Block
.326
QTAM Storage Requirements
• . 326
Basic QTAM Logic Modules. • •
• .326
DTFQT (Define the File: QTAM)
.327
QTAM Storage Requirements for Control
Information • • • • • • • • • • • • . 329
QTAM Requirement for Buffers • • . • . 330
QTAM Storage Requirements for Device
I/O Modules
• • • • • • • . 331
Requirements for Other QTAM Macro
Instructions. • • • • • • • • •
.332
Other IOCS Macro Instructions
• • 338
Relocatable Subroutil'.e • •
• .342
COBOL Subroutines . • • . .
. .342
FORTRAN Subroutines • • • •
• .345
Basic FORTRAN Subroutines . • • . • .346
PLiI Subroutines • • • • • . . • . • • 347
IOCS Modules For The Compilers .
.349
Exte~nal storage Requirements
• . • • • 356
Core Image Library • • •
.358
Reloca table Library
• • ••
..360
Source Statement Library •
• .361
Workfile Requirements
• . 365
Workfile Requirements for Linkage
Editor and Assembler (IBM 2311 and
IBM 2314)
••••••.•.
· . 365
Assembler Workfiles • • • • •
.365
IBM 2311 Workfi1e Requirements •
• .370
Autotest Work Area (IBM 2311)
• .371
COBOL Workfiles (IBM 2311) •
• .371
FORTRAN Workfiles (IBM 2311)
.371
PL/I Workfi1es (I~M 2311)
· .371
RPG Workfiles (IBM 2311) • • •
• .371
IBM 2314 Workfi1e 'Requirements
• .372
COBOL Workfi1es (IBM 2314) • • • • • .372
.372
FORTRAN Workfiles (IBM 2314)
PLiI Workfiles (IBM 2314)
.372
RPG Workfiles (IBM 2314) • •
.372
.373
Optimum Assignment of Workfiles
INDEX
.378
In trod uction
The IBM System/360 Disk Operating System for 2311 resident systems is
suppl ied to the user in two volumes,.
The volumes can be identified as a
relocatable volume and a source statement volume. Users with a tape unit
available receive the volumes on tape reels; users without a tape unit
available receive the volumes on disk packs. These volumes are manipulated
during system generation to create an operational system.
IBM supplies the 2314 system on two tape reels. These tapes will be
restored to a 2314 disk pack to create a system consisting of a core image
library .. a relocatable library" and a source statement library. The
ca~acity of one 2314 disk pack is enough to accommodate both tape reels
shipp ed by IBM ..
The disk operating system is composed of three libraries:
Source statement Library
Relocatatle Litrary
Core Image Litrary
The source statement library contains IBM-supplied macro definitions.
When the desired parameters are chosen, the macros can be assembled. For
the user's convenience" the source statement library also contains sample
prohiems and system generation job streams that can be retrieved as needed.
The relocatable library contains IBM programs that have not been
assigned addresses for execution and assembled macros from the source
statement library. These assembled macros perform input and output
procedures for IBM-supplied programs.
These assembled macros (Logical IOCS
modules) can also te used by user programs when applicable.
The core image library contains programs that are ready for execution.
System control programs and system service programs are always shipped to
the customer in the core image library. Where i t is necessary for system
generation purposes, an assembler program is provided. The system control
programs must always be part of the system. The librarian programs are a
key set to the system and should be carefully considered before ever
removing them from the system.
During system generation the user works with the IBM-supplied system to
tailor it to his individual needs. This consists of adding to and deleting
from the libraries, IBM and user code (source, relocatable and core image).
Planning System Generation
Proper and detailed planning saves on total system generation time.
it is very important to perform a very thorough job.
Thus,
Planning system generation consists of:
1.
Planning the contents" organization, and ultimate size of the system
and/or private libraries.
This entails distributing the storage space
available (on the disk packs) between the libraries ultimately desired
for day-to-day use. Major points of consideration are:
Introduction
7
• the size of the core image library and, if desired, system and/or
private relocatable and source statement libraries
• workfile space needed to assemble a supervisor, and to accommodate
the linkage editor, which is needed to catalog the components
selected to the system core image library
• standard assignments (allocation of space) for workfiles
(assemblies), and linkage editing needed for every day operation.
2.
Planning the contents and estimating the size of a supervisor.
This
entails selecting from the programming services provided by IBM, those
to be included "in the supervisor, and estimating the cost of these
services in terms of bytes of storage.
PLANNING THE LIBRARIES
Two types of IBM libraries are:
1.
System libraries
2.
Private libraries
The system libraries are the core image, the relocatable, and the source
statement.. The private libraries are the private relocatable, and the
private source statement library.
(There is no private core image
library. )
CORE IMAGE LIBRARY
Because the core image library contains the executable format of programs,
i t is the library in ~hich the user is most likely to keep his programs.
otherwise, the programs must continually be placed in the core image
library before each execution (linkage edited). Therefore, during system
generation the user expands the size of the core image library to
a ccanmoda te all the programs desi red resident and on-line.
(Both his own
programs and IBM's.)
In addition, the user should try to envision future space he may
require, and provide this space if possible. Such planning can eliminate
the need for another system generation.
Thus, to expand the core image
library means making the remaining libraries smaller on the pack.
Eefore the size of a library is reduced, the user must delete those
items that are not to be used, or those items that were transferred to
another library in the required format.
It is recommended that backup of
the system (a copy of the IBM-supplied system) be obtained to protect a
user who accidently removed something he desired from the system. It is
also recommended that after successful completion of segments of system
generation, a copy (backup) of the partially generated system be obtained,
i.e., upon the creation of a library, or the assembly of a supervisor. This
permits a user to return to a point other than the beginning of his
procedure in case of an error. The components supplied in the IBM-shipped
core image library facilitate system generation.
-8
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
RELOCATABLE LIBRARY
All IBM-supplied components are shipped in the relocatable library. This
libzary is the ~asis for the creation of a private relocatable library.
Thus" i t is from this library that most IBM components are directly or
indirectly extracted (indirectly in the case of the existence of a private
relocatable library and a system relocatable library).
SOURCE STATEMENT LIBRARY
All IBM-supplied macro definitions are in this library.
This library is
the basis for the creation of a private source statement library. Thus, it
is from this litrary that many users extract, direct_Iy or indirectly,
IBM-supplied component macro definitions (indirectly in the case of the
existence of both a private source statement library, and a system source
staterrent li~rary).
PRlv.ATE LIBRARIES
If the user has more than one disk drive available, it is not necessary to
decrease the size of the relocatable and source statement libraries. They
can be assigned to other disks and are then referred to as private
libraries. The user can build systems with private and system libraries
containing those items that best fit his needs.
LIBRARY SIZES
The user must choose which of the libraries he desires, and then plan their
precise content and size for daily use. Thus, the user should know the
initial. intermediate, and final sizes of the libraries throughout system
generation, and he must plan the exact contents of each library that is
created during system generation.
These contents should be listed, along
with their sizes., and then the total number of cylinders to be allocated
can be calculated.
The contents of the libraries are identified in Attachment 1 of the
Memorandum To Users that accompanies the IBM system that is shipped.
The
stor.age requirements (sizes) for these components, and macro definitions
are identified in Appendix G:
Storage Requirements.
Components shipped in
the relocatable library are also identified in Appendixes B, C, D, and E.
Those macro definitions supplied by IBM are also identified in Appendix C.
An alternate method for determining the number of cylinders to allocate
for a library is given in the discussion Allocating Library Sizes for 2311
and 2314 Disk Systems. Note that once private library sizes have been
allccated, they cannot be reallocated. Although excess room in the
libraries may not offer maximum efficiency, in case of a calculation error,
the benefits can be easily recognized when sufficient space is available.
lnt roduction
9.
ALLOCATING LIBRARY SIZES
When the user desires to reduce the size of an existing library, it may be
imFcrtant to know the minimum library size that can be allocated.
This
size should be increased to accommodate any additional user programs to be
included in this library.
The size of any IBM component to be included in
this litrary can be determined by referring to the storage requirements
given in Appendix G..
For the details on how to allocate an existing
library, see Allocating Library Sizes for 2311 and 2314 Disk Systems.
PLANNING A SUPERVISOR
The supervisor is a control program that provides specialized services to
programs executed from the problem Frogram area of main storage. This
program is composed of a group of assembled macros (see Macro Instructions
for Supervisor Generation. The options selected in each of the supervisor
generation macros determine the size of the assembled supervisor. The size
of each option is identified in Appendix G.
The SEND macro determines the end of the supervisor.
If the user
assembles a supervisor with a SEND address larger than the previous
supervisor, some portion of the supervisor is overlaid by programs linkage
edited to the previous SEND address.
~e user must re-linkage edit programs after the new supervisor is
loaded so that the new load address follows the newly assembled supervisor.
Note that at each IPL, the user must include ADD and ASSGN statements
for each device until a system supervisor is built that describes his
machine configuration and standard I/O assignments (see DVCGEN and ASSGN
macros) •
To calculate the size of the supervisor the user must list all of the
oFtions that are chosen and then determine the sum of the sizes obtained
from the storage requirements (see Appendix G).
When choosing supervisor parameters, the user must check to see if the
chosen options are compatible. Also, the user should check to deterwine
which parameters automatically Frovide the support for another.
System Configuration
This section presents the m1n1mum system configuration required to operate
the Disk Operating system. The system control programs and basic 10CS must
always be present in order to execute any other programs.
MACHINE REQUIREMENTS
Minimum features required:
16K bytes of main storage
Standard instruction set.
10
I~l
See Note 1.
S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
One I/O channel (either multiplexor or selector).
One Card Reader (1442,
2501, 2520, or 2540).
Ole Card Punch (1442, 2520, or 2540) '.
One Printer (1403, 1404, or 1443).
See Note 2.
See Note 3.
See Note 3.
See Note 3.
One 1052 Printer-Keyboard.
One 2311 Disk storage Drive or
One 2314 Direct Access Storage facility
Note 1:
Language translators may require extended instruction sets.
Note 2: Telecommunications requires a minimum of two channels, one
multiplexor channel, and at least one selector channel. One channel is
required for telecommunications, and the other for the system resident
device.
(Telecommunication devices should not be on the same selector
channel as SYSRES.) Note that a 2701 Line Adapter Unit attached to an IBM
Systeml360 Model 2025 must be placed on the multiplexor channel.
Note 3:
One 2400-series magnetic tape unit may be substituted for this
device (7- or 9-track). If 7-track tape units are used, the data-convert
feature is required, except when substituted for a printer.
IntrodUction
11
Planning an Operational Pack
An operational system is one used in day-to-day operations that contains a
tailored supervisor and libraries a~~ro~riate to each customer's particular
combination of system programs and application programs. A system
"maintenance volume is one used primarily to facilitate changes to programs
su~~lied ty IBM.
Application programs can also te added to a maintenance
volume for ease of program maintenance.
Change Distributions are those changes supplied by IBM to the
IBM-shipped volume.
Proper planning is the key to successful system generations.
The time
spent in planning can save the user frustration and valuable time. The
user's planning should reflect the initial, intermediate and ultimate
ca~acity of the core image, relocatable and source staten~nt libraries.
Enough workfile capacity f[1ust be avai lable throughout system generation for
assemblies and linkage-edit steps.
Appendix G should be used to deterrrine storage requirements for the
components in the system.
IBM supplies a system containing either a 6K for 2311, or 8K for 2314
supervisor. The IBM supervisors are those described in Figure 6.
BACKGROUND PARTITION STORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
IBM-SUPPLIED PROGRAMS
All IBM-supplied programs used with Disk Operating System that are language
translators or utilities execute in the background partition. Figure 1
lists the minimum size background partition required.
12
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
r----------------------------------------------------------------------,
Minimum Size
\
I
I
IBM-Supplied
Program
IBM-Program
Nurober
Background
Partition (in bytes)
\
\Asserr.bler (IJQD16TW)
360N-AS-465
10,240
\ or (IJQD16DW)
Assembler (IJQD32)
360N-AS-465
14,336
Assembler (!JYASM)
360N-AS-466
45,056
360N-CB-452
14,336
COBOL
Basi c FORTRAN
360N-FO-451
10,240
360N-FO-479
40,960
FORTRAN
360N-RG-460
10,240
RPG
PL/I
360N-PL-464
10,240
Utilities
10,240
Group 1
360N-UT-461
360N-UT-462
10,240
Group 2
10,240
Group 3
360N-UT-463
10,240
Tape Sort/Merge
360N-SM-400
10,240
360N-SM-450
Disk Sort/Merge
360N-SM-483
Tape/Disk Sort~lerge
10,240
Tape/2311
22,528
2314
1401/1440/1460 Emulator
360N-EU-484
16,384
fer IBM Model 30
1401/1440/1460 Emulator
fer IBM Model 40
360N-EU-485
*
test
360N-PT-459
10,240
l\ Auto
______________________________________________________________________
J
*
The background partition storage requirement is as follows:
16,384 bytes for the supervisor plus 2,048 to 16,384 bytes for the 1400
being emulated plus the size of the emulator program defined.
eFigure 1.
Disk operating System Background Partition Storage Requirerrents
for IBM-Supplied Programs
ONE 2311 DISK DRIVE
When the user plans his operational system he decides upon the ultimate
appearance of his libraries..
The one disk drive user will find it most
convenient to tuild his operational system on the IBM volume that contains
the core image and relocatable libraries.
Many single disk drive users
will want to build operational systems appearing as one of the following:
• Core image library, small system relocatable library, and/or small
system source statement library
• Large core image library
The small system relocatable library is for users who need the compiler
subroutines and/or system IOCS modules on line at all times. If the
subroutines are to be on line, the relocatable library should also have
enough room to contain the user's largest compiler.
The samll system source statement library can contain system oontrol and
logical IOCS macros.. The system with the source statement library,
suppl ied by IBM" can be used as an assembly pack.
Planning an Operational Pack
13
AT LEAST TWO 2311 DISK DRIVES OR A 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY
The user with at least two disk drives will find it
build his operational pack upon the IBM volume that
and source statement libraries.
Many multiple disk
to build operational system appearing as one of the
most convenient to
contains the core image
drive users will want
following:
• Core image li1:;rary, private relocatable, and private source statement
libraries.
• Core image library, private relocatable library, system source
statement library, and private source statement library.
• Core image library, system relocatable library, private relocatable
library, and private source statement library.
• Core image library, system relocatable and source statement libraries,
and private relocatable and source statement libraries.
• Core image library, system relocatable and system source statement
libraries.
• Core image library, system source statement library, small private
relocatable library (on the operational pack) and private relocatable
library.
IBM system control and system service programs are supplied in the core
image libraries of both volurres for the 2311 systems and in the core image
library for the 2314 system. The 2311 systems have the 10K background disk
workfile assembler supplied in the core image library of the source
statement library volume. The 2314 systems have the 14K background disk
and tape workfile assembler in the core image library. For both 2311 and
2314 systems, all IBM components are supplied in the relocatable library.
If the user" s assembled supervisor does not exceed the siz e of the IB~1
supervisor, re-linkage editing and re-cataloging of the IBM-supplied
programs shipped in the core image library are unnecessary,. Job control is
self-relocating and need never be re-linkage edited. Only the steps
required to retrieve the sample problems, delete unwanted components,
assign standard labels, assemble a user's supervisor, allocate for and
I inka ge edit IBM components, and condense libraries are necessary to
perform system generation.
When the num1:;er of tracks required for each library has been calculated,
the user should allocate a sufficient number of cylinders to each library
of each operational system. Additional cylinders may be allocated to the
core image library for application programs. Sometimes the user must
reallocate the libraries on his disk pack(s) during system generation to
ensure sufficient work file storage for assemblies and linkage-edit steps.
Users with more than one available disk drive will find it to their
advantage during system generation to define private relocatable and source
staterrent libraries for an operational system.
ALLOCATING LIBRARY SIZES FOR 2311 AND 2314 DISK SYSTEMS
When the size of an existing library is reduced, it may be important to
know the minimum size library that can be allocated. Once the minimum size
libzary is calculated, it should be increased to accommodate any user
programs to be included in the library.
The size of IBM components can be
deterrrined t¥ referring to the storage requirements given in Appendix G.
14
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
'!he following explanation illustICJtes how to calculate the nunJJer of
tracks required for a core irr.age, relocatable, or source statement library
for a 2311 or 2314 disk system. The formula for computing the size of a
library is:
Library (size in tracks)
where:
library
=
LBA
nn
LBA/nn
either core image, relocatable or source statement
the number of L1.BRARY BLOCKS ACTIVE for thE: library of
interest and is obtained from a DIH.ECTORY (SYSTFM or
PRIVATE)
= LIBRARY LAST AVAILABLE ENTRY in the R (record) column
Using the sample PRIVATE DIRECtORY that follcws, an example of how to
compute a library size is:
Relocatable Library
LBA/nn
where:
IBA = 9849
nn = 9 , thus
Relccatable Litrary = 9849/9
1,094.3 tracks
The relocatal:le litrary size cOlnputed does not include the tracks
allocated for the directory (see Dir~ctory Allocated Tracks). The
directory size must be added to the relocatable library size computed.
Thus,
Relocatable Library Allocation
Tracks
~
Relocatable Library + Directory Allocated
=
1,094.3+9
1,103.3 Tracks
Therefore,
Relocatable Library Allocation
For a 2311, cylino€rti
Library Size (Tracks)
10
For a 2314, cylinders
Library Size ('l'racks)
20
For thi s (;xample,
the Relocatal:le Litrary Allocation for a 2311
rcunded high
1103.3 Tracks
10
110.1 or 111 cylinders,
PRIVATE DIRECTORY
PRIVATE-RELOCATABLE
02/01/69
------DECIMAL-----C H R E
01 00 01
01 05 01 08
01 08 09 19
DIRECTORY STARTING ADDRESS
DIRECTORY NEXT ENl'RY
DIRECTORY LAST ENTRY
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
STARTING ADDRESS
NEXT AVAILABLE ENl'RY
LAST AVAILABLE ENTRY
01 09
111 03
127 09
01
04
09
STATUS INFORMATION
DIRECTORY ENTRIES ACTIVE
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
BLOCKS ALLOCATED
ACTIVE
BLOCKS DELETED
BLOCKS AVAILABLE
B~OCKS
AUTOMATIC CONDENSE LIMIT
LIBRARY
ALLOCATED CYLINDERS
DIRECTORY ALLOCATED TRACKS
903
11349
9849
00
1500
00
127
09
USER DECISIONS AND CONSIDERATIONS
The follo~ing considerations and decisions should be made before system
generation:
1.
Select supervisor options l:y coding a set of supervisor macro
instructions (see Macro Instructions for Generating a supervisor).
2.
Determine which programs will be in the core image library of each
operational pack (e.g. COBOL, FORTRAN, etc).
3.
Determine which assembler will be used to generate a new supervisor.
py a DOS system to tape:
• Mount the DOS system and a tape.
• The following jot control cards must be placed in the program deck
between the cards containing ID numbers C208 and D208 in columns 73-76:
• Place the deck in the card reader.
//
/ /
//
//
//
//
//
/ /
JOB nISCPY
DATE 68110
ASSGN SYSLOG,X'cuu',dd
ASSGN SYSLST.X'cuu' "dd
ASSGN SYSOOO,X'cuu',dd (disk)
ASSGN SYS001,X'cuu' ,dd£,X'ss'] (tape)
CONFG 001 (optional, 16K assumed)
EXEC
Note:
For the BPS description parameter (dd) see Appendix F.
• The following utility modifier card IDUSt be placed immediately
following the program deck:
//bUDSb'field one of format 1 DASD file label 44-characters' Col.53
• Dial on the console the address of the card reader.
• Check the units and settings; then press the System-Reset key.
• Press the console load key.
• When the Wait light comes on, press Start and EOF on the card reader.
RESTORING A SYSTEM TAPE TO DISK
The IBM-supplied system residence tape must be copied onto a disk pack
befcre system generation can be performed. The pack that is to contain the
system must be initialized with a volume label and a volume table of
contents (VTOC). If the disk pack is not initialized or if the VTOC is not
at cylinder 199., the pack must be initialized.
INITIALIZE DISK
The following instructions and control cards will allow the user to
properly initialize his disk:
• Mount the distribution tape.
• Place the following control cards in the card reader, in the sequence
shown:
IBM BPS utility Programs
29
Card Col. 1
l
Card 1
// JOB INTDSK
Card 2
// DATE yyddd
yy
ddd
= 00 to 99 decimal
=
001 to 366 decimal
Card 3
// ASSGN SYSOPT,X'cuu' ,Dd
cuu = channel and unit of disk drive
Dd = Dl for 2311 or D3 for 2314
Card 4
// ASSGN SYSLOG,X'cuu' ,Cl
cuu = channel unit 1052
Card 5
// EXEC
Card 6
/ / UIDbIR,Cl
Card 7
// VTOC STRTADR=(0199000),EXTENT=(y)
Y = nurrber of tracks allotted
to VTOC in decimal (1-10).
Card 8
VOLlnnnnnn
Card 9
/ / END
,
nnnnnn = Volume serial number
Columns 42-51 are reserved for user's
identification.
• Dial on the console the address of the tape unit containing the
distribution tape into the CPU load address switches.
• Press Load.
• When the Wait light comes on, press start and EOF on the card reader.
• The message EOJ will be printed on the 1052 printer-keyboard when
ini tializa tion is complete.
The system can then be copied on the Jisk.
BYPASS INITIALIZE DISK
If the disk has previously been properly initialized, the Initialize Disk
procedure can :be omitted and the following proced.ure performed to bypass
the initialize disk routine:
• Nount and ready the distribution tape.
• Place the following control cards in the card reader in the sequence
sho'Nn:
Card Col. 1
l
Card 1
//
JOB INl'DSK
Card 2
//
DATE yyddd
Card 3
/ / ASSGN SYSLOG,X'cuu'
Card 4
//
30
yy = 00 to 99 decimal
ddd = 001 to 366 decimal
LOG
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
,Cl
Card 5
// ASSGN SYSIPT,X'cuu',Tz[,X'90']
cuu
channel and unit
z = 2 for 9-track tape
z = 1 for 7-track tape
The X'90' entry is
required if z = 1.
Card 6
// FILES SYSIPT,l
• Dial the address of the tape drive containing the distribution tape in
the CPU load address switches.
• Press Load.
• When the Wait light comes on, ready the card reader containing the
control cards by pressing Start and EOF.
• The tape will forward-space past the initialization program and the
following message will appear on SYSLOG:
OOOC
4000A
RESTORE A SYSTEM TAPE TO DISK
Following initialization or bypassing initialization of the disk pack, the
IBM-supplied system tape can be restored to disk by this procedure:
• Do not rewind the distribution
ta~e.
• Clear the card reader.
• Place the following control cards in the card reader:
Card Col. 1
+
Card 1
/ / JOB DISRST
Card 2
/ / DATE yyddd
Card 3
// ASSGN SYSOOO,X'cuu',Dd
cuu = channel and unit of
the initialized disk
Dd = Dl for 2311 or D3 for 2314
Card 4
// ASSGN SYSLST,X'cuu',Ll
Card 5
// ASSGN SYSLOG,X'cuu',Cl
Card 6
// EXEC
yy
ddd
=
=
00 to 99 decimal
001 to 366 decimal
• IPL from the distribution tape and press Load on the console.
• When the Wait light comes on, ready the card reader b¥ pressing Start
and EOF.
• The following message appears in SYSLOG:
4444A
Type in 4 ~, and press INTERRUPT to continue.
IBM BPS utility Programs
31
I
• If the message END OF VOLUME ON SYSIPT 3777A occurs while restoring a
mUltivolume file, ready the next reel on SYSIPT reply 22 and press
interrupt to continue. This message will not be encountered if the
second volume of a two-volume system distribution is mounted on an
alternate drive assigned to SYS002.
// ASSGN SYS002,X'cuu' ,TZ
• When the job is finished, the following message is printed on the IBf'J
1052 Printer-Keytoard and the disk rack is ready for system generation:
DOS SYSTEM RESIDENCE FILE
nnnnnn RECORDS RESTORED FOR ABOVE FILE
3007
END OF JOB
3008
32
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Macro Instructions for Generating a Supervisor
Using the IBM-supplied volume, each installation normally generates a more
efficient supervisor using the supervisor generation macro instructions.
The macro instructions describe the machine configuration, standard I/O
assignments, and standard processing options.
This section defines the ten rracro instructions and their parameters
required to generate an installation-tailored supervisor for the Disk
Operating System. Figure 4 is a consolidated list of the supervisor
generation macros discussed.
RULES FOR USING SUPERVISOR GENERA'!'ION MACROS
1.
The assumed value for an omitted parameter is underlined in the
following discussion and in Figure 4. Figure 5 shows device type
codes to be used for system generation.
2.
Material enclosed in braces { } indicates a programmer option.
the enclosed values must be selected by the programmer.
3.
Bracketed operands are optional, e.g.,
4.
Re{:lace the letter!! in a {:ararneter with a decimal number.
5.
The name field must be blank. The operation field always contains the
mnemonic operation code.
The operand field contains the parameters.
6.
Several parameters may be included on one line for all macros.
Se{:arate each parameter with a comma. No embedded blanks are
permitted. Continuation cards are permitted (nonblank character in
column 72; the continue column is column 16).
7.
In the expression X'cuu', replace cuu with the hexadecimal number for
channel and unit.
8.
The macros must be issued in the following sequence: SUPVR, CONFG,
STDJC, FOPT, PIOCS, ALLOC, IOTAB, DVCGEN, ASSGN, SEND.
9.
The DVCGEN, ASSGN, and ALLOC macros are not required.
They are
specified if input/output tables (OVCGEN) are being specified, if
standard assignments (ASSGN) are being made or if storage is allocated
(ALLOC) for MPS at system generation time.
10.
One of
[nl.
An END card and a /* card must follow the SEND macro instructio ••
SUPERVISOR
SUPVR
This macro instruction and its parameters define the
system as disk resident and its ability to perform
multiprogramming, t·lICR or Teleprocessing.
Macro Instructions for Generating a Supervisor
33
Parameters for SUPVR
SYSTEM=DISK
MPS={~}
BT~~}
TP={
,QTAMn
l
MICR=
•
Specify if there is to be multiprogramming support.
When YES or BJF is specified the system generated is
capable of supporting two foreground programs.
YES
or BJF must be specified if TP=QTAM. When BJF is
specified, batched job environment will be supported
for both foreground partitions. Multiple
communication regions are generated only if BJF is
specified.
MPS=YES is implied if MPS=BJF is
supplied.
Specify if Teleprocessinq support is desired and if
so, whether Basic or Queued Accpss Method (BTAM or
QTAM) is desired. When QTAM is specified, SVc
support for BTAM is also included. n is the maxirr.um
number of QTAM message processing programs in the
system at one time. n may have any value from 2 to
12.
Not
1412
1419
1419D
AP={YES
NO}
I
Always used with the SUPVR macro instruction.
~YSTEM=DISK is assumed if this parameter is omitted.
Specify if the supervisor is to support magnetic ink
character readers.
If both 1412's and 1419's are
present, indicate 1419. If 1259's are to be
supported, also indicate 1419.
1419D indicates Dual
Address Adapter 1419's. If 1412/1419's are attached
to the multiplexor channel, the PIOCS parameter
BMPX=YES is not supported. 1419 support gives 1259
capabi Ii ty.
Specify if there is to be multitasking support.
Multitasking allows the execution of more than one
program within a partition. MPS=YES and WAITM=YES
are assumed if AP=YES.
EU={ NO}
YES Specify if the IBM 1401/1440/1460 Emulator program i~
to be executed. The MODEL operand in the CONFG macr<
can be MODEL=25, or MODEL=30 for IBM Model 2025, and
it must be MODEL=30 and MODEL=40 for IBM Models 2030
and 2040, respectively •
CONFIGURATION
CONFG
34
This macro instruction and its parameters define the
system configuration and can be used to specify
generation of optional supervisor services. If the
assumed options are all satisfactory, the only entry
required is the CONFG macro itself without an)'
parameters.
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Parameters for CONFG
30)
MODEL={ nn, Specify the model number of the system (nn=30, 40,
etc).
If MICR support is required on a Model 65,
MODEL=65 should be indicated for maximum performance.
If 1401/1440/1460 emulator program support is desired
for the:
• IBM Model 2025, specify MODEL=25 or MODEL=30.
• IBM Model 2030, specify MODEL=30.
• IBM Model 2040, specify MODEL=40.
SP={Y~~}
DEC={Y~~}
FP={Y~~}
Specify if the storage protection feature is
available to the system. YES is assumed if the
MPS=YES or MPS=BJF parameter is specified in the
SUPVR macro.
Specify if the decimal feature is present.
specify only if the floating point feature is
present.
TI~.ER= {Y~~} Specify
if the timer feature is present.
specified, GETIME support is provided.
If YES is
JOB CONTROL OPTIONS
STDJC
This macro instruction and its parameters specify the
standard settings for jot control. If the assumed
options are all satisfactory, the only entry required
is the STDJC macro instruction itself, without any
parameters. These standard options can be locally
overridden by an OPTION statement.
Parameters for STDJC
YES}
DECK= { NO Specify if language translators are to output object
modules on SYSPCH.
YES}
LIST={ NO Specify if language translators are to write source
module listings and diagnostics on SYSLST.
LISTX={Y~~}
SYM=
{Y~~}
Specify if compilers are to write hexadecimal object
module listings on SYSLST.
Specify if assembler is to output symbol tables on
SYSPCH. SYM=YES must be specified if the PL/I
compiler is to produce a symbol and offset table
listing.
YES}
XREF={ NO Specify if assembler is to write symbolic
cross-reference lists on SYSLST.
Macro Instructions for Generating a Supervisor
35
ERRS={Y~}
Specify if compilers are to summarize all errors in
source programs on SYSLST. Assembler and PLiI always
assume ERRS=YES.
48Cl
CHARSET= { 60cf Specify either the 48- or 60-character set for PLiI
translator input on SYSIPT.
YES}
LOG= { NO specify for a listing of all control statements on
SYSLST. LOG=NO suppresses the listing of all job
control statements on SYSLST.
YES}
DUMP= { NO Specify if a dump of the registers and main storage
is to be written on SYSLST in the event of an
abnormal program end, cancel, or program check.
LINES={~} Specify
the number of lines per page on SYSLST.
minimum is 30: the maximum is 99.
The
MDY}
DATE= { DMY Specify the format of the date MDY=month/day/year.
DMY=day/month/year.
OPTIONAL FEATURES IN THE SUPERVISOR
FOPT
This macro and its parameters specify additional
optional features that can be included in the
supervisor.
Parameters for FOPI'
Specify if external interruptions (except timer) can
be handled by problem programs.
If YES is specified,
the facility is available to all programs in MPS.
The Tape Compare utility program requires OC=YES.
YES is required if emulator program operator services
are to be requested through the INTERRUPT key.
specify if the interval timer can be handled by
problem programs. When interval timer facilities are
available
Note:
Information on the macro instructions STXIT, EXIT, and SETlME is
contained in the Supervisor and Input/Output Macros publication.
PHYSICAL IOCS
PIOCS
This macro instruction and its parameters define
the configuration requirements to be supported by
physical IOCS.
If the assumed options are all
satisfactory, the only entry required is the PIOCS
macro itself, without any parameters.
Parameters for PIOCS
YES}
SELCH={ NO Specify if selector channels are attached to the
system.
Specify if burst mode devices will be supported on
multiplexor channel. If YES is specified,
unbuffered devices will not multiplex. If
1412/1419s are attached to multiplexor channel,
BMPX=YES is not support ed.
CHANSW={
I
RWT~~}
TSWTCH
Specify if channel switching tape control unit,
RWTAU = 2404 or 2804, TSWTCH = 2816.
If either
2403 or 2803 and 2816 is specified, RWTAU must be
specified.
If a 2804 is specified, RWTAU must be
specified. If a 2816 is specified, TSWTCH must be
specified .•
TAPE=r~
}
, 7 / Indicates
required tape PIOCS support.
9
= nine track only.
7
= seven or nine track.
NO = No tape drives attached.
value.
This is the assumed
ALLOCATE
AlLOC Fl=nK,F2=nK
Specifies storage partitioning MPS, where n must
be a multiple of 2. This macro is optional. Most
IBM components require 10K bytes of background
area. Foreground area must be a minimum of 10K to
allow BJF processing.
Macro Instructions for Generating a Supervisor
39
INPUT/OUTPUT TABLES
IOTAB
This macro instruction and its parameters define
the area for the necessary device tables for the
system.
If the assumed options are all
satisfactory the only entry required is the IOTAB
macro itself without any parameters.
Parameters for IOTAB
Specify the number of logical unit blocks (LUBs)
for programmer units, i.e., the number of symbolic
programmer logical units (SYSOOO-SYSnnn).
The
minimum value generated is 10.. The maximum value
generated is 222.
F1PGR={~}
40
F2PGR=
f 5}
JIB=
{~}
til
specify the number of symbolic units of the class
SYSnnn for Fl. Valid only for MPS. Otherwise
zero is assumed. The maximum value is 222.
Specify the number of symbolic units of the class
SYSnnn for F2. Valid only for ~WS~ Otherwise
zero is assumed. The maximum valu~ is 222.
Specify the number of job information blocks for
the system (JIBs).
One is required for each
logical unit temporarily reassigned by a // ASSGN
statement that differs from standard system
assignment (i. e., established by the operator at
IPL time). One JIB is required for each alternate
logical unit assignment. One JIB is required for
each open 2311 extent with the DASD file protect
feature except for system input/output extents.
Two JIBs are required for each open 2321 extent
with the DASD file protect feature. The minimum
value generated is 5. The maximum value generated
is 255.
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
CHANQ= {
6 or 6+CBF}
n
IODEV={l~}
Note:
Specify the number of entries in the channel
queue.
The roinimum value generated is 6. If the
assumed option is to be taken and CBF is to be
specified., the assumed option will be six more
than the CBF entry. The number of the channel
queue should exceed the total number of I/O
requests the user wishes to accumulate
simultaneously. The start I/O comnands for all
channels are stored in this queue. The maximum
value is 255.
Specify the number of I/O devices attached to the
system.
The maximum is 255. The minimum value is
5.
The sum of BGPGR + F1 PGR + F2PGR LUB's must not exceed 222.
INPUT/OUTPUT UNITS
DVCGEN
This macro instruction and its parameters define
the physical input and output units attached to
the system. This macro instruction is optional.
Parameters for DVCGEN
CHUN=X'cuu'
DVCTYP=xxxxxx
Specify the hexadecimal number of the channel and
unit for the device .•
specify the device type. Figure 2 contains the
codes for each IBM-supported device.
NOt
CHANSW= { YES! Specify if the device is attached to more than one
selector channel. Indicates if the device can be
switched (IBM 2816, 2804 or 2404 available).
Macro Instructions for Generating a supervisor
41
MODE=X'ss'
1.
2400T9. MODE is used to specify the tape
mode. X'CO' is the default value.
2.
2400T7. MODE is used to specify the tape
mode.
X'90' is the default value.
3.
2702.
MODE designates the SADxxx command.
X'OO' is the default value.
X' 00' SAD 0
x'Ol'
SADl
X'02'
SAD 2
X'03'
SAD3
See Appendix A for other values of SSe
4.
2260 (Local).
MODE is used to specify the
1053 printer when CHUN=X'cuu' refers to a 1053
attached to a 2848. The operand must be
entered as MODE=X'Ol'.
5.
1412/1419/1259. MODE designates the external
interrupt bit associated with wagnetic ink
character readers. The mode X'Ol' through
X'20' corres~ond to external interrupt PSW'
bits 31 through 26 respectively. For the dual
address adaFter 1419, this parameter is needed
for both 1419P and 1419S.
X'Ol'
X'02'
x' 04'
X'08'
X'10'
X'20'
Device
Device
Device
Device
Device
Device
attached
attached
atta.ched
attached
attached
attached
to
to
to
to
to
to
external
external
external
external
external
external
line
line
line
line
line
line
7.
6.
5.
4.
3.
2.
Rules for Using DVCGEN
1.
A separate DVCGEN roacro instruction is required for each device.
a 2314, each individual unit needs a DVCGEN card.
2.
The total number must not exceed the total number of devices specified
in the IODEV parilloeter of the IOTAB macro.
3.
DVCGEN macros must be specified in ascending channel
4.
switchable units (attached to more than one selector channel) wust be
defined once on the lowest channel by which they are addressable.
5.
The sequence of the DVCGEN cards determines the priority of the
devices on their channel. SYSRES should be the first DVGEN card if it
is to have the highest priority. Switchable units must be the last
devices specified for each channel, and must be on consecutive
channels.
6.
The specifications of these rracros can be altered at IPL by ADD and
DEI. statements.
7.
IBI-i 1052 Printer-Keyboards that are not on-line but ~:iere defined by
DVCGLN statements must be deleted by DEL statements '.Nhen performing
IPL from the card reader.
42
IBM S/360 DeS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
a~d.r:ess
For
:.::;cquence.
ASSIGNING SYMBOLIC DEVICE NAMES TO ACTUAL I/O DEVICES
ASSGN
This macro instruction and its parameters assign
symbolic device names (LUBs) to physical I/O
devices (PUBs). A separate macro instruction is
required for each symbolic device name with a
standard system generation assignment. This macro
instruction is optional.
Parameters for ASSGN
SYSnnn.,X'cuu'
Symbolic-name will be any of the system background
logical units (SYSIPT, SYSLOG., etc) or programmer
logical units (SYSOOO, SYS001, etc). X'cuu' is
the hexadecimal number of the channel and unit to
which the symbolic device is attached. A separate
macro is required for each standard assignment
desired.
Programmer assignments are made only for
tackground jobs.
System input/output units (SYSRDR, SYSIPT, SYSLST, or SYSPCH) that are
assigned to a tape or DASD when the system is generated will be unassigned
by IPL. An unassigned device can cause a job to be canceled.
END OF SUPERVISOR MACRO INSTRUCTIONS
SEND (n)
This macro instruction indicates the end of the
supervisor. n is a multiple of 8 and cannot be
greater than 32.,760.
Figure 2 illustrates protected and unprotected
supervisor storage generated by various
combinations of supervisor options that affect
storage protection.
The supervisor consists of two parts:
•
the nucleus that extends from the address
SYSSOO to NUCEND, and
•
the combined transient area, CE Serviceability
Programs (CE=YES), and save area that extends
from the address SYSEND to PPBEG (Figure 2A).
Macro Instructions for Generating a Supervisor
43
SEND
A
"
I
SYSSOO
A
I
Supervisor
\
SP =YES
SP=NO
NUCEND
\
NUCEND = SYSEND
~
1\
f
B
SYSEND
\
D
C
E
PPBEG
L....-_ _
~I Not Used
EOSSP
- - - --2K Boundary
SEND
tBJlllli Prob lem
}
Not
Protected
Program
~
__________________________________
I
~
NUCEND =
SYSEND
NUCEND>
SYSEND
~
~
F
G
I
SEND n
--Jf\~
____________________________________
NUCEND< SYSEND
____________________
____________________
JI\~
SP =NO
~A~
~
\
~
\
SP =YES
-----------A-------------_\
I__
J
H
K
Portion
Overlaid
Not
Protected
Figure 2.
Unprotected Supervisor Storage Generated
SEND,SP=NO (Figure 2B)
If the operand n is not specified (Figure 2B),
the address of NUCEND equals the address of
SYSEND. Programs that are linkage edited to
the end of the supervisor begin at PPBEG
(Figure 2B).
No space is provided for
supervisor expansion, and growth in the
supervisor will necessitate re-linkage editing
user programs at ~he end of the supervisor.
e44
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
SENDn,NUCEND>SYSEND (Figure 2F)/
SENDn,NUCEND=SYSEND (Figure 2G)/
SENDn,NUCENDing read. The hold prevents anyone else who is using track hold
from accessing that track. The maximum number of tracks that can be held at one time is 255 and the
assumed va Iue is 1O.
AB
={~~}
WAITM =
Specify if the abnormal termination exit functian is to be supported. The abnormal termination exit allows
the user to exit ta a user's rautine befare an abnarmal end of job causes a program to be cancelled.
{~~}
Specify if the multiple wait function is to be supported. This function allaws the user to use the WAITM
macro to wait for one of a number of events to occur.
In,n, I 1/
• DASDFP c \NO
2311
2314 ,
/2321 \
I
,
\ NO
'SYSFIL= (J231l}lnl,n2J)
(2314,
\
I
Specify if supervisory DASD file protection is handled where n,n indicates the range of channels ta
wh kh DASDs may be attached. Either 2311 or 2314 indicates fi Ie protection for 2311 and 2314. 2321
indicates fi Ie protection for 2311, 2314 and 2321 .
Specify if system input and system output (SYRDR, SYSIPT, SYSLST, SYSPCH) files may be assigned to
a 2311 or 2314. Specification for either gives support for both.
nl = residual capacity for beginning of operator notification when SYSLST assigned to 2311/2314.
100~ nl ~ 65535. If nl is omitted, 1000 is assumed.
n2 = residual capacity for beginning of operation notification when SYSPCH assigned to 2311.
100 ~ n2S 65535. If n2 is omitted, 1000 is assumed.
*Valid when 24K bytes of main storage are available.
Figure 4.
48
Macro Instructions for Supervisor Generation (Part 2 of 4)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Operand
Operation
Explanation
Define options and configuration requirements to be included in physical 10CS.
PIOCS
SELCH=
{YES
NO
lf
Specify if selector channels are attached to the system
Specify if burst mode devices on multiplexor channel is supported. If 1412/1419's
are attached to the multiplexor channel BMPX=YES is not supported.
BMPX= {NO}
YES
CHANSW=
i
NO
RWTAU
TSWTCH
t
ALLOC
~
Specify if channel switching.
TAPE=I ;
tNO\
Specify 9- or 7-track tape. 7 indicates support for both.
Fl=nK, F2=nK
Specify storage partitioning.
10TAB
Define the necessary input/output tables for the system.
!.Q}
BGPGR=i
tn.
Specify the number of logical unit blocks (LUBs) for programmer units, i.e., the
number of symbolic programmer logical units (SYSOOO-SYSnnn).
F1PGR={~ }
Specify the number of symbolic units of the class SYSnnn for Fl.
F2PGR= { -5 l(
n .
Specify the number of symbolic units of the class SYSnnn for F2.
.5
JIB={ ~
l
f
Number of JIBs for the system. Minimum value generated is 5.
CHANQ={~ }
10DEV=
{~O }
DVCGEN
Number of entries in the channel queue. Minimum value is 6.
Specify the number of
I/o
Specify the physical I/O units attached to the system.
CHUN=X 'cuu'
Hexadecimal number of channel and unit.
DVCTYP=xxxxxx
Specify the device type. See Figure 2.
CHANSW=
{~~}
MODE=X'ss'
YES indicates that the device is attached to more than one selector channel (the
device is switchable).
1. 2400T9. MODE is used to specify the tape mode. X'CO' is the default value.
2. 240OT7. MODE is used to specify the tape mode. X'90' is the default value.
3. 2702. MODE designates the SADxxx command. X'OO' is the default value.
X'OO'SADO, X'OI' SAD1, X'02' SAD2, X'03' SAD3.
4. 2260 (Local) . MODE is used to specify the 1053 printer when CHUN=X'cuu'
refers to a 1053 attached to a 2848. This operand must be entered as
MODE=X '01' .
5. 1412, 1419, 1259 MODE designates the external interrupt bit associated with
magnetic ink character reader.
X'OI' External line 7
X'02' External line 6
Figure 4.
devices attached to the system. The minimum value is 5.
X'04' External line 5
X'08' External line 4
X'10' External line 3
X'20' Externa I line 2
Macro Instructions for Supervisor Generation (Part 3 of 4)
Macro Instructions for Generating a Supervisor
49
Operation
Operand
Explanation
ASSGN
SEND
Figure 4.
SYSnnn,X'cuu'
Symbol ic unit is assigned a hexadecimal channel and unit number.
[ nJ
End of supervisor macro instructions. n
gram area.
=:
beginning address of the problem pro-
Macro Instructions for Supervisor Generation (Part 4 of 4)
Device Type
Actual Device
Cord Code
24ooT9
Assign LUBs to PUBs as standard system assignments.
Nine Track Magnetic Topes
Cord Code
Device Type
Actual Device
2311
2311 Disk Drive
DASD
2314
2314 Disk Storage Facility
DASD
2321
2321 Data Cell Drive
DASD
2671
2671 Paper Tope Reader
Paper Tope Reader
2495TC
2495TC Tope Cartridge Reader
Tope Cartridge Reader
1412
1412 Magneti c Character
Reader
Magnetic Character
Reader
1419
1419 Magneti c Character
Reader or 1259 Magneti c
Reader
Magnetic Character
Reader
1419P
Primary control unit address on
1419 Dual Address Adopter
Magnetic Character
Reader
1419S
Secondary control unit address
on 1419 Dual Address Adopter
Magnetic Character
Reader
2701 ..
2701 Line Adopter Unit
2702
2702 Transmission Control Unit
2703
2703 Transmission Control Unit
2703
Tel eprocessi ng Li nes
IBM System/360 Model 25 with
the Integrated Communication I
attachment.
7770
-:770 Audio Response Unit
Topes
2400T7
Seven Track Magnetic Topes
1442Nl
1442Nl Cord Read Punch
--
Cord Readers - Punches
2520Bl
2520B 1 Cord Read Punch
2501
2501 Cord Reader
Cord Readers
2540R
2540 Cord Reader
2540P
2540 Cord Punch
2520B2
2520B2 Core! Punch
1442N2
1442N2 Cord Punch
2520B3
2520B3 Cord Punch
1403
1403 Printer
1403U
1403 Printer with UCS Feature
1404
1404 Printer
1443
1443 Printer
1445
1445 Printer
1050A
1052 Printer- Keyboard
1050 Control Unit
UNSP
Unsupported Device
Unsupported. No Burst
Mode on Multiplexor
Channel
Cord Punches
Printers
Teleprocessing Lines
Audio Response
UNSPB
Unsupported Device
Unsupported with Burst
Mode on Multiplexor
Channel
7772
7772 Audio Response Unit
1285
1285 Optical Reader
2260
(Local)
2260 Display Unit
Display Unit
1287
1287 Optical Reader
2260
(Local)
A 1053 attached to a 2848.
The mode operand must be
entered as MODE =X'OI'
Optical Readers
---~----~-
* Note: A 2701 Line Adopter Unit attached to on IBM
Printer
Note: The codes used in DVCGEN macros are identical to those used in IPL statements.
Figure 5.
50
Device Code
IBM 5/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
!
System/360 Model 25 must be placed on the
multiplexor channel.
Figure 6 shows macro instructions and parameters that generate the
supervisors supplied by IBM.
2311 DISK SYSTEM SUPERVI SOR
Operand
Operation
SUPVR
SYSTEM = DI SK
2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE SUPERVISOR
Operation
SUPVR
CONFG
CONFG
STDJC
STDJC
Operand
SYSTEM =DISK
FOPT
PC =YES
FOPT
PC =YES,SYSFIL =2314
PIOCS
SMPX =YES, TAPE = 7
PIOCS
SMPX =YES,CHANSW = RWTAU, TAPE = 7
IOTAS
IOTAS
SEND
END
• Figure 6.
6144
SEND
8192
END
IBM-Supplied Supervisor for 2311 Disk Systems
and 2314 Direct Access Storage Facility
Macro Instructions for Generating a Supervisor
51
Two IBM 2311 Disk Drives
The system is supplied in two volumes.
The first volume consists of a core
image library and a relocatable library. The second volume is composed of
a core image library and a source statement library. Depending upon the
user's configuration, these packs are used in varying order.
The following is an example of one of the many possible methods for
generating a system. Figure 1 illustrates the system configuration upon
which Example One (Figure 8) is based.
The following steps are keyed to
Exanple One:
I
Ste~
1
Disk-only users receive the system on disk. Disk users with at
least one tape unit available unit receive the system on ta~e.
Before generating a system, disk-only users should have at
least one initialized disk pack (VTOC on cylinder 199).
Users with two disk drives and at least one tape unit should
have at least two initialized disk packs (VTOC on cylinder 199).
Mount the IBM-supplied core image and relocatable library
volume. Users with tape must also mount a disk pack to which the
tape is to be restored.
Before restoring the tape., the us er must ta~,:e the necessary
action to perform or bypass the initialize disk routine.
Ste~
2
a.
If the disk packs have not been initialized, the
IBM-supplied volume, a self-loading tape, is capable
of initializing the packs (see Figure 8). The DLBL
cards used in the following steps must contain
the volume serial number appearing in the VOL card
of the initialize disk control cards. Any volume
serial number used in the EXTENT cards for the
following steps must agree with the volume
serial number in the VOL card for initialize disk
control cards.
b.
If the disk packs have been previously initialized, the
initialize disk routine can be bypassed (see Figure
a). Any volume serial number used in the EXTENT cards
for the following steps must agree with the volume
serial number used when the packs were
initialized.
After step 1 is completed, the user must restore the system from
the self-loading tape to the initialized pack. This step is
omitted when a system is received on disk.
step 3
When the tape has been restored, dial the address of the system
residence disk drive into the load unit switches, and IPL to pass
control to the DOS supervisor.
See Appendix A for the IPL
control statements.
Step 4
Perform a DSERV to display the directories. After determining
which components are never to be used, perform a DELETR to delete
any relocatable component never to be used.
step 5
copy the relocatable library to a second initialized disk,
defining i t as a private relocatable library. During this
52
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
copying, the user can allocate the private library to the desired
size. When allocating the size of the private library, consider
the workfile requirements discussed in step 9. To compute the
minimum size of a library, see Allocating Library Sizes for 2311
and 2314 Disk Systems,.
I
For techniques on copying libraries (MERGE), see Maintenance
Procedures •
step 6
Disk only users" remove the IBM-supplied core image and relocatatle library volume" and mount the IBM-supplied core irrage
and source statement library volume.
Disk users that received the IBM-supplied systems on tape
should mount the IBM-supplied core image and source statement
litrary system tape, and can either:
a.
replace the system residence pack mounted in step 1, and
ini tia Ii ze it, or
b.
bypass initialization (because the system residence pack
mounted in step 1 is already initialized).
step 1
After the previous step is performed" the user must restore the
system from the self-loading tape to the initialized pack.
This
step is omitted when a system is received on disk.
Step 8
When the tape has been restored, dial the address of the system
residence disk drive into the load unit switches and IPL to pass
control to the DOS supervisor.
Perform a DSERV to display the directories. Then SSERV
(display and punch) all the desired sample problems from the
source statement library into cards. Punched output includes the
sample problems with BKEND and CATALS cards. Four other books in
the source statement library that should be punched out at this
time (Z.LINKEDIT" Z.DELETECL" Z.DELETERL, and Z.DELETESL) contain
the necessary control statements to selectively linkage edit and
delete all IBM components.
The sample problem program names, and
the linkage edit and the delete book names can be chosen and
punched into the DSPCH statement(s). The sample problem program
names and the linkage edit and delete book names are shown in
Appendix C.
After these sample problems and books have been punched, they
can be deleted from the source statement library, along with
unwanted macros (e.g." those macros never to be used).
Ste~
9
Define workfiles for SYSLNK, SYS001, SYS002, and SYS003 to the
second drive. The workfiles SYSLNK, SYS001, SYS002, and SYS003
are defined by use of the DLBL and EXTENT cards. These cards
must be preceded by the OPTION STDLABEL or OPTION PARSTD card.
Ste~
10
Perform all necessary assemblies. The assemblies for the
supervisor., IOCS modules" and emulator should be performed as
separate jobs. For the information required to assemble Emulator
Programs, refer to the Emulator Program manual listed in the
Preface. The user must be careful to keep all assemblies in
order.
step 11
Assemble all user-required IOCS modules. By assigning SYSPCH to
a tape unit, the lacs modules can be cataloged to the relocatable
library without punching them on cards. The IOCS modules
required by COBOL" PL/I, and RPG" as defined in Appendix B, are
supplied in the relocatable library by IBM.
Two IBM 2311 Disk Drives
53
Close the tape assigned to SYSPCH and reassign SYSPCH to its
permanent assignment by using the CLOSE command.
The assembly
listings should be checked for errors before proceeding.
steT) 12
Delete unwanted macros from the source statement library, and
then create a private source statement library.
If space allows,
this copy could be made to a free area of the pack to which the
relocatatle library was copied.
For techniques on creating a new library, see Maintenance
Procedures.
step 13
This step defines the creation of the core image library of the
user's operational pack.
The user can either delete the source statement library and
reallocate the system to create a large core image library, or
reallocate to create a large core image and a small system source
statement library on the operational pack.
,
For techniques on creating a new library, see Maintenance
Proced ures.
step 14
During this step the user must have the core image library of his
operational pack that he is building on line, as well as his
relocatatle library.
If linkage edit work files are not assigned, they must be
assigned now.
Linkage edit and catalog the assembled supervisor (object
module from step 10) to the core image library. If the SEND
address is larger than the one used by the supervisor being
replaced, certain key programs must also be linkage edited and
cataloged to the core image library in the same job step with the
new supervl.sor. These key programs are IPL, linkage editor, and
librarian. The LINKEDIT deck punched out in step 8 contains all
of the necessary control statements to linkage edit all IBM
components shipped on the system.
If the SEND address is not
exceeded, only the supervisor need be cataloged. The new
supervisor is not cataloged until a /6 statement is read.
The
user must not attempt any other operation from the time the
supervisor and these preceding programs are cataloged until IPL
time.
step 15
Re-IPL and set t.he date (and clock if the Timer Feature is
present) •
Linkage edit and catalog any additional components desired to
the core image library.
See Appendix C for a complete list of
control cards for all IBM components to be cataloged.
Before the
next step is performed, check the linkage editor listings, and
make all necessary corrections.
step 16
54
Reload the tape that was assigned to SYSPCH in step 11 and assign
it to SYSIPT.
With this tape the MAINT program catalogs the IOCS
modules to the relocatable library by the control card // EXEC
MAINT.
The user may set new standard labels
2321
1
92
Data Cell (SYS007)
2400T7
1
80
Magnetic tape with the data conversion
feature (switchable to channel 2)
240OT9
1
81
Magnetic tape (switchable to channel 2)
2311
Example One:
Results of System Generation
When system generation is conipleted for example one (see Figure 8), the
oFercational disk of the installation contains: Assembler, Basic FORTRAN,
COBOL, RPG. PL/I, Autotest, all utilities, and the disk sort/merge programs
in its core image litrary together with the installation's tailored
supervisor., job control, linkage editor, and librarian programs. The tape
shiFped by IBM is retained as a backup tape.
It is a selfloading tape
capable of being restored onto disk.
The sample problems are punched out during step 8.
The private relocatable and source statement libraries contain all
modules and macro definitions shipped from IBM (except teleprocessing,
OLTEP, Assembler F, Tape Sort/Merge, and the Vocabulary file utility).
The core image litrary of the operational pack is built to contain those
IBM programs chosen by the user.
At this point., the private libraries are condensed, and user IOCS
modules are assembled and cataloged to the private relocatable library.
When system generation is completed, the sample problems should be run
against the operational pack to ensure correct creation of all system
programs.
Two IBM 2311 Disk Drives
55
2400
2400
9-track
7-track
with Data
Conversion Feature
Unit X I 90 1
Unit XI80 1
Unit X 18) I
SYSRES
Channel 2
IBM System/360, MODEL G40
Unit X'9)'
Optional Features
Timer
Floating Point
Storage Protection
Decimal
Channel Switching
SYSRLB
SYSSLB
SYSLNK
SYSOOl
SYS002
SYS003
SYS004
Channel
Unit X l 92 1
Channel 0
Unit XIOC I
Unit XI) FI
SYSLOG
Figure 7.
56
SYS007
SYSLST
Unit XIOD I
2540R
2540P
SYSRDR
SYSIPT
SYSPCH
System Configuration for Example One
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
IBM Sy.tem / 360 A.Ambler Coding Form
IBM
T
f-"_O"'_A_M_--!:E:!..:X:!:A~M!!.P~LE~O~N~E,,-:-.!..TW=O:....:D:::.!I~S!-'.K..!:D:.::Rc:.:IV~E:.::S_ _ _ _. -_ _ _ _ _ _-1 'NmucnONS
STEP 10
1
, ,
,
T 1
I
I co..... o fLECTRO
NUMlfR
IdIo""fi'Ofjan~
Ope,,,,,,,
Ope,gt,.",
ND-
~
C_nts
~ , , , , , ,', til' ,"I 1"1 , , ,", , , 1 I", , 1 1 1
30
,
,
,
,
tl , , , ,", , , , ,", , , , ,so,
'TTl, I , , ,"I
71
73
...."".
10
[ [ [ ["I
The user may optionally bypass the initialize routine. However, if initi,,!izatian is required mount a pack an unit 190, mount a second
f- pack on unit 191. Mount IBM -supplied tape on unit 181 (9-track drive). Place the following cards in the card reader. Dial i81 in the
+---f-++f-++-I-++-H-4-H
+,f-++f-++-I-+-+-H-4-H
r- load unit switches and press load. When system enters the wait state press stort and EOF on the card reader. To initial ize the second
II ASSGN SYSOPT, X'191' ,01; rewind the IBM -supplied tape mounted on 181, reload the +-f-+-+-f-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-I-H
. card reader with the following cards, and press load. When the system enters the wait state press start and EOF an the card reoder. Use
f- pack, change the assignment for SYSLOG ta
f- of multi -part forms is suggested as copies of the linkage editor maps and the supervisor listing will be required by your IBM customer
r- engineer for maintenance purposes.
I
II
II
II
II
JOB
INTDSK
DATE
69032
ASSGN
ASSGN
I I
I I
II
i
EXEC
U 10
I
i
SYSLOG,X'OlF'
C1
SYSOPT X'190',D1
I R ,C 1
VTOC
STRTADR= (0199000) ,EXTENT=(9)
VOL 1 111 111
n
END
IBM System/360 A...mbler Codtng Form
IBM
TWO DISK DRIVES
EXAMPLE ONE:
STEP Ib
PROGUM
PROGRAMMER
D.... TE
STATEM{NT
No_
I I
I
0J.e,.... ",,,
'.
I
I
I I
I
Ope ..... d
"
I
I
I
I
PUNCHING
INSTRUCTIONS
I
I
I
I
30
"
"
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3j
I
..
1 I
...
I
I
G'''"'C
'UNC"
I
I
., ..
C
"
I
so
55
,
To bypass initialize disk program on IBM-supplied tape. Mount IBM -supplied tape on unit 181
(9-track drive), Mount initialized disk on unit 190 (VTOC on cyl 199), Mount work pack on
191 insert the following control cards in the reader. Dial 181 in load unit switches. Press load
r- key. When system enters wait state, press stort and EOF on the card reader. Job is complete
f- when OOC and 4000A messages are logged.
L
I
PAC;<
Of
C.... RD ELEClRO NUMil.
1"""III<:,.,ion-
s.....nc.
65
"
7J
"
ff-
I I
II
I I
I I
JOB
I
I
IN TO SK
DjA TE
AS S~ N
F I LES
69 032
SY S L OG ,X '0 1 F 'C 1
SY SI PT ,1
:
:
Figure 8.
Example One (Part 1 of 14)
Two IBM 2311 Disk Drives
57
IBM System, 360 Auembl8r Cod.1ng Form
IBM
EXAMPLE ONE:
STEP 2
1
!
TWO DISK DRIVES
I
1
I
I
I
Ideq",,,c.
"
After the system is loaded onto disk generate the installation system. Dial 190 in load unit
switches. Press load key on console. When system enters the wait state, press start on the
card reader. The following cards are in the card reader (SYSRDR/ SYSIPT).
X' 00 C' ,2 54 OR
X' 00 0' , 2 54 OP
ADD X' 00 E • ,1 403
ADD X' o 1 F' , 1 05 OA
[A DO X' 19 0' ,2 311
ADD X' 19 1 ' ,2 3 1 1
SET DA TE -0 2 I 01 16 9 , jcL OC K= 00 10 01 00
AS SG N SY S L OG , X ' 0 1 F .
LOG
AS SGN SY SR DR ,X ' 0 OC'
AS SGN SY S 1 PT .X' ~O C'
AS SGN SY SP CH X' ~O 0'
AS SGN SY SL ST ,X ' 0 OE'
"GO
CARD ELECTRO NUMBER
"
"
..
IBM System 360 Assembler Cochng Form
IBM
EXAMPLE ONE:
P~OG~AM
f>fo:OGR"'MME~
I
TWO DI5I< DRIVES
STEP 4
GW~"
[
!
[
[
D",n
I
I
I
[
[
I
,"'''''','
""II
II
JOB
0"',0"""
DS E R VR LB
EX EC
OS PLY
4':
"
25
Of
Seo~~ce
C.,........ n ..
Operond
20
~AGE
CAW ELECUO NUM8e~
I
;0
"
"
I
OS ERV
[A L L
05
00
[
n
"'
[
I
I
I
i
I
I
I •
i
i
I
I
II
EX EC
I
MA INT
'
!
i
I
DE L E TR
DE L E TR
I J L .A LL, I J N .A LL
I J P . AL L , I J Y .A LL , I J Z .A L L
I
I
I
I
DE LE TR
I J KS YS A, I J K SY SI
I
R E NA MR
I J XS YS A, I J K SY SA, I J XS YS I, I J KS ylS II
I
I
I •
1&
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
I
I'
i
!
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
1
I
I
I
I
IBM System. 360 A••embler Coding Form
IBM
EXAMPLE ONE: TWO DISK DRIVES
ecN","G
f-------=:..::....::,ST=::::E.=P'=-'5::..:....:.::.:.......-:.-'-'-=.....:::...:..:::.:.=--=.=-:..:=-------,----------1 ""0(;'("
[ GW""
[
[
[
[r-'-UNC-"--+-[-+---+-----1[~+--t--[--t-----f.,.cA="'=flE=m=oN=UM=
... - - - - - i
I
I'
small private relocatable library is to be built on the operational system, remove the
pock from 191 and mount the initial ized pock that the operational system is to be bui It on.
r- Then, repeat this job with the proper EXTENT and NEWVOL statements.
H-++-+-++-+-+-Hf-++-H-+-+-++-+-+-++-+-++-+-+-Hf-++-I--++-H
r- If a
I
i
II
II
PVTRLB
ASS~N SYSRLB,X'191'
II
I I
II
DLBL
JOB
IJSYSRL,'DOS
EXTENT
EXEC
PVT
i
I
REL
LIB',99/365,SD
C[oPYR
RL=nnn (n
ALL
I
I
[
SYSRLB,nnnnnn, 1, 1,nnnn, nnnn
CORGZ
NE~VOL
I
Create private relocatable library.
I
I
I
I •
1&
II
I
I
PAUSE
,
[
:
I
i
I
i
I
Figure 8.
Example One (Pa rt 3 of 14)
Two IBM 2311 Disk Drives
59
IBM
IBM Systeml360 Assembler Coding Fann
P~OGtAM
PlOGRAI.WH
"'
f-
EXAMPLE ONE:
STEP 6a
.
..
TWO DISK DRIVES
1'~SI~vCTIO"'S
j
""E'.·'·"
I
I
I
L
I
I
,
Ope<.
""
"
"
>AGE
CA~O
1
I
i
!
)
I
I
I
1
IBM Syatemi360 As.emblel' Coding Farm
IBM
P"OGUM
PROGRAMMER
"'-
rf-
II
II
I I
II
EXAMPLE ONE:
STEP 6b
.
low",
TWO DISK DRIVES
1
I 'UN'"
INSTRUCTIONS
DATE
I
I
I
"
"
20
~~
30
35
'"
"
,.
PAGE
Of
CARD fLECTRO NUMIER
~
"
'"
1
JOB IN TO SK
DA TE 69 032
AS SGN SY S L OG .X • 01 F' • C 1
F I LES SY S I PT .1
I
I
Example One (Part 4 of 14)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
-.
Ickontificotion-
C
"
To bypass initialize disk program on IBM - supplied tope. Mount 18M-supplied tape on unit 181
(9 -track drive). Mount initialized disk on unit 190 (VTOC on cyl 199). Mount work pack on
191 insert the following control cards in the reader. Dial 181 in load unit switches. Press load
key. When system enters wait state, press start and EOF on the card reader. Job is complete
when OOC and 4000A messages are logged.
Figure 8.
I
I
SiA·EMH·H
0,.....,""
\0
I
60
I
I
"
"
..
IBM System/360 A••embler Coding Farm
IBM
EXAMPLE ONE: TWO DISK DRIVES
f-----=.:..!S""TE.!!!P""""7~=-:...--,-,-,-=-,=c..::..:.:.'-.!..!:..::'---------,,,---------------1
II~G=---"'=---,"':::...,_ _+-I-+_+-_+-I-+_+-I-+_-t;.:;;;""""~;;"',.------I
I
I
I
'''0
eoN,""G
'NS'"U'''ONS
'UN'"
meTRO NU .....
ldeM;[;<:<>I; .... -
Sot. ."".
r- ****
r-
Caution **** Do not rewind unit 181. To load the tope onto disk, place the following cords
in the reader. Dial 181 in load switches. Press load. When the system enters the wait state, press
start and EOF on cord reader. The following message appears on SYSLOG:
4444A. Type in 4
and press INTERRUPT to continue.
®
II
JOB
I I
II
II
I I
I I
DA TE 69 032
AS SGN SY SO 00 ,X ' 1 90' ,01
AS SGN SY S L OG ,X ' 0 1 F' , C 1
AS SGN SY S L ST ,X ' 0 o E ' , L 1
01 S R ST
EX EC
EXAMPLE ONE:
STEP 8
PROGRAM
H:OGlAMMlR
"'-
l-
_........
IBM System/360 AUlmblllr Coding Farm
IBM
rr-
++1+-t-if--t+-f--t+H-+-H++-l+-H+-t-if--t+-f-++H
I I
I I I
.
TWO DISK DRIVES
PUNCHING
INSHUCTIONS
DATE
I
GW"'"
I
I
'UN'"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PAGE
Of
CAao fLECTRO NUMIER
SIATEMENT
'0
I I I I
o~ ..."""
"
"
20
JO
"
I I I I I I I I I I I I I II
I I
I I
I I I
.-
"
35
r
I I I I I I
I
I-I
I
After the system is loaded onto disk,generate the installation system. Dial 190 in load unit
switches. Press load key on console. When system enters the wait state, press start on the
card reader. The following cords are in the cord reader (SYSRDR/SYSIPT).
ADD
ADD
ADD
X . 00 C' • 2 54 OR
X ' 00 Ill' , 2 54 OP
X' 00 E' ,1 403
ADD
ADD
X' 01 F' , 1 05 OA
X' 19 0' , 2 31 l'
ADI!l
ADD
X' 1 9 1 ' • 2 3 1 1
X' 1 8 l ' ,2 40 o T9
.....
ldentificati",,·
Op*,ond
,-~
50
"
"
60
"
7J
~.
OJ
I
I
I
I
Figure 8.
Example One (Part 5 of 14)
Two IBM 2311 Disk Drives
61
IBM
IBM System"360 Assembler Caelln; Form
EXAMPLE ONE:
p~GG~"'"
I C'" ~,c
TWO DISK DRIVES
STEP 8 (continued)
p~CGP"'M"'Eq
I
i
iO"E
I
I
I
I
I
m
PAGE
I
"C i,i
'C
',C"""
"'E','E
"'S,E T
OP'O· .. n~
OP'O""'
LO G:
AS SGN
I"eo"fco"""·
Sooque"<:,..
(_nt.
JO
25
CK = 0 ~- /
i
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
,
,
I
I
I
i
I
I
I'
I
,
I
I
[
t
:
I
I
I
i
I
i
I
I
i
i
!
I
I
I
I
!
I,
I
i
!
\
I
I
I
I'
,
[
I I
IBM System / 360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
EXAMPLE ONE:
PROG~AM
PROGRAMMH
I GOO""
I·ONe"
TWO DISK DRIVES
STEP 8 (continued)
D,o.TE
I
I
I
f>./I.Gf
I
0'
O .. ~D HECTRO NUM8£R
""E'"
No_
/ I
/ I
JOB
/
.
"
35
"
'0
'"
55
50
"
I
DS ERV
I
~ LL
I
I I
I
I
i I
I
,
I
i
!
1'1
EX EC
SS ERV
DS PLY
A.
DS PCH
Z. ALL
:
i
, i
RE [Mo VE
CA RDS
FR
I
S'y S p'C'H . I P R'E SiS
oM
,
I
;
,
I
TO
CO N'T IN UE.
'
I
,
L
:
I
i
!
I
I
I
[
I
,
I
,
I
i
i
i
i
I
Example One (Part 6 of 14)
IBM 5/360 DOS SY8. Gen. and Maint.
i
i
I
!
:
i
:
i
'E~olB
!
:
Figure 8.
I
I
I I
1
1&
i
Display and punch sample probelms, delete, and link edit books. See Appendix C for names"
I
PA USE
I
,
Display the change level.
DO SC H LV
I •
II
"
I
I
62
,.,..~.
~
JO
20
"
DS ER VS LB
EX EC
DS PLY
EO
idenl,l.cot,on-
0?e ...."d
OP'O ...·,""
S
,
7J
80
IBM
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
PROGR'&'M
PROGRAMME~
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
II
-
'.
I G'·'"'C
EXAMPLE ONE: TWO DISK DRIVES
STEP 9
I '~"C"
I,n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PAGE
Of
CARD ELECTRO NUMBER
\W,','f','
c""'..... n>.
ap.'_d
Ope,o',,,,,
,C
10
"
"
"
JOB IA S S E MS UP
OP T 1\0 N DE CK , L 1ST , L OG ,S TO LA
OL BL I J S YSO 1, 's YS TEM WO RK
EX TENT SY SO o 1 , n n n n n n , 1, n , n
OL BL I J SY SO 2 , 's YS TE,.. ~O RK
EX TE NT SY SO 02 , n n n n n n , 1 , n , n
DL B L I J SY S03 , ' S YS TE,.. wID RK
EX TE INT SY SO 10 3 , n n n n n n , 1, n , n
OL B L I J S YS R L , ' 0 as PVT REL
EX TE NT S Y SR LB , n n n n n n , 1,1 , n
00
BEL
F I LE
Nol.
I
!
i,
21 ' , \9 9 / 36 5 , SO
NO' .
I
,
i
I
3' ' ,199 /3 65 ,SD
NO.
n n n , n n n n
L I B ' ,99
'
80
"
I
n n n , n In n n
F I LE
"
' !
!
j
!
1 ' ,199 /3 65 , SO
n n n , n 'n n ,n
F I LE
05
!J
!
,
5eQ""~c*
IS
;0
1
' !
13615
I
,!S 0
,
,
n n n , n n n n
!
,
il
!
I
I
I
I
I!
!
!
I
I
i
,
,
I I
!
!
\
i
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
i
,
I,
i
i'
I,
I
,
'I
I
I
IBM System '360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
proGRAM
PflOGaAINIl_
"-
/ /
I
II
II
EXAMPLE ONE: TWO DISK DRIVES
STEP 10
.
o,...,,~
"
..
I G'·'"'C
I
DATE
,',',',,'
I
I
I
I
20
25
I
I
P.... GE
Of
(ARO fLECTRQ NUM8H
s.q..... nce
(_nto
Ope .......
"
I
I
30
3'
"
"
;0
IS
00
EX E C AS S E1MB L!Y
SU PVR SY ST EM =0 IS K, MP S = YES
CO NFG ~O DE L = 40 , S P = YE S , DE C= YE S , F P= YES, TI ME R= YES
i
ST OJC L I ST X= YE S, L I NE S = 46
:
Fa PT
IT = B G, PC =Y E S ,0 C= YE S, CC HAll N= Y E S, OA so FP = ( I ,2',12 321 )
SY SF I L = ( 23 I I ) , TE B = 4
PI OCS clH IA,N Srt4 =R ~T AU ,T AP E= 7 , BM PX= YES
AL LaC F I =6 K, F2 = 6 K
!
10 TAB J I B = 10 ,C HA INlo = 1 o , F I PG R= 8 , F2 PG R= 8 , 10 DE V= 10 , B GP GR= 1 0
OV CG EN CH UN =X ' 0 OC ' , OV CT YP =2 54 OR
i
I
0!\1 CG EN CH lulN =X '00 0' ,0 VC TY P = 25 40P
OV CG EN CH ulN =X ' 0 o E ' , OV CT YP = I 403
OV CG EN CH ulN =X ' 0 1 F ' , olv CT YP = 1 05 OA
OV CG EN CH UN =X' 19 0' ,0 VC TY P = 23 11
i
I
OV CG EN CH iUN =X ' I 9 1 ' '1 0 VC TY P = 23 11
01\1 CG EN CH UN =X' 19 2 ' ,10 vc TY P = 23 2 1
I
OV CG EN CH UN =X' 18 0' ,0 VC TY P = 24 00 T7, CH AN SW =Y E S
OV CG EN CH UN =X' 18 l ' , OV CT Y P = 2 40 OT 9!, CH AIN SW =Y ES
05
"
"
80
X
I
!
,
'I
I
Figure 8.
Example One
(Part 7 of 14)
Two IBM 2311 Disk Drives
63
IBM System '360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
"OORAM
N:OGlAMMf.1
'-
EXAMPLE ONE: TWO DISK DRlVES
STEP 10 (continued)
."
I
--j
D.I,H
G"'"'C
I eVNCe
: -, v,_-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
"Of
Of
-.
CARD ELECUQ NUMIER
-~
o~
... ,""
"
AS SGN
AS SG N
AS SGN
AS SG N
AS SG N
AS SGN
AS SG N
AS SGN
AS slG N
AS slG N
AS S G N
S E NO
"';;'"
"
"
SY SR DR ,X ' 0 OC'
S'I SI PT ,X '0 OC'
SY SP CIH ,X ' 0 00'
SY SL str ,X '0 OE'
SY SL OG ,X ' 0 1 F'
SY SL NK ,X ' 1 91 '
SY SO o 1 ,X ' 1 91 '
Sly SO 02 ,X ' 1 91 '
SY SO 03 ,X ' 1 91 '
SY SO 04 , X ' 1 91 '
SY SO o 7 ,X ' 1 92 '
I.....'!f;cati..,·
C
JO
'"
J5
"
~
"
50
"
60
7J
"
.
!
i
I
I
I
I
i
!
102 40
END
1 •
···
clH E C K AS SE N B LY L I ST ING F,o R ER RO R S . I F CO RR ECT
IN SE RT
VE AS SE MB LED siu PE RV I S OR F R O~ SY S pic H.
FO LL OVI ING THE IN CL UOE CA RO OF J~B CA TIA LS UP
TO CO NT IN UE PR ESS EOB
II PA USE
I~
RE~
DE R
RE
I
IBI.
IBM System· 360 Assembler Codtng Form
IBM
"OGl;AM
PROGRAMMER
···
EXAMPLE ONE: TWO DISK DRIVES
STEP 11
"'-
ope,o"""
"
I GW",C
PUt-..lC"!!NG
INSTRI)CTIONS
1°·"
I
I
I
eVNC"
I
I
I
"
"
AS S E MB LE
20
C
JO
I
PAC<
Of
CA.OEUCTtONUMBEI
;Wf",',-
Operand
"
I
I
L
"
"
;C
55
"'
00
AT TH IS PO INT
10 CS MO DU LES TO BE
CA TA LO GE D TO THE
RE LO CLA TA BLE LI BR ARY
UN IT 181 1M U ST BE UN AS SI GN ED AT TH IS PO IN T.
THE F LL O~ ING IS AN EX AM P L E. MO OU LES S H OU LD BE AS S E iMB LED ON! AN
AS RE au IR ED BA S I S.
I JOB AS S ElM
I OP TI ON DE CK , L I S T, LOG
I AS SG N SY SP C,H ,X ' 1 81 '
I EX EC AS SE MB LY
CD MO,O
RE CF OR M= F I XU N B,
I
I
CT LC HR =A S~ ,
I
:
TY PE F L E = OU TP UT,
10 AR EA 2 = YE S ,
I I
: I
1
DE 1\/1 CE = 2 54 OR, i
I !
S E PA SIM B = YES
i
i
I
:
ELNlo
:
•
!
I EX EC AS S E MB LiY
:
RE CF OR 1M = FI pRD
I
1
PH ASE
I
I
1
TIA'P E
I
TP OK 5 , I J ~T DC S 2 ,N OA UTO
II" CL UO E I J [vIL AB
I I LB LT VP TA P E
I
I I EX EC LN KE OT
I
I
I I:
Ii
,N lOA UTO
I
I
I
i'
I J 1111 TO
INC LU DE
.'
T
I
LN K E O,T
INC LU DE
I
I
I J IVIL AB
LB LT VP
I" .. ""
4C'
I J WTM
IN C L UOE
68
i
I
AS S E ~B LER
()pe,,,,,d
"
I!
IN ~L UOE
I I
I I
1
i
~
I'''''
I
II
I I
I
I
I
I
I i
I
i
:
!
! !
I
I
I I I
I !
I
!
:
i
; ! I
I
TFioIR:T RAN
I
SIOIRiT
! I I
!
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
I'ROGRAM
I I
II
I
!
i
i I
I
I
RiplG!
:
I'
, i
I
I
!
I!
I I
I
I
iD E BiUG'
P 'L ITI
I
I
!
I
,
BlAis I 'c
I
I
1
Ii : I I I
I
i
i
I
I
' I
I
!
I!
ill
!
!
I I I
INC LU DE
I J IosM
I I EX Eir. LN K E OT
I
i i
I
,
I J R RG
II-4C LU DE
I I EX EC LN KE DT
LU DE
i
'"
i
II
! I
I
I
II
I
I
COBio:L
1
I I
i
I~C LU PE I J XP LID
I I EX EC LN K E DT
EP< E C
!
' I
,
I N'C LU DE
I 'J IT FO
I I EX EC LN KE OT
lIN C
II
I!
I!
i
!
1
II
II
' I
I !
I
iIIE RGE , '
i
i!
i
I
I
S!O!RT
T ,
A1uhoT E SiT
c,o:BkliL
0'
I I
i:
! : I
i!
I,
INC LU DE
I J SO DB
LN KE DT
EP< EC
I! '
I
i
LN K E DT
1
: :
I II
I I
! I
LN KE DT
INC LU DE
II
C L EAR
I J VPT
T , I
1
ED I TI
LI NK AIG E
PO INT
"
i
C oiBlolL', 'BAis'l CI iF'O;T R:AN!,
T
UT I L IT I E S ,
AU TP TE S T" P L .II "R P G ,1,1 4 KI AISIS!EM B1L1E,R
ii,
I I OP T I ON C~ TAL
I
I
, I
I ' i
I
AT
,
I
I
Ii
ill
I
s;
"
I,
i I
I
i
I
i
, I
I
I II!
I
I
I
I
------.- 1
:-l
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
IBM
PROGRAM
PtOGR.A.MMH
EXAMPLE ONE: TWO DISK DRIVES
STEP 15 (continued)
0"",.,.,,,,,
No_
"
"
IN C L UDE I J WCT
PH ASE CD TP 5, I J WC TC S 2 ,N OA UTa
IN CL UOE I J ~L AB
I I LB LT VP TA P E
I I EX EC LN KE OT
IN CL UOE I J ~ CO
PH [,II S E CO OK 5, I J ~l.c: DC S 2 ,N OA UTa
I[N CL U 0 E I J ~L AB
I I EX EC LN KE OT
IN CL UOE I J ['" C P
PH ASE CD PP 5, I J ~Ie PC S 2 ,N OA UTa
IN CL UOE I J IN LAB
I I E~ EC LN KE OT
INC LU DE I J I'" 0 P
PH AS E OK PR 5, I J ~Io PC S 2 ,N AU TO
IN CL UOE I J I'" L AB
I I EX EC LN KE OT
INC LU DE I J WOC
PH ASE OK CD 5, I J 1"'0 cc S 2 ,N OA UTa
INC LU DE I J WL AB
I I EX EC LN KE DT
JO
",
'"
I,,,,",c
I
I
[
[
[
,.
Qpe,oo"ld
"
"
---1 '
10'''
CA RD
I
I
I
I
Comme""
"
TiA P E
TO
0,
PAGE
(.~D
lLE,- T~::::
"oj",",;;
I
os
60
"
1
n
""TA;;:'M'~'
Ope"",,,,,,
20
" "
"
liN C LU DE I J W DT
PH AS E olK T P 5 I J ~O TC S 2
INC l UDE I J "'L AB
I I LB LT yp TAPE
I I EX EC LN KEOT
INC LU DE I J w[OIM
PH ASE ,0 K o C5 I J WOM C S 2
I N CL 'UD E I J WL 1,11 B
I I EX EC LN KE OT
I,NC LIU DE I J WOO
PH ASE OK ol~ 5, I J WO DC S 2
INC LU DE I J WL lAB
I I EX EC LN KE OT
INC LU DE I J W:MD
PH ASE ole OK 5, I J ~IM DC S 2
INC LU DE I J WL AB
I I EX EC LN KE DT
INC LU DE I J VV:~T
P!, ~ S E ~C TP 5, II ~ ~IM TC S 2
INC LU DE I J WL lAB
I I L B LT In TA PE
I I EX EC LN KE DT
~~ond
C_.... n ...
JO
"
JO
"
01 SK
55
50
TO
TA PE
UT I L I
Seq .... "".
tr V'"
,N OA UTa
"
"
n
"
!
:
I
I
I
I
I I I
01 S K TO
OA TA
CE LL
I 01 ,S K TO
01 SK
UT li Ll1 TV
U
!
I L lTV
NO AU TO
,N OA IUTO
I
I
I
I
I
I
DA TA
I
:
CE LL
TO
01 SK
UT I L I Tlv
TO
TA PE
UT IL qTV
I
I
,N OA IUT 0
I
OIAiT A
CE LL
,N OA UTO
I
I
I
I
!
i
Figure 8.
Exam~1e
One (Part 13 of 14)
Two IBM 2311 Disk Drives
69
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
I
"'~.",.'"
,,-
I'"~
"
'"
I
I :J!WiM P
P HiAlslE I DC p'Ri5' , I J
II N ClU DE
r
IT'.,.,
i
i
i
i
i
i
wlM PC
Iden'if:C<>';ce
(_nl'
;0
'"
.0
33
so
"
"
"
55
I I BRARY
I
I
FlO I I
O~ ING
PA U SiE P l AC E
EX EC MA INT
I
DE lE TI ONS
RE IMA IN ING
IA R E
OP TI ON A l .
CA RDS
IN
I
RE AD ER.
P R ES S
EOB
TO
CO NT INUE
1
Place any desired deletes here.
i
IF
CO NOS
I
l , S l
/. *
I I I
/ &
I
i
I
*1 ,TiH1EI IBIA S IICI SY SG EN I S
* I lA,B Ellis, IR EI- Al lO CA T E'
CO
r.,.p l
i
EITiE "
l I B R A.RY
,
sl I ZIE S ,
I
I
I
THE
1ST ~IN DA RD
US E;R
lM,AY
SET
!ANID
'S'EIT
A U,T k>,., AT!I C
NEIw
clO!N DE NSE
* l I MI TS I FI RE au IRE D. CO P YI TIH E 10 P ER ~T linN Al PA CK TO TA P E FOR BA CK -U P.
* USE THE IDE NT ICAl UT I l I/TY DE CK SE T UP AS AF TER FI RsiT slY SG EN JO B.
* THE 'F I NAl CO NO EN S E k>p E R 1.41 T I PN SU P P l I ED TiH E CU RR ENT siT AT US
F T!-I ~ SY ST ElM I I BR AIR IE S .
I
*
I
/ / PA USE EOJ SY SG EN - -1- i
I
I
I
I
I
Figure 8.
70
O.
PAGf
CARO ELECTRO
l:lerl'!"C01""",
0.,.,,,'·,,,,
i : i
/ *1
I
I
A':,
// ASS GIN SYS IPT X' 181 '
* CA TAlOG MO DU lES TO RE lO CA TAB l E
/ / EXEC MA INT
i
I
I
IBM System!36D Assembler Coding Form
PQOGUM
//
//
I
I
I
*
i
I
I
JOB
~T I l I TIY
i
!
TA PE
I
UT I l
:
I
I
CE l i l
i
i
01 SK
clLiE AR
I
/ &
//
'"
I
DA TIA
,r
* ,NO AU TO
I J J C PD1
TO
I
I
I
f
I
INC lU DE
CE l l
cil EAR
I
iI
INC lU DIE
.U T 'I l ITY
"
i
I JiWIC liM
PC P ,
"
I
D.A TA
I
IN KE DT
PH ASE
lB l T
i
I
"
I
I
I
IN KE DT
I NCll UDE
//
//
1[-
I
I
I~C lU DE I J !VIC lD
I
/'/ IEIX,E.CI IN'K:E D~T
//
NIT E R
I
DC DC 5, I J I\'oM MC S 2 ,N OA UTO
II N Cl UDE
s.~uen<~
"
i
I!
IN KE DT
II JIW MM
II.N ciliu DE
//
Cf
C",",_n"
JC
"
EXEC
PH AS E
PAC;E
(AlI:DEUClRONUM8ER
Ope'Q"~
~pe'O·''''
'IIN'C'LUDE
//
i "'-' . .(
EXAMPLE ONE: TWO DISK DRIVES
STEP 15 (continued)
Example One (Part 14 of 14)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
"
"
'"
One IBM 2311 Disk Drive
The system is supplied in two volumes. The first volume consists of a core
image library and a relocatable library. The second volume is composed of
a core image library and a source statement library. Depending upon the
user's configuration, these packs are used in varying order.
IBM supplies the 10K background variant of the disk work file assembler
in the core image library of the source statement library pack. The
following procedure employs this assembler variant for system generation.
If the user wishes to use another variant, he must:
• Linkage edit and catalog the desired assembler to the core image
library of the relocatable library system.
• CSERVthe .assembler just cataloged.
• Delete the supplied assembler from the core image library of the source
statement library system, and condense this library.
• Catalog the assembler obtained through the previous CSERV to the core
image library of the source statement library volume.
The user can now perform system generation as described.
Figure 9
illustrates the system configuration upon which Example Two (Figure 10) is
based. The following steps are keyed to Example Two:
Stef 1
Disk-only users receive the system on disk.
Disk users with at
least one tape unit available receive the system on tape.
Mount the IBM-supplied core image and source statement library
volume. Users with tape must also mount a disk pack to which the
tape is to be restored.
Before generating a system with at least one tape unit the user
should have an initialized disk pack (VTOC on cylinder 199).
a.
If the disk pack has not been initialized, the IBM-supplied
volume, a self-loading tape, is capable of initializing the
pack (see Figure 10). The DLBL cards used in the following
steps must contain the volume serial number appearing in the
VOL card of the initialize disk control cards.
Any volume
serial number used in the EXTENT cards for the following
steps must agree with the volume serial nurr.ber in the VOL
card for the initialize disk control card.
b.
If the disk pack has been previously initialized, the
initialize disk routine can be bypassed (see Figure 10). Any
volume serial number used in the EX1~NT cards for the
following steps must agree with the volume serial number used
when the pack was initialized.
Stef 2
After step 1 is completed, the user must restore the system from
the self-loading tape to the initialized pack. This step is
omitted when a system is received on disk.
Step 3
When the tape has been restored, dial the address of the system
residence disk drive into the load unit switches, and IPL to pass
control to the DOS supervisor.
Then perform a DSERV to display
the directories. See Appendix A for the IPL control statements.
One IBM 2311 Disk Drive
71
Step 4
SSERV (display and punch) all the desired sample problems from the
source statement library into cards. Punched output includes the
sample problems with BKEND and CATALS cards. Four other books in
the source statement library that should be punched out at this
time (Z.LINKEDIT, Z.DELETECL, Z.DELETERL, and Z.DELETESL) contain
the necessary control statements to selectively linkage edit and
delete all IBM components. The sample problem program names, the
linkage edit" and the delete book names can be chosen and punched
using the DSPCH statement(s). The sample problem program names
and the linkage edit and delete book names are shown in Appendix
£.
After these sample problems and books have been punched, they
can be deleted from the source statement library along with
unwanted macros (e.g., those components never to be used).
step 5
If additional space is needed for workfiles to perform assemblies,
(SYS001, SYS002 and SYS003) the user can re-allocate the system to
take advantage of the space gained by the deletes from the
previous step.
step 6
The workfiles SYSLNK, SYS001, SYS002, and SYS003 are defined by
use of the DLBL and EXTENT cards. These cards must be preceded by
the OPTION STDLABEL or OPTION PARSTD card.
step 1
Perform all necessary assemblies. The assemblies for the
supervisor, and IOCS modules should be performed as separate job
steps. The user must be careful to kee'p all assemblies in order.
If the user's operational system is tq contain a minimum source
statement library with selected macros, they should be obtained
through an SSERV.
The macros obtained in this step will later be
placed on SYSIPT and cataloged to a system source statement
library.
step 8
Disk users without tape must remove the IBM-supplied core image
and source statement library pack, and replace it with the
IBM-supplied core image and relocatable library pack. The pack
removed should be retained for backup.
Users with tape can either replace the core image and source
statement library pack, or they can restore the IBM-supplied core
image and relocatable library tape to this saw.e initilized disk
pack.
Before restoring the tape, the user must take the necessary
action to perform or bypass the initialize disk routine.
step 9
After step 8 is completed, the user must restore the system from
the self-loading tape to the initialized pack. This step is
omitted when a system is received on disk.
step 10
Dial the address of the system residence disk drive into the load
unit switches, and IPL to pass control to the DOS supervisor.
step 11
Perform a DSERV to display the directories. Delete all
relocatable library components not to be used.
Step 12
Reallocate library sizes" assigning all free space with the
exception of linkage editor work files, to the core image library.
If room is available at this time, the user can also allocate the
small source statement library to contain those macros punched in
step 1. Otherwise, this allocation can be done in step 15. The
linkage editor work files (SYSLNK and SYS001) are already defined
12
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
on this pack. The user need only assign SYSLNK and SYSOOl to this
drive.
(See step 10 in Figure 10.)
Ste~
13
linkage edit and catalog the assembled supervisor (from step 7) to
the core image library.
Certain key programs must also be linkage
edited and cataloged in the same job step with the new supervisor
if the SEND address is larger than the one used by the supervisor
being replaced. These key programs are IPL, linkage editor, and
librarian.
The control statements to linkage edit these programs
are in the linkage edit deck punched out in step 4. The SSERV and
assembler components illustrated in Figure 10, step 13, should be
included as part of this job only if the user's operational system
is to contain a minimum source statement library.
The new supervisor is not cataloged until a /& statement is
read. The user must not attempt any other operations from the
time when the supervisor and preceding programs are cataloged and
the subsequent IPL.
Ste~
14
After these key programs have been cataloged, re-IPL, and set the
date (set the clock if the timer feature is present).
Linkage edit and catalog any additional components desired to
the core image library. See Appendix C for a complete, list of
control cards for all components. The LINKEDIT deck punched out
in step 4 contains all of the necessary control statements to
linkage edit all components shipped on the system.
Before the next step is performed check the linkage editor
listings and make all necessary corrections before deleting the
modules from the relocatable library.
Step 15
If the components deleted in step 11 did not provide adequate
space for the final allocation of system libraries, a new
allocation can be performed by deleting components previously
cataloged to the core image library.
More then one deletion and
allocation may be required during linkage edit jobs.
Users
desiring a small source statement library should now allocate
space for one.
Catalog the modules assembled in step 7 to the system
relocatable library..
If your decision was to have a source
statement library on this pack, catalog the source statement
macros punched in step 7 to the system source statement library.
The user may set new standard labels, re-allocate library
sizes, and set automatic condense limits.
Backup for the
operational system should also be obtained.
One IBM 2311 Disk Drive
73
INPUT/OUTPUT DEVICE CONFIGURATION FOR EXAMPLE TWO (SEE FIGURE 9)
Devic~
Channel
unit
2540R
0
OC
Card Reader (SYSRDR/SYSIPT)
2540P
0
OD
Card Punch (SYSPCrI)
1403
0
OE
Printer (SYSLST)
1052
0
lF
Printer-Keyboard (SYSLCX; )
2400T7
1
81
Magnetic Tape with data conversion feature
2311
1
90
Disk (SYSRES, SYSLNK, SYS001, SYS002, SYS003)
Example Two:
Use
Results of System Generation
When system generation is completed for Example Two (see Figure 10), the
operational disk contains COBOL, PL/I, Basic FORTRAN, Tape Sort/Merge and
Utilities together with the installation's tailored supervisor, job
control, linkage editor, and librarian programs in the core image library.
The tape shipped by IBM is retained as a backup tape. The relocatable
lib~ry contains all those components shipped by IBM except those that were
deleted in steps 11 and 15. There is no source statement library on this
o~erational pack.
This is a user option, and was indicated as 'such in the
example. Thus, the user may either utilize the source statement library
shi~ped by IBM on the source statement library volume, or he may build a
source statement library on the operational pack by allocating space and
cataloging his desired macro definitions.
_ _ _- I
Unit X '80'
Unit X '90'
Channell
IBM System/360, Model E30
Optional features:
Channel 2
Timer
Storage protection
Decimal
Floating point
Channel switching 2404 or 2804
(tape switchable; 7 -track with
Data Conversion feature)
Channel 0
SYSLOG
Figure 9.
74
SYSLST
SYSRDR/SYSIPT
System Configuration for Example Two
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
SYSPCH
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
EXAMPLE TWO: ONE DISK DRIVE
'N~NG
f----------':.:..::..::ST:.:..::E'-=P=-10.:...:..:....::=:...:....-.=....:....:;::....::....;.-'--'--''--''-'--'''-------,1-">',-------1 'mo'''O'1
111, I ! ! I ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
If-v_,,,"_,,_+-I-+_+-I_+--I-+_+--I-+_-+="'''''=-c=
I
I I
I
",we ___---1
j ",'"
WD
',C',''''
I : I I I I I I
I
The user may optionally bypass the initialize routine. However, if initialization is required mount +-l-++-l-++-I--i-~+-++-+---j---+-H-+-H-++-l-++-IH-+-f--I--t-i
a pack on unit 190. Mount IBM -supplied tape on unit 180 (7 - trock drive). Place the following
cards in the card reader. Dial 180 in the load unit switches and press load. When system enters
the wait state press start and EOF on the card reader. Use of multi -part farms is suggested as
copies of the linkage editor maps and the supervisor listing will be required by your IBM customer
engineer for maintenance purposes.
!
I
II
II
LOG
JOB
II
I I
DA TE 69 032
AS S G N SY S L OG • X' 01 F • • C 1
II
II
AS SGN
EX EC
II
I I
V TO CST R TAD R
UID
IN TD SK
I
1
SY SO PT .~ • 1 90 • • D 1
IR • C 1
=(0
1 9900 0)
E X'T E N T
=(9
~ 0 L 1111111
I lEND
I
IBM System/360 Assembler Coding Farm
IBM
PROoa .... M
Pll:OGRAMME~
ONE DISK DRIVE
EXAMPLE TWO:
STEP 1 b
I G"'~"
PUNC"ING
I
I
I
:>AT!:
I
I
I
I
PAGE
CARD ELf ORO
Of
NUM6f~
SiAtf"'[-.'
""-
ideM'/'CQ"on-
Operand
Operal,on
"
"
"
30
'"
I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
I I I I I
I
I I I I I !
"
"
35
!
50
I I I I I I I
"
60
"
"
Ii
r- To bypass initialize disk pragram on IBM-supplied tape, maunt IBM-supplied tape on unit 180
r- (7 -trock drive). Mo..,t initialized disk on unit 190 (VTOe on eYL 199). Insert the fallowing
control cards in the reader. Dial 180 in load unit switches. Press load key. When system
r- enters
wait state, press start and EOF on the card reader. Job is complete when OOC and 4000A
r-
Seq""r~e
""
55
I
I I
I
I
! I
I
I
j
messages are logged.
i
II
II
I I
I I
II
L[o~
J [0 B
I
IN TD SK
DA TE
AS SGN
F I LES
69 032
SY S L OG • X' 01 F • • C 1
SY S I PT .1
I
I
:
i
I
I
!
i
I
1
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
Ii
I
i
i
i
I
I
i,
Figure 10.
Example Two (Part 1 of 12)
One IBM 2311 Disk Drive
75
IBM
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
-- T~~TI-'-~'-l~-'-I~-~I"~-'-'-----::~'
~,____-=-ST,;, ::E"-P-=2_ _~,~~:..:.::::.:,-=:.:~=-------,-i.-,,-,- - - - - =:1~r-:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~-,+I_-__--,-+_-_~+I_-_-...J,+_-_-...J,+I:::"::"::"_:=""'"7,,'~'OM::",~'~~~~~~
E:==
EXAMPLE TWO:
ONE DISK DRIVE
--
-~----c-",,;o-,,------'--"- -~
: 1 '
..
---,-------~-
I
...,.,--,-,-
~-------------------,:-----,
Ii!
I I
'
H.I.~. :c~u;iL '.L~ .~~ ~trrL:n~ ~n;t ~8~.1 ~oll~~ t~el t~p~ ;nt~ ~i~k,1 ~Ialc~ ~;f~lI~w\n~ ~a~d~ i~ -++~H
JI II
!
I I i !
I
:-+-H-~-t-H+-H--H
....1-:-t-+-t--++!f-+-;+!-tl-t-H
the reoder. Dial 180 in lood switches. Press load. When the system enters the wait state, press start -++-+-+-H+-f--r--H-t-H-+-I-+-r-t-+-H+-H-+-t-t-+-H
and EOF on card reoder. The following message appears on SYSLOG:
i
I I
I
,4444A. , Type in 4
and pr, e,ss, IN: TERRUPT to continu, e.
\ I
::;
i
I
I :
®
'I
I:
I
I
I
/: /
JOB
/ /
DATI E
I: I i
' II
I
69 0,3,2
II
I
1'1
.T r
III
D I SIR siT'
II
II:
I
I
i i i :
I :
' :
i
I
I : 1'
I I'I!
I
I
!;
I
!!!
I:
::
I: i
I I
II
:! I !
!
I
I
!
!
II
EXEC
1
T
II
I
,!
I ii'
!
!
I!
i
I
r
i
I
I
I
'I I
I
I!
i'
I II
I
I
II
I I
!
i
,
I
i
I
I
I
i!
I
I
I:
:I
I
II
I
I
!
I
I
i
I II
I
I
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
if-:-::- -=EX",AST"-,M.!!.;p~L~,-.'TC.!.W~O~:~O:!..:N~E-"D,,-,IS,-,-,K,-,D~R~IV,-,,E_ _ _ _'I_,,,-,- - - - - - --I ~ . =~h-:·-----_.~_---.l+--+---1---t:-+:-+--+-tr(A"'eD"'m""""'OO"""UC;;M"'"-----1
A
:-",,-.
..-
-~-;:;-~-~-------
1 ! i i:
I
III II 11111 1IIIIIIIIIIIITT1TTl 1111 r 111: I ' : I II
i!
! I
I! !
t- After the system is loaded onto disk generate the installation system. Dial 190 in lood unit switches. -H-+-+-+-t-++-H+-h--+-ri--f--0
I
I
I
DE LE TES
AL skJ
EX EC
"
iO
20
··
,.
Opot,gnd
Cpe'O',on
I
1
1
,'"",'.1
I I
I,
i
1
IBM
II
I
I
I
i
Example Two (Part 3 of 12)
One IBM 2311 Disk Drive
77
IBM
IBM System 360 Assembler Cl]dmg Form
~____~EX~A~M~P~LE~T~W~O~:~O~N~E~D~IS~K~D~R~IV~E~______, -_________ ~l
STEP 5
/'/
10ILIB'LI
//
jE;xIT1ENT
/ I/
IE xiEic
/
.
I JjsiViS'RS, 'oOiS
islvSTE".i
RESllolEiNCIE
I
iii
iii iii
I
j
I
I
iii I
ill
i
I
iii
I
I!
I I
I
ii'
i
I
I I
i
1
I
I!
1
!
: !
I:
i
I
I
I
II
!;
I
I
i
i
i
Iii
I
!
!
!
I I
!
II
1'1
i i!
I
!
I
Iii'
i
I
i
j
1
1
:
Iii
I
I
II
· il
I
I
i!
: I
1
I I
Iii
I:
Iii
,
I
1
II!
111
I
I
'i
i
i;
i
I
Iii
:I
I
I
!
i
i!
I
, i I
II
!
!
I
I
I
i
I
I! [
I
1
,I
Iii
!!
I I
!
I!
iii
ill!
I
I
I
I i
!
! I
I
I
I
!
[I
I I
I
I
!
1
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
~OGR.MME~
.
"-
opc,o·",n
"
SV SR ES
ST AT EM ENT
MA CR OS
AT
TH IS
JOB
..
Ope,crd
'"
"
L I B RIA RV
THE
I L E SS
,c;
P'O IN T,
GE N E'R ATE
OP TI ON DE C K, LI ST
LO G
OL BL
I J SV so 1,1' SV ST EM
ExiT EiN T
oL B L
EX TENT
oL B L'
:W o RK
uip
I
11, '
INO.
~I<>.
F ILE
W OR KI
I
F I LE
50
E~i
!
i
, :9
I
i
,
Se~...,nc ..
PA PER
I
,1919 /3 65 , SO
i i
i
I
I
1
I
i
I
I
I
I
:
I
,!
I
:
Ii i
i
i'
i
,
I
I
1 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
Ii
I'
i
I
Figure 10.
i
I
I
I
!
iii
I
Example Two (Part 4 of 12)
I EM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
I
I I
I'
1
I
i
i
i
, i j
I
I
i
~
I
I
I
I
I
.!
Ii
: i
I
I
I 11
,
!
i ' i
I
I,
I
' :
I
I
I
i
, i
I
I
I
I
I'
,
i:
i
i
I
j
. i : i
;
i
I
i
I
I
. : :
I
I
i
!
I
I
!
i I
I;
I
i
i31' ,1919 /3 65, SOl
i
:
I
I
I
i
I
I
80
"
i I
i
I
!
I
E R VI SOR
I
:
ITIA P E
"
SO UR ~E
OIRII GIN A L
i
I
i I
0'
"
55
LIB RA RV
12: ' ,19i 9 1/13 651, SID
·1
N'O
l
S V S 00 3 , 11 1 1 11 , 8 , ,n , Inn n,6"n nn
Ii
PAGE
CARD HECTPG NUMlIEP
Ii
SV SO 102, 11 11 11 ,8 , n , n n n 3 , In n n , 51 i
E~
I
I
R OB L
S'Y SO ~ 1',11'1 11 11', 8 ,In', in:n n O:,ln n ni, 2
I J SY SO 3 , ' S V ST
EX TE NT
T A I LO RIE 01 Is
I
S T OL AB E L
[wo RK F I LIE
I J SV SO 2, 's V ST ElM
I
I
""
"
I,
I
I
11M AGE
ip
I
TH E
AS SEM
CO RIEl
S AiM P ILiE
I
I
DEL ETEo
!
I"",'
I'
::""".... nt'
"
),
ORI GIN AL
IEM UIL AT ORI) I
AN:o
i
I,'"
CO NT AI N S
NOIw
~
ONE DI SK DRIVE
EXAMPLE TWO:
STEP 6
PROG~AM
78
I
I
,
1 I
I
i'
i
I
I
i
Ii
I
,
Ii
I I
i
!
, i
I!
i
I
!
i
iii
I
I
!
i
I
I
I
i
i:
I !
I I
I
i
I
I
I
i
I
[T
T
I
i
!
I I
i •
!,:!
!
Ii
!
I !
i
I!
Of
!
i
!
I
II
iii
I
I I
II
//
i
iii
I I
III
II
I
I
,I
1
//
//
//
I
I! i
I
I!
Ii
, iii
i I
i
··
·
I
: I
I
'1 ,
: i
·
I
i
!
/ &
I
I
I
'F'IL'E:' ,'99'/:3165,I SI0
I
II
I
islvislRES,i111111,1,n,nnnnl,lnn9~ I !
M Ai I NiTj
I
r
i ""
i
I
I
I
: I
i
I,
1
I I
i
-
1
; . i
I
JBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
IBM
EXAMPLE TWO:
STEP 7
~
ONE DISK DRIVE
~-----------------
I I
EX E C
ASSE~IBLV
IOTAB
-~~---
i
I
I111
I
II!\
'i
IOOEV=10,JIBI=8',!c'H'A:NIQ=6'
I!
C,HUN=X' OOC'I,OVCiTivlpi= 2i5'4iOR
'i!
OVCGEN
C'HUN=X' OOE",OVCITiv'p'= 1!4/03
j
•
I
I
I
I
II
(A"D H£CFC
,.U'.'RE~
'I
i
I
:
Ii
!
i!
I
i
I
I
I
I
i
I I
I
I
II
I'
i
OVCGEN
1
I
I
I
j
I
-----------~~--~-~~---~--~~~
I
':
,
I
I
!
!
I
I
I
:
I
!
!
;
~~-'
;
i : I
I
I!
Ii
,
~
i I
•
i
I
I
!
!
:
I
,
,
Ii
i
:
!
!
[
:
: !
,
I
:
'
II
i
I
!
I
!
!
I
!
i
I
I I
I
I
! i
!
I!
I
I
I !
[I
i
I
I
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
~------------~~---
,0""""
I
I
-------
--
--------
;-
"
ASS G N
S V S R 0 R , X' 0 0 C '
III
A!S S G N
S V SIP T , X' 00 C'
i
A SIS G N
S VS P C H ,
ASSGN
SVSL'ST,X'OOE'
ASSGN
SVSLOG,XI'[01F'11
III!
I
1111111
ASS G N
SIVIS L N K , X ' I gO
I II!
I
!
ASS'GN
SiVISO'01 , X ' h 9 0 ' ,
x'
0 0
o! ' I
1
I
I
I
I' i'
I
! Iii
i
i
:
!
•
'1II
l'
I
I:
I!
Iii
11
I,
.T
I I I!
ill II
I ;
I
I'
I!
T
T
I!
I
II
!! I i :
,Ii
I!:
I T
I
IT
1;
I
I
ill
t
!! I
I!!
Ii,
~++44~HHA+S~S~G~N~S~!'V+S~0~0~2~,~X~'+1~9~Oi_,~I,~~~~~~~~+'~l~'~~T+I~~~++~!~~il+
IT~T~~Ir'1~'Tl~-r~I,r+~-HH
ASS G N
S ViS 010 3, X' 1 gO'
S 'E ,N 0
8 1 gl2
E N0
I
! ,
!
I
I
I
!!
I,
:
'
:I
----r! I !
I
I
I
Iii
I
I
J
'
liT
I I
!
Iii
I I I
II!
1
I
i
!
II
1
I *
i
I
I
I
I
iii
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
'
I.:
I:
I
I
•
'1
I i '
Example
!
~wo
I!
i
i
!
,
'
I [I
i,
I
:
: I I
I i I
!
'I
i i i
Iii
•
I
: !
I
i
!
I
I I
Figure 10.
I
I
i I I
If
I
Ii
I,l
, I
(Part 5 of 12)
One IBM 2311 Disk Drive
79
IBM
IBM Systern 360
EXAMPLE TWO:
A~sembler
Coding Form
ONE DISK DRIVE
STEP 7 (continued)
•
A T
•
iRELloCATA:BLIE
II
I I
II
iT HIS
!p 0 II N T
~!A S:S",'E
I
I
I
I
"'"
'"
c.... o EUCTItO NUMaf'
I
SIATEM,"'T
No_
S
"
Opoo .. """
Opoe,ond
"
"
20
"
JO
Jj
'0
.<
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
*'*** Caution **** Do not rewind unit 180. To load the tope onto disk, place the following cords in
the reader. Dial 180 in load switches. Press load. When the system enters the wait state, press stort
and EOF on cord reader. The following messoge appears on SYSLOG:
4444A. Type in 4
and press INTERRUPT to continue.
®
II
II
II
J OS
Seq...."c.
,-~
50
"
"
"
"
73
80
i
I
i
01 SR S T
DA TE
lAS S G N
69 032
SY SO 00 ,X ' 1 90' ,01
, )< , 0 1 F' ,C 1
I I
I I
AS SGN
SY SL OG
AS SGN
SY S L siT
II
EX EC
,)< ,
I ~ 0 E'
, L 1
I
I
Figure 10.
Example Two (Part 7 of 12)
One IBM 2311 Disk Drive
81
IBM
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
oo"rO~"
I
"OG"MW
I······
i
I"'"
I
I
I
I
1_","_,0
ONE DISK DRIVE
EXAMPLE TWO:
STEP 10
t
I
I
F,o
r,~
~,
CARD ELE(T'C "UI.. ~£i!
J~""f,cot,,,,,~
".
, I,
-+ l~eJ t~elsy~t~J i~ I~~ ~n~old!.J g~n~lt~ tlh~ i~t~llla;i~n ~ylt~m~
5~
i I
I
I
!1~ lin~ IJ~~ ~ni~ L!tc~~s.'
bill
-' Press lood key on console. When system enters the wait state, press start and EOF on the card reader.
f- The following cords are in the card reader.
i
I
I
I
1
I! I
I I
1
ADD
X,'
00 C'
, 2514 OR' I
X'
X'
X'
X'
X'
00
, 25 40 P
ADD
ADD
ADD
00 E'
1
i 1 I
I
I
I
I I
J
I
oT
7
I
I
I
I
!
I,
;
!
1
I
i
I
,
I
:
!
I
I
I
:
i
i
i
!
i
:
I
I
1
i
!
I
I
I
i
i
I
i
j
i
I
I
I
I
:
'
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
lJ I
I (I
lJ I
III II!
I
I
!
I
i
I
I
I
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
STEP 10
P~OGRA"'.N""
I""
"
~-
"
X·
5V 5 L OG
A5 5GN
.. ,
,X •
51" 5 I PT .X •
5" 5L Sl .X •
51" 5 P CH .X •
5 L NK ,X'
5 "
5 V 50 01. X·
5V 5R DR
A5 5GN
A5 5 G N'
I
CK =0 01 00 I 00'
01 F'
A5 5G N
A5 5 G,N
A5 5 G N
0 OC'
0
0
I
I,
i
I
I
I
;
I
I
I
1[ 90'
'1
!
I
i;
1
i
i
i
i
I
I I
I
1
[
i
'J I I
' I
1
:
I
I
I
iii
I
1
i
1
I
I
I
:
I
'i
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
;
j
I
I
i
1]1
1
i!
i
: Ii
I
I I
I
ill
i
Iii
I
!
Example Two (Part 8 of 12)
IEM 8/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
!
Ii
1
i'
i
I
I
1
i
I
I
!
! I
Figure 10.
I
i
•
i
I
,,'
I
I
I
!
I
"
0'
I
I
I
I
I
I
: i I
I
I
:
' i
i
I
I
Sequenc ..
"
I
!
1 9 O'
i
Of
I
i
0 00'
"
i
!
i
o C'
oE ' ,
I
I
I
1
PAGE
CARD faCHO NUMSER
Idenl,I'co';an_
C
LOG
A5 5GN
I
I
C,"",_~·,
C",;~o'o
'0<>""'''''
DA TE =0 2 I 01 I 6 9, C L
5 E T
I Gd",·,
I
I
I
"EXAMPLE TWO: ONE DISK DRIVE
f'ROGflAM
82
I
'
: I
, 1J
IBM
i
1
I
; I
I
1
i
I
1
!
i
i
!
i
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
'
:I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
'i
!
1
I
i
!
I
I
I
I
i
1
I
''I
Be
i
1
i
"
,I
I
I
I
i
i'
I
1
2'3 11
18 0' , 2 40
I
i!
I
I
II
I
ill
I
Ii
I
I! :
' I
I I,
01 F' ,1 05 OA
11g 0'
I
i i
I
I
14 03
I
"
I
I
i I I II I
1 I
I
II I
I
ADD
ADD
Ii
II
1
>eq...e"ce
(.,..,men"
:)peco"d
'per"""'"
"'"'
IBM System, 360 Assembler Codmg Form
IBM
I G'''"''
I "'"c"
EXAMPLE TWO: ONE DISK DRIVE
P'CGRAII
i,""
STEPS 11 and 12
~QC(,.~AMMEO
C.,..,,,,,""
No_
"",','
O"",ond
20
10
'C
,
.'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~A(,>E
0'
CAW tlECTRO :-.lUMS~~
Sequence
C"",,_nt.
,0
II
n
05
60
80
i
II
JOB
II
EX EC
D'S PLY
I
DS E R VR LB
I !
OS ERV
I
IA L L
:
.
I •
TH IS
'J 0 B
DE L E TES
ALL
UN WA NT ED
R E LO CA TA B L E
I
II
i
!
MO DU LES
I J L . A L L, I J
DE L E TR
I J H. AL L, I J yi. AL L,
DE L E TR
I J KS YS A, I JKS YSI
R E NA ~R
I J XS YS A, I J Kis YS
I •
I
L L
II
EX T'E NT
II
I J S Y S R S, 'DOS
EX EC
I
I
~-'
I
II
I J XS V'S II, I J KS Y S II
I
. 1
I
L B L
I
I
I
I J N. AL L, I J V. A L LI
,
i!
o
I
I
,
Z. ~
DE L E TR
II
!
,
,
i
~A'I NT
EX EC
:
'i
SY ST EM
IR E S I DE NCE
F I L E
, 9 9 I 3 6 5 , SO
11 11 111
S Y SR ES ,1 111 11 ,1 , n , 0 00 1, n n 9
MA IN T
I
~L LO C
C L = n n ( n ) , R L= n n ( n )
P A USE
PR E S S
I
!
i
I •
1&
II
EOB
TO
CO NT IN UE
!
i
IBM Sys'em,'360 As••mbler Coding Farm
IBM
I--_ _ _E_X_A_M_P_L-,-E.,...TW--,-O_:_O_N_E_D_I_SK_D-,RI-,-V_E- - - - - r - - - - - - - - - 1
STEP 13
'c ""NG
.N\l'eC,e"\
1If--G-,,-'"-"--tI--+--I--t-I-+-+--1-t-+.=rucc=..------i
I
1
I
"00
PCNe<
"","0 NeM'"
!jen.;Ficot,on
Seq .... "".
I
I-
Steps 13 and 14 can to i n the coding for inc I udi ng the I BM components se lected for th i s example.
The L1NKEDIT book displayed and punched in step 4 contains all the necessary job contral
statements to linkage edit any of the IBM components shipped on the system. The user is
encouraged to use this book to tailor a job stream to include any IBM components desired.
rI-
I I
PPT ION
CATAL
ACT ION
C LEAR
INCLUDE
I
I
Supervisor object deck here.
r,
i
i
C~ TAL
JOB
II
+-I-++,-++-H-l-H-+-+-+-+-+-I-+-H-++--++-H+-+-+-+-H
I I I
I
I
I
++~~~~~r+++++~~~I-I-~r+++~~~~~~++~~~~~r+++++~~-HH
I •
Figure 10.
Example Two (Part 9 of 12)
One IBM 2311 Disk Drive
83
IBM
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
P1tOGtAM.'.\E~
o~'o,,""
EX EC
'.
:L1'
I J B I P L
I
II
EX EC
i
' i
i I I I
'lip L
INC LU DE
III
INC LU DE
EX EC
I
EX E C,
I J BS L3
LN KE DT
INC LU DE
EX EC
LN KE DT
INC LU DE
I J 00 16 OW
EX EC
I
I
I I I
I
j
!
I
1
I
I
I
I
l'f
I
LN KE DT
Ilk
o
I
1
I
,
I
I'
A SISIE
M BILjEiR
:
I
I
I
"~OGl!AM
P1!OGR.&MMER
.
1
I
l!
I G'"~C
1"0""
....
"
~:J
15
20
'6
"
55
so
"
I
DA TE =0 2 I 011 16 9, C L OC K = 00 10
JOB r.A TAL
AC T I
N
lIN CL UDE
EX EC
EX EC
LI NK AGE
I 00
I
I
I
I
ED IT
COB
L
BA S
I!
I
!
! : I
II
I
i
I
i
Ii
!
II
I! I
I, !
I
I
i
II
I
I
II i
I
,
l:
I
I
!I
I
i
I I i I
I
i
I I
I
!
I
i
1
I
de
LB LT YP
EX EC
I
'f 0 RT RA N, P L I I
I
I
I
i
I
SiO R T I MIE R GE,
I
I
i
I
I
,
'1
:
I
,
I
C!O'BOL
DE BUG
i
I
I
fO RiT R:AINI
i!
• I
PL: I I
I,
I I
SIO RT 1M ER GE
!
!
i
I
i I
:
I
I
!
i
!
!
I i
I
,
I'
!
I
!
1
!
I
Example Two (Part 10 of 12)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
j
i I
!
!
I
I
I!
! !
'
!
I
I
Ii
I
i
i
I
i
i
I
I I I
Ii : i
,
!
I
,
I
:
I
i
!
I!
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
i
I
I I
,
T,AIP E
TA P E
I
I
TAip E
!
I
BAS IIC
I
I
:
Figure 10.
I
I
i i
LN KE DT
;,
I
i:
c:io iBlo.L
I J PSM
II
I
I
I:
I
LN KE DT
'-e'' . . . nc ..
I
I!
I
I J XP LID
.,
';
"
"
i
.
Of
I
I
I
!
PAGE
:,UQ fLEC'~C NU""~:'
~"
55
I
I;
I
I J SO DB
II
I
I
i
I
;
LN KE OT
INC LU DE
I
I
I
C L EAR
LN KE DT
INC LU DE
I
I
INC LU DE
I.' ,T f'O
I I EX EC LN KE DT
EX EC
o
I J SC BD
INC LU DE
II
I
I
i
; I
II
I
* ~T TH IS pp INT
* UT I L IT IES
I I OP TI N cIA TA L
II
I
1'1 I
1,1
!
I
!
II I I
I I
I
I
j
c__
Ope,c~~
O ... r,,·on
"
I
II
I I i I I
i : ; i '
i
II
At this paint the system will indicate re-IPL is needed. IPL farm SYSRES (190).
II
I
i
I I I
'I
I
II
I I
0 >"
I
84
I
I
:
il'
'
i'l
I
II
i I
I
II
I
i
!
ONE DISK DRIVE
EXAMPLE TWO:
STEP 14
No_
SET
II I
I
i
IBM System 360 Assembler COdlllG Form
IBM
t-
I
:
Ii
iii
: I!
! I!
II
I
I
I
I
I!
i
I
I
I I Iii I
I
I
i
I
I iii I
II
i
f I L E
: I
Ii
I
,
: i
I
I
i
j
i, I I
,I I I i i I
Need not be linkage edited
if the shipped supervisor is
not exceeded.
I I I i
I
i I
!
:I
:I
i
;
l~: I I ! I
I
:II
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
i
I
I
::I
",~"". ,~
1
; I :
i: ,i:
,
l
:
~io RK
I,S K
I
I
slslE RV
I
I
• , I
.
~"
.,
iii
E,O IT 0 R
I I M'A: liNIT
I I
RS ,E R V
I
I
I
' i
I'
Need be included only if the
1
I
operational volume will con~,
tain a source statement library ••~
II
II
I
;
:
I J BS L 4
C,
I"'"'
l 1L
I
i
DisiE IR V
I I
i i
1
I
05
"
i
I
i
I'
I
I
I J BS L 2
I
I i'
I
I
I
1
LN KE DT
INC LU DE
II
I
I J BS L 1
LN KE DT
Elx EC
II
I
55
I
i I
L'IIN!K AGIE
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
- -
i
LN KE DT
I
I
Com ..... .,'.
i
EX EC
LN KE OT
IN C L,U DIE
I J B LIE
I
I
I
clSiE R V
II
I
,0
,I
i
I . i
L~ KE OT
EX EC
IN C L UO E
I
.,
;,
"
I
I J BL B P
I
>,._"
!
I'
,
o ... '''~"
"
i
LN KE OT
IN C L UOE
II
iw
STEP 13 (continued)
""II
j
ONE DISK DRIVE
EXAMPLE TWO:
P~CGRAM
i
,
I
I
IBM System! 360 Alsembler Coding Form
IBM
PPOGkAM
P~(,GRAMII.\E~
I
EXAMPLE TWO: ONE DISK DRIVE
STEP 14 (continued)
..,.,
c"",."",,,
'0
'.
I
I""
'.
I
I
'f"'"
'H-
.",,",'.
I
I
I
PAGE
Of
CARD flf;::HO
I
I\,;UM8E~
s..q~"ce
Com_nt,
O".'"n"
20
)0
I". LU DE I J WTP
Ip H ASE TP PR5 I J WTP CS2 NO AU TO
IN CL U DE I J ~L AB
I I LB LT VP TA PE
I I EX 'E C LN KE DT
IN CL UDE I J WTC
PH ASE TP CD 5 , I JW TC Ics 2 , N AU TO
IN CL UDE I J WL AB
I I LB LT VP TA PE
I I EX EC LN K E DT
"
33
55
jC
"
"
"
TAP E!. Tk:> . P R I NT E R UIT I L liT V
"
n
80
I
I
I
I
I
!
!
I
T'A P E - T 0- ~A RD
I
UT ILl I TV
i'
!
i
,
I
:
!
I
;
!
I
!
I
!
I
I
!
i
!
I
i
, I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
i!
I
I
I
I
IBM SYltem, 360 Asumbllr Coding Form
IBM
PROGIIAM
I'tIOGRAMMEIi
"-
II
II
II
I I
EXAMPLE TWO: ONE 01 SK DRIVE
STEP 14 (continued)
.
PUNCHING
5''',,,,-,'
OperClnd
Ope,g"on
'0
"
"
"
10
2l
IN CL UDE I J ~crr
PH ASE CD TP 5 , I J WC TC S2 ,N OA UTO
IN C L UDE I J ~L All
LB LT VP TA P E
EX EC LN KE DT
IN CL UDE I J WCD
DO K5 , I JW CD CS 2 , ".0 AU TO
PH ASE
IN CL UDE I J WL AB
EX EC L~ KE DT
IN CL UDE I J WCP
PH ~ S E CD PP 5 , I J~ CP c S 2 ,N OA UTO
IN CL UDE I J WL lAB
EX EC LN K E DT
lOW""
I
DAr(
35
.,
PUNC"
I
I
I
I
I
I
0.
PACE
(Al1.DfLECTRONUM!lfR
Sequenc.
Com_n"
.\0
55
""
CA RD -T 0- TA P E UT I L I TV
"
"
n
.,
i
i
: :
CA RD -T 0- 01 SK
UT IlL lTV
CA RD - T 0- P R IN TE R lip UN CH
UT I L I T V
I
I
I
I
Figure 10.
Example Two (Part 11 of 12)
One IBM 2311 Disk Drive
85
IBM
IBM System, 360 Assembler Coding Form
PROGfi;AM
P~OGRAMME~
No.,
8
II
I I
II
.
I
II
I ~""",c
EXAMPLE TWO: ONE DISK DRI VE
STEP 14 (contii1ued)
Opt...."""
..
'"
DATE
O""'<>",j
25
...
"
10
IN CL UDE IIJ ~DC
PH ASE OK CD 5 , I J WO CC S2 ,N OA UTO
IN CL UDE I J WL AB
EX E'C LN KE DT
PH AS'E TP 'r. P , , NP iA'u TO
IN CL UDEj I J WT CP
IN CL UDE I J JC POl
IN CL IUD E I J WX IT
IN CL UOE I J WT PCP
L B LT YP TA P E
EX EC LN KE OT
!
I
I ,~"C,
,T,,,
i
011
i
I
I
I
i
i
i i
I
I
I
I
CA~C.'
HfC;RC ".J .... BfR
id"n"':,o"""_
Seq.....,,..,,;,,
C"""""'''''
"
UTILIITY
50
SK . T O· 'CA RD
0;
PAGE
I
!
I
"
"
80
"
[ i
.
I
I
; I
~O M'P ~
T\A P E
I
I
:
I
I
I
I
' I
I
I
IJ
I
I I
I
I
UT I:L I TV I
I
RE
I
Ii
I
i
i
I
I
I
I
L
; I
i
PA USE
CH EC K LI NK ED IT
FOR
L I ST IN GS
I F CO RR E CTI Ip R E,S S
E R:RIO R S .
I
I
E~IB',
I
I
I
: I
!
!
I
I
!
I
!
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
IBM System '360 Assembler Codtng Form
IBM
PROGRAM
PPOGRAMMER
EXAMPLE TWO: ONE 01 SK DRIVE
STEP 15
No.,
··
Ope!o!,on
t
I
C
""""
I
DlI,'E
0;
PAGE
CAWHECTRONUMBER
I
C
Opt_",,,
""
>J
50
60
'"
" "
"
"
"
"
"
'"
"
AT TH IS PO IN T, DE LETE THE CO MP ON EjN T PIR O~R AMS FR OM THE REL CA T~ B L E
L I BR AR Y:
OB PL , P L I I AND FO RT RAN OB J E ~IT SU BR OT IN E S RE MA IN IN
I I
RE LO CA TA BLE L I BR ARyl AS INE LL AS PR EA S SIE M BIL ED MO OU LES
I I
I I EX EC ,...A IN T
I
:
DE L E TR I J S . IA L L , I J TF 0, I J TF 01 , I J T FO 2 , II J T FO 3 , IJT F04
I
DE L E TR I J O. AL L, I J IN. AL L , I J P. AL L , I J B. AiL L, I J X. ALL
C~ NOS RL
i
i
' I
i·
I
I
"
eo
7J
·
I&.
I
JOB CA TAL
RE LO AD 180 ~I TH THE TA P
C'H,E CK AS,S EjM B L~ LI ST I NG
1/ PAUSE TY P E EP B TO ~O NT
/ I IA SiSIGIN SY S'I P T ,X ' 1 80 '
C'A TiA'L'OG MiQ'D'U L ErS T'O RE LO
I I EX EC ,...A INT
II
!
··
i
E CR EA TED IN SiT Elp 7 .
FOR ER RO RS.
I F C:OR R E CT,
I
I I
IN U E
:
·
CA TA B L!E' ,L'I B'RiAR,Y
I
I
I
I
' 1:
:
I:
:
i
I
··
·
I
:
i
I i
Figure 10.
86
I
I
I
I
SY ST E~ GE N E RA TI o N' CO MP L IE:T E:
THE BA SIC SY SG EN IS CO ~P LE TE. THE U'SIEiR ~·IAY SET N E~ SiT ANID ARD
LA BE LS ,R E· AL LO CA TE L I BR ARY S I ZE S, AiN 01 SIE!T ~U TO MA TIC C~ N'O EN S E
I
L I MI TS IF RE OU IRED I
I
I
!
I
I
~
CO PY THE OP ER AT 10 N AL PA CK TO TA P E FORI BiAC K· UP.
I I PA USE EOJ SY ST ElM GIE NE RA TI ON
' i I;
I
I&.
i
:
,
I •
I
Example Two (Part 12 of 12)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
i
I
i
i
IBM 2314 Direct Access Storage Facility
The system is supplied on two magnetic tapes. These two tapes contain DOS
in a format suitable for restoring them to one 2316 disk pack.
Example three is one of the many possible methods for generating a
system. Figure 11 illustrates the system configuration upon which Example
Three (Figure 12) is based. The following steps are keyed to Example
Three.
Before generating a system, users should have at least one initialized
disk ~ack (VTOC on cylinder 199).
step 1
Mount the IBM-supplied magnetic tapes and a disk pack to which the
tapes are to be restored.
Before restoring the first tape, the user must take the
necessary action to perform or bypass the initialize disk routine.
a.
If the disk pack has not been initialized, the IBM-supplied
volume, a self-loading tape, is capable of initializing the
packs (see F.igure 12). The DLBL cards in the following steps
must contain the volume serial number appearing in the VOL
card of the initialize disk control cards. Any volume serial
number used in the EXTENT cards for the following steps must
agree with the volume serial number in the VOL card for the
initialize disk control cards.
b.
If the disk pack was previously initialized, the initialize
disk routine can be bypassed (s ee Figure 12). Any vol wne
serial number used in the EXTENT cards for the following
steps must agree with the volume serial number used when the
packs were initialized.
After step 1 is completed, the user must restore the system from
the self-loading tapes to the initialized pack.
step 3
When the tapes are restored, dial the address of the system
residence disk drive into the load unit switches, and IPL to pass
control to the DOS supervisor. See Appendix Arfor the IPL control
statements.
Ste~
Perform a DSERV to display the directories.
Then SSERV (display
and punch) all the desired sample problems from the source
statement library into cards. Punched output includes the sample
problems with BKEND and CATALS cards. Four other books in the
source statement library that should be punched out at this time
(Z.LINKEDIT, Z.DELETECL, Z.DELETERL, and Z.DELETESL) contain the
necessary control statements to selectively linkage edit and
delete all IBM components. The sample problem program names, and
the linkage edit and the delete book names can be chosen ani
punched into the DSPCH staternent(s). The sample problem program
names and the linkage edit and delete book names are shown in
Appendix C.
4
Step 5
Ste~
6
Define workfiles for SYSLNK, SYS001, SYS002, and SYS003. The
workfiles SYSLNK, SYS001, SYS002, and SYS003 are defined by use of
the DLBL and EXTENT cards.
These cards must be preceded by the
OPTION STDLABEL or OPTION PARSTD card.
Perform all necessary assemblies. The assemblies for the
supervisor, IOCS modules, and emulators should be performed as
separate jobs. For the information required to assemble Emulator
Programs, refer to the Emulator Program manual listed in the
IBM 2314 Direct Access Storage Facility
87.
Preface.
order.
steI= 7
The user must be careful to keep all assemblies in
Assemble all user-required IOCS modules. By assigning SYSPCH to a
tape unit, the IOCS modules can be cataloged to the relocatable
library without punching them on cards. The IOCS modules required
by COBOL, PL/I, and RPG, as defined in Appendix B, are supplied in
the relocatable library by IBM.
Close the tape assigned to SYSPCH and reassign SYSPCH to its
permanent assign~~nt by using the CLOSE command. The assembly
listings should be checked for errors before proceeding.
SteI; 8
Linkage edit and catalog the assembled supervisor (object module
from step 6) to the core image library. If the SEND address is
larger than the one used by the supervisor' being replaced, certain
key programs must also be linkage edited and cataloged to the core
image library in the same job step with the new supervisor. These
key programs are IPL, linkage editor, and librarian.
The LINKEDIT
deck punched out in step 4 contains all the necessary control
statements to linkage edit all IBM components shipped on the
system.
If the SEND address is not exceeded, only the supervisor
is cataloged. The new supervisor is not cataloged until a /&
statement is read. The user must not attempt any other operation
from the time the supervisor and these preceding programs are
cataloged until IPL time.
steI= 9
Re-IPL and set the date (and clock if the Timer Feature is
present) •
Linkage edit and catalog any additional components desired to
the core image library. See Appendix C for a complete list of
control cards for all IBM cowponents to be cataloged. Before the
next step is performed, check the linkage editor listings, and
make all necessary corrections.
step 10
Reload the tape that was assigned to SYSPCH in step 7 and assign
it to SYSIPT. With this tape the MAINT program catalogs the loeS
modules to the relocatable library by the control card // EX~C
MAINT. The user may set new standard labels (OPTION STDLABEL),
reallocate library sizes, and set automatic condense limits, if
required.
Backup for the operational disk can be obtained by
copying the operational disk pack to tape by using the copy
disk-to-tape utility program.
INPUT/OUTPUT DEVICE CONFIGURATION FOR EXAMPLE THREE (SEE FIGURE 11)
Channel
unit
2540R
0
OC
Card Reader (SYSRDR, SYSIPT)
2540P
0
00
Card Punch (SYSPCH)
1403
0
OE
Printer (SYSLST)
1052
0
1F
Printer-Keyboard (SYSLOG)
2314
1
30
Disk (SYSRES, SYSLNK, SYS001, SYS002,
SYS003, SYS004)
240(JI'9
1
80
Magnetic Tape
Device
• 88
Use
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Example Three:
Results of System Generation
When system generation is completed for Example One (see Figure 12), the
opera tional disk of the installation contains: ~sembler, Basic FORTRAN,
COBOL, RPG, PL/I, and the disk sort/merge programs in its core image
library, together with the installation's tailored supervisor, job control,
linkage editor, and librarian progrmns. The tapes shipped by IBM are
retained as backup tapes.
They are self-loading tapes capable of being
restored on disk.
.
The sample problems are punched out during step 4.
Libraries contain all modules and macro definitions shipped from IBM.
The core image library is built to contain those IBM programs chosen by
the user.
At this point, the libraries are condensed, and user IOCS modules are
asseRbled and cataloged to the relocatable library.
When system generation is completed, the sample problems should be run
against the orerational pack to ensure correct creation of all system
programs.
2400
9 - track
Unit X'80'
Channel 2
IBM System/360, MODEL G40
Optional Features
Timer
Floating Point
Storage Protection
Decimal
Channell
2314
Unit X'30'
SYSRES
SYSLNK
SYSOO1
SYS002
SYS003
SYS004
Channel 0
Unit X'lF'
SYSLOG
Figur e l l .
SYSLST
SYSRDR
SYSIPT
SYSPCH
System Configuration for Exawple Three
IBM 2314 Direct Access storage Facility
89.
IBM System 360 Assembler CCdiOg Form
IBM
I'",""
L ..
,
EXAMPLE THREE: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
L
I
I
1
:[!
1111
INTI~SK'
11/!lJ O'S!
'
Ij/IIASjSG!N
:~:j
il
SIViSLOG,IxJ'oi1FI' ,ICl
I
I
1,1 I 'EiX:EiC
II I !
~!~l! 10 ! 1 R ,Ic 11!!
I:: i !
I
:
I
1'1 ,V'T!O,C' STiR,T:Ai OR - 1 (,O,l,9!l:00j OI) ,:EIXTENT:-(120 1 )
VO L,li1:1:11 1 1
:
I!!
i
IiI E1N 0l!
! I
! I!
I I I!
!
I
'
J
I
I
!
I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
Iii I
I
I
I
!
!
I
I I
I I
,:
i
III
II
I
i
I i ! I!
i
I
I
I
1
I
I
I!
I ' I!
I
I
I I
I
I
I
OATEI 69032
I
A[SSG!N SVSL~G,ix'OlF' ,C1
F II LEI S SV SIP T , 11
J
I
:
I
I
!!
I
I
I
I i
I
I
I
;
I II
i
i
l
II;:
I
1
I
I!
I
;!
i
1
I I I
I!
I
I
I i i I :
I
'i:
I
I
I
i i i '
II
i i
11
Ill!
i
!
J
I i
I'
[ill
I J I 'I
III
i
I: I
I Ii
I I
I
!II
I
i
I
Iii
iii
I
I
1:
I' I
I
"i
Iii I
1
!!
I Iii
1
1
I
!
I
I
!
I
I
i
•
I,
Ii'
I
I
!
i
I
'II
11!
.1
I'
: I
!
1
i
I
I
!I
1
I
ii'
I
I
i I
I; , I
'i: i
I I I I
j'
i
I
I
i
I
I
'
I
!
IiI I
I I
: I
I I
1
,
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
Iii
II
I
i
I I:
1
i
Ii
I
I I
I, I
I
i
I
I I
I
1
I
iii
I I
I
I
, i
1
!
;
:
1
I
1
I
1
i
,I
I
I
I
Figure 12.
I
I
~
I
,I
!
I
I!
I
!
I!
I
:
iii
I
i! I
I!
I
11
'i
!
I
!
!
I
I
I
:
I
!
I
JU
I
i
JJl
Example Three (Part 1 of 7)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
!
I
I I
i
i
I
I I
i! i
:
I
!
!
1
ill I
I'
Ii!
1
i I
i
I'
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
1
!
iii
. i
I'
,I
I
i I
i
! '
!
I
I
: ' !
I,
I
I
I I I!
i:
I
I
'I
I
: III
i
!
I Ii!
• ii'
Ii
I
i
i
I I I I
I
i
Iii,
I i ' I I
I ~
,
, I i
I
: i
I
I
I
I
I
!
.90
I
'
I
Il
Iii
:
II
i
•
I'
To bypass initia;ize disk progra~ on IBM-supplied tape, Mount IBM-supplied t~pe on unit 130
(9-track drive). Mount initialized disk an unit 130 (VTOC on cyl 199). Insert the following
control cards in the reader. Dial 130 in lood unit switches. Press load key. When system
enters wait state, press start and EOF on the card reader, Job is complete when DOC and 4000A
messages are logged.
1
III
:I
i I
I:
I!
I
i
iI
!
i i i
:
I
I
I
j
I
: I
!
I
I
i
Ii
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
W
r-
i
I
Iii:
III
I
I
I
iii
i
1
iii
IBM
I
I
I:
I
j
1:
i
Iii
! i i i
IiiI I
I
III
i
:'
II:!
I
'I
!1[11
I[
!
I
'I
!JI
I
:
I'
i'l
:i
,!
I
I
j
I
:Ii'
iii,
III
i
i,
i'l
11
I:il
I,
I J
I I
I
1
iii
tII I
1 I
j
I
I
i
i
Iii
i
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
IBM
I',CO"M
EXAMPLE THREE: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
I"CG""""
=i
STEP 2
..
""
_~
I "'''',
I
i
I
I
I
5,}
1
:i
i
iii
DI SRST
JOB
1
I
/ / DA T E 69 0 32
I I ' AS S G N SYISIO'O 0, IX - 'li3 0' ,ID 3
/ / AS'S GN SV!S:LIO G, 'xl- Oll FI' , C 1
L 1
/ / AS SGN SV SIL ST , X' 00 EI'
1
//
!
,
!
i
I:
I
:
1
I
ii'
'
-'-
i
' I
!
I
I
,
I
I
l!
I
,
!,
I
I
!
I!
'
: I :
I
!
1
'
!
"
:
,
I
!
I
I
I
t
I ,
!
!
I
I
I
,
1
,
I
I
,
I
I
l
I
:
t
I
[
,
I
!
I
I
I
!
:
!
:
I
I
I
I
I
Ii
,
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
IBM
EXAMPLE THREE: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
PROGRAM
STEP 3
PRCG~AMr...\tR
No"
f-
1
I!
I
1
I
I
'
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
:
I
j
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
,
!
I
I
I
i
I
,
I
1
I
i
!
I
I
!
I
II
i
i
,
I
i
I
I
:
:
,
'
I
,
!
!
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
:
I !
i
-"
I
,
I
!
I
-,
"
• !
~
I
I
I
f-
I
i:
EX EC
,
0'
I
!
l
i'
i
"
I
®
I
n
I
**** Caution **** Do not rewind unit 180. To load the tope onto disk, place the following cards
in the reader. Dial 180 in load switches. Press load. When the system enters the wait state, prEss
start and EOF on card reader. The following message appears on SYSLOG:
4444A. Type in 4
and press INTERRUPT to continue.
I
, I'
I
I'
//
~AG<
I
C""',.,.,O"
c~,
;,
!
I
I
I
I
1
Opetor>d
Ope'o"""
"
10
"
20
0 """-
I-
""
..
.,
"
_1
I
I
I
I
I
I
X' 00 ~' , 2 54 OR
X' 00 D' , 2 54 OP
ADD
X' 00 E '
14 03
i
ADD'
X' 01 F'
10 50A
, I
ADD
X' 1 3 0'
23 14
ADD
X'
24 00 T9
SET
DA T E =0 2/ 01/ 69
,X
AS SGN
AS SGN
AS SGN
AS SGN
AS SGN
AS SGN
AS SGN
;J
.,
I
1
i
,
I
i ,
,c
La CK =0 01 00/ 00
' 0 1 F'
:
,X ' 0 OC'
, X '0 o C'
SY SP CH ,X ' 0 o D'
SY S L'S T, X' 00 E'
SY SO o 1 , X' 13 0'
Sy SO 02 X' 13 0'
SY SO 03 ,X' 13 0'
SY Is L NK , X' 13 0'
: I
I
1
LOG
AS SGN
"
!
ADD
SY SL OG
s.......,nL~
"
'"
55
ADD
AS SGN
0'
C~n ..
;0
After the system is looded onto disk generate the installation system. Dial 130 in load unit
switches. Press load key on console. When system enters the wait stote, press start on the
card reader. The following cards are in the card reader (SYSRDR/SYSiPl).
18 0'
PAG(
CARD ELECHQ NUMBE~
SY SR DR
SY S I PT
I
!
i
i
!
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
,
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
Figure 12.
Example Three
(Part 2 of 7)
IBM 2314 Direct Access storage Facility
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
IBM
I
,
1
EXAMPLE THREE: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
STEP 4
0""
0
-~~~~----~
- - _._---,._-----
~OCGO:'/""\t~
1
i
1
I
i
1
::::.,....,.. "",
~
"'I I
I I
,
C""'C"J
C,
I
'OS ERV
OS E R'V:
E X1E!C
I
OS PLY ALL
I
' I I
'
'
I I· I
,
I
III
I i
E TIRI
1
I
I
i
I
I
I J Pi. AL L ,II J
I!
vi.
I
i
!
I I
I
I
iii
I
I 1
I
!
i
!
! ,
!
!
I
I
I
I
i
II
I
I
I
I
I
i
iii
II
I
iI
I'
1
I
I
I!
!i
I
I
! 1
I
i
i
!
I
I
,
I
!
I
I
!
I
i I
!
: i
I
"'"
..
iO
LA BEL
JOB
OPT 110 N
o L,B
I
:I
I
I.
!
II!
I
I ,
!
I
I I
I
i
: ,
I
!
I ,
,
I
I !
I
.
,
I 1 I I
I I II i
I
I II
Iii
I
1
,
i
!
I
1
Ii!
!
!
I Ii
II
I,
I
i :
I
I
I
I
I I
!
!
I
I
I
,
I
I
I I '
,
I
.
I
I
I I I
I
I
I :
•
!
I
I
Ii
iii I
, I I I
I
;
,
,
,
!
ill
I I
I
!
, I
I
I
i
I
I
II!
i
I
:
I
I
!
:
1
ill
I
:
iii
i
iii
'
I:
I
I
I
11:
I
,
I
I
I
!
!
iii
.
!
I
!
I
I
i
I
!
I
I I
I
I
!
I II
I
I
Iii I I
I
I
,
I
i
1
1
!
!
I
I
I
I!
I I
I
I
I ill
iii'
! I I
L
L
___________
I
I
,
I
I
II
I:
I
I
L
f
I
"
!
I
I
II II:
DE C K, LI ST , L OG , S TO LA BEL
I J Sy S L N, ' Sly ST EM
I
I Ii
WO RK
"
1
II
I
[
I J IS Y SO 2 , ' S YS trE~ win RK
F I L Ej IN 0 1.[ [2,' ,1919 113 65, SO
I
I
:S:Y SO 02', 'n n n n n n , 1, n,
nin nlni,lnn n:nl
OL B L I J SY SO 3, 's YS T Er<' ~O RK IF I ,L E[ NO,.
'3 ' ,9i9 II 13 65, .S,O
. I I
EX TE NT SY SO 03 , n n n n n n , 1, n , n n n n , In[n n n: I
i
i
I
i II I
' I
!
i I
!
: i :
!
:I
'! :
!
I
I
:
I
i
i
I
"
80
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
II
I
I!
!
I I
:
i
I
I
Assign work files.
I .II
I:
i
• i
I : i
!
i
!
1
:
I
I
I
I I
I
I
T
: I ,
!
1
I
i
I
I
. ! I
I
I
:1
i
: : .
I
! :
I
I
i!
I!
I
!
I
::
,
:
I
I
I
I
I
:
I
I
I I
I
. I
!
,
i
.
I
'
I
I
!
! I
I I
I
'
,
i
1,
I; I
I
!I
I
II
Example Three (Part 3 of 7)
IPM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
I
I
I
i
,
I
!
1
i
: : !
I
! !
I
I
I
!
,
I
I
:
II
!
I I
I
I
I
I
I
j.
I
I i
I
I!
I
:
I
I
It
I I
!
I
I I I
' i
I
•
!
Figure 12 •
"
,
LB L
EX TENT
05
I:
1
!
OF
C"O 'CMel'
SeQ~~'~
00
F I
i
1&
PAGE
(m,
(.,....-~.,
,0
I
o
I
I
00_
.,
O"."onj
20
"
1 '0' , 19i9 113 6,5, Sp
LE I '" 0:.
'E X,T ENT SY S L NK , n n n n n n ,1 , n, n n n n , in n n nj ,
I I
o LIB LI I JIS'Yls.o 1, • S YS T EM WO RK F IL,EI 'NO', I '1' , '9 9 1.3 65.,IS 10
EX TE NT
SY SO 01 , n n n n n n , 1 "n , n n n n , I nln nlni I
[
1'1
I I
I I
i:
IBM Systl!m 360 Assembler Coding Form
EXAMPLE THREE:
2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
STEP 5
PkOGRAMfI,lt'
• 92
I!
I
I' ,
I I I
,
•
IBM
I',cew,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I !
,
I
I
I
~
!
'
,
,
I
~
1
,
!
i
! i
1
!
' • I
i!
I
,
I 1
I
!
I,
"
,
•
I
I i
I
I
I!
I
I
I
I,
,
i
!
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
i i
,
I
1
; I
,
I I
iT
I
I
I
I
I
!
i,
•
!
' I
I
..... -.~
I
i
!
A'~"
,..~
.'
!
11
.
I
,
I
-
.
i
I
!
I
I
I'
I
I ! i I
I I I
i
,
,
I
1
i
,
I
I
!
,
i
i
i I
I
I
,
,II J KIS Y!S'Ai, IJXSlylS I , I J IK SYSI
Ii
II
,
I
AiL L , IJz.!AILLI
I
I
I
i I
I
,
IRE!NAMiRi
!
I
I
!
!
1
i
,II J KS YIS I,
I I. I
1&,
i
I
•
I ' 1
I J KS YS
iA
J XiS,yiS iA
,
i
'
DE L,E T RI
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:-t1-1 I
, !
I
I
i'
I I!
!
' I
I
I I •
I
1
i!
i
I!
I I
!
I
I
I
I!
I
J IL . AL L , ! IIJ N. AIL L
I
DE L E TIRi
i
1111
I
II
I
I
~AII ~ T
EX E[c
10 E L
:
:
I
Ii
I
I
,
-'"1'- -~"~
"
JOB
I"
I""
I
1
I
Ii
I
I
I
!
11
I
!
!
j I
!
I
I
I
I
I
: I i
I
I
I
I ~
I
i
I
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
IBM
_~
I
I
I
L-~_"_··-,,-ST:....::E,,--P-=-6_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~_ _ _ _ _~______ ~ ~ ___ ~L _ _ ~ _ _JI_--,-,_-"-----I_L-i---'--_L----'-----.JI_ _-,-_ _ _-----j
I'
EXAMPLE:THREE: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
---
,:,I,J,OB,
Iii
I
: :
!
I
~-----------~-------,
I
SUPVR,
!
-~~-----
I
,
I,
S:U!PIviR
siysITIEM[=DISK,MPS=IYIEiS
CIO'NIF1G
Mia D:E L =140, 'S P = YE,S ,IDE C = Y ES:,F p=jy E S ,IT I ME R = YES
I
S:TIDiJic
LllSTX=IYES, LINES=146
: I
!
I
,2, \23 14 11
i,
I
:
!
!
i
J
S'Y'SFILI=(2314),!TEIBi=4
'I
!
,
x
i
!
:
i
i
.1 i
:
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ii
I,
I
D,V C G E N
iC:H U!N =Ix '1000' , [0 V~ iTiYIP = 25 '401p
DVCiGEN
i
!
,DVCITIY,P-l O,5Io'A
DIVCGEN
CHUN=ix" 130,'1, DVC!TY]P=23'114:
D!VCGEN
CHUN=lx' 180,' ,'DIVC!Typl=24iOiO!T9
I I i
I
CHUN~IX' 01 F'
I
\
I'
,!
i
I
I
:
I
I I
!
,
I
I
I
1
!
'
, I
i
I
I
I
I
i
I
i I
I
I
I
i
I' :
I
I
!
, I
•
I
I
I
i i
' I
' I
I [
I
!I
Ii
I
I
:
!
I
I
i
i i
I
I
I
i
l:
i
I
I I' i
I
j
i I I
j
i
i
i
I
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
IBM
EXAMPLE THREE: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
STEP 6 (continued)
1 "uG'"",,',,
I
c""
C"I
j
I
I
I
I
I
PACE
0.
CAkD ELEClkO NUMBH
~~
DAli
----.--~~
AS SGN
!
~am"'en"
':>p<",mj
'0. .
! '
"
AISiSGN
SY S I!P T, X· 00 C·
AS SG N
SY S P CH ,X • 0 00'
A'S SIGIN
SY SIL ST ,X ' 0 o E •
SY S L OG ,X • 0 1 F'
AS SGN
~S SGN
lAs SGN
I
,
:
I! !
!
1
"
"
"'
SY SRD R, X' 00 \ ; '
I
I
I
i'
I
I
!
I
I
05
!
!
I
I
80
'
,
I
"
!
I
I
SlY S L NK , X· 1 3 O·
S Y SO o 1 , X· 1 3 O·
Sequence
"
55
I
-.C
I
•
i
,
lAS SGN
AS SGN
SY S 0 02 , X' 1 30'
S'E NO
10 240
sl"
!
S 0 03 , X· 1 3 O·
i
END
*
*
*
*
"
1
REM pVE
LI ST ING
FOR
ER RO R SI.
,
, &
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
!
!
I
I
i
ASIS EM B L E,D
Tal
!
,
I F' C~ RR ECT
FR aiM S YIS p',e HI,', IN S E RTI
is U P E RV IS ~;R
THE
IN CL UDE CA RD OF IJ OB CA Ti A LiSi U P
PR E S S EIOB
CO NT IN UIE
I i
i
AS S E MB LY
Fa L La IWI NG
P'A US E
,
,
:
I
I
CH ECK
,
I
I
I
J
I
, I
,
!
i
I
IN
I
RE A'!D',E',R
I
I
I
I
i
I!
I!
,
1
!
!
,
!
I
\
,
I
,
;
Figure 12.
Example Three (Part 4 of 7)
IBM 2314 Direct Access Storage Facility
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
~EXAMPLE THREE-: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
i l l I
I'"~
f------S-T-EP-7---------------r----------I
i i i L__L~~~~
I I
I"""" --,-'"
LI'"__
-C" __
'- __~________________________~__________ ~ __~______~_L
_ _~ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _~
----------------------------------------------__
!
!
I
!
1
I
I I I I :
! !
I I
i
I
I
I
, I
AS SE MS L'E,OI
I
III iJ'O'S' 'ASS,E,M!:
1I1I iOPiTl;ON
I
1
I
!
IOIEjcIK. L:IIST'. LOG
I
1
' I
I Ii'
I
lAIN
i
I'
I
i
, i
, I
I!
, I
!
Ii:
ON
I
!
i I I
I i
I I
I
i
iii
!'
I , i
!
END
I
i
:
!
I
,
'
,
,
i'
I
II
1
I
i
iii
I
i!
X
I
i
I
I
pc
I
!
I
X
i
i i
I I
'I
X
i
• I'
I
I
I'
i
0 EIV ICE = 2 5 4 0 R •
I
I •
I
I
I
! X
I I
Ii,
lOlA RjE A 2 =jv E s.
i
i
,
c,TIL CH RI='AlsA •
I i
I
I
I
I'
!
I
i
!
!
1
I
Ii
,
iii
,I
i
1
I
I I
i
I
I
Ii
I
I
M T M OiD
i
R Elc F 0 RIM = F I
xu N S
•
ciKlplT R EiC = V E S
END
i
:
.1
,
II
I
i
i
j
!
!
I
I
, II
' i I I
I
I
I
I iii
I
i
I
i
I
II
X
X
I I I I
I I I I
I
Ii
I
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
1:,,,",,-
I.T~e-"
~O
I I , I
I
SV S P<: HI.
I
PAGE
I
I
I
,
I
CL OS E
I
I
j
I""
,",
-94
I
I ' I I
I
I
:
I!
,
i I
1
,
I'
1"00",.• EXAMPLE THREE: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
.
i
I
J
1
X
!
I'
i
I
SE:pIASM!S=VE S
I *
!
!
REjAO=FOR!WARO.
!
Example Three (Part 5 of 7)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
I
I
,
,
I
-~-
EXAMPLE THREE: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
STEP 8
1'"00'''''-'PfCG~AM
i
,
"
B
,
2J
I I JP B CAT A L S!U P
I I OP T I ON ~ AT AL
Ale T I ON
'-
Ie
!
I
I
I
I
I
I I
Supervisor object deck here.
f-,
I
EX E C
II
E~ EC
!
I
' i
I
I
I
!
L'" IKE DT
I J
IN C L UDE
L BP
Ie!
,
LN KE DT
I J BI P L
IN C L UDE
II
EX EC
1
I,J B L E
I
II
EX EC
EX EC
INC LU DE
I I
EX EC
CS!E,R V
I
I
I
I J BS L 3
LN KE DT
I
I
I
I
!
P~OG~A"\ME~
EXAMPLE THREE: 2314 CIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
STEP 9
r"",,,, ..
,
I:
I
I
i
1
I
T
i
j
I
I
I I i
I,
I
"I I
Ii
,
i
ill
T
;J
EX EC
---1
I''"'
n
"
"
"
I J BS L4
LNK EDT
EX EC
i
IIJ BS L 5
INC L U DE
LN KE DT
I
!
!
!
I
I
I
I
II
I\"
I
Ii
I
,
!
I
,
"
S S iE RV
I
1
i
1
I
,
I
I
!
!
=0
2
I 01 16 9 • CL OC K
= 00
10
oI
00
i
i
I
:
1
I
I
I
,
,
I
I I
1
I
i
I
I
I
I
i
Figure 12.
i
i
!
I
II
I
I
i
I I
I
i
!
1
I
I
!
,
,
I
I
I
1
I
i
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
!
I
• I
i I
I
,
!'
I
1
I I
i
iii
I Ii
I
I
!
I
' I'
i
I
I
I
i
II
I
I
!
,
I
i
i i
80
"
!
I
I: ,
I!
I
"
1'1
:
: I
I
Of
f~EClRC NUMfr~
I
!
Ii
I
I
os
"
I
i
PAC,E
CA1D
Soeq""nc"
55
I
I
,
I
I
Need not be linkage edited
if the sh ipped supervisor is
not exceeded.
i
1
I
I'
U
I
I
!
i
DA TE
I
I
Comme""
so
!)
'\
claiR GZ
At this point the system will indicate re -IPL is needed. IPL from SYSRES (130)
I
• i
SET
I
I
10''''''
Ope-eno
OperO!"'"
IN C L UDE
f-
!
,-,
PP,OG~AM
II
1&
I
I
IBM System 360 Assembl!f' Codmg Form
IBM
II
I
I
I,
i
i
!
I
I
shipped supervisor is not exceeded.
1
I I II
1
I
I I
I
: I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
i
, I I
:
RSiEiRlv
1
I iii
I
, I
,
I
~ Need not be linkage edited if the
I
I
,
I
I
I
ED IT k>R
D,S'E RV
I
i
I
1
M,A,I NT
I
1
ill
I
L I NIK AGE
1
I
I
I
i
I PL
I
I
I
:
!
i
I
, ;, I
,
,
,
I
LN KE DT
EX EC
!
1
I
I J BS L 2
INC LU DE
II
,
I
I
i
I
I
LN KE DT
I
!
i
I J BS L 1
INC LU DE
II
I
LN K E DT
"
'3
,\
I
!
I
i'
LN KE DIT
INC LU DE
"
I' : :
I
I
1;,,0""'"
~q""~ce
c""''''''~,.
I
I
I
i
I
hECHe r.LJ'''''':'·
I
I
I •
I I
0,
P"GE
CA~J
I I \ , 11 I \ 1\ \ I 1 1111\ I I I \ I I I I I
Steps 8 and 9 contain the coding for including the IBM components selected for this
example. The LlNKEDIT book displayed and punched in step 4 contains all the necessory
job control statements ta linkage edit any of the IBM components shipped on the system.
The user is encouraged to use this book to tailor a jab stream to include any IBM components
- desired.
1 1 1 1 1 \ I \ \ I \ I I I I I
~LE AIR
LU 0 E
.,
"
,Ii
I
1,
I
I
;.,e~'
.,
"
r 1
I I
T
"I
I
I
I ,~-
("DE an~
G.,."o',O<'
No"
IN
..
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
IBM
I
i
i
i
I
I
i
I
I
' i I
I
i
t
i
~
I
Example Three (Part 6 of 7)
IBM 2314 Direct Access Storage Facility
IBM
IBM System 360 Assembler Coding Form
EXAMPLE THREE: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
~G_","__
",, ___S_TE_P_9_(_co_nt_in_u_ed_)________________~.__________ ~
------
-------::.,-::;--------.------------~--
I
i·
I
I
I Iii
!
~,j
"i l l
i
I
I
Ill,
iii
1
i
;
i
1
I
iii
I I'
'i
I
I
I I
JI:
i"
1
I I
I
j,
i
i
,
i
I
i
Ii!
I
I
'
I'
i'
!
i
I I I
I
I
I'
1
;
/1/
PIPTION
ICiA\TAL
AiCTION
CLiEAR,
II N,C!L U!D E
I J S C Bpi
INCILUDE
/i/
IEiXEC
: I
E XI E C
J
l
i
, I:
i
E X EC
EXEC,
EXEC
II
I •
EXEC
/&
i
I,
i
i I
1
I
!
1
I
!
, .'
i
II
II
AS SGjN
CA TA LOG
L
j
I'
I
!
i
J 11
Ii'
I'
i I
I
I
L I BIR AjRIV
i
I
RE [MA IN ING
P L ACE
OPT 10 NjA L.
REA D~R
IN
(\,; ARD S
!"
·1 IP RE
!MAil NiT
i
III
CON D S
11I1
I
,
I
Rl . S l
II
I
1
I
USE
THE
F
THE
PA USE
RE OU I R ED.
10 EN TI CAL
F I NAL
THE
.'
r.0 PV
UT I L I TV
SV ~G EN -
EO J
,
I
Figure 12.
:
1
I
I
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint •
1
I
I
1
I
I
oiM AT
TO
'S'T AN D.i\'R 0
!
,
i
I
1 !
I
'F'O R
ST AT UIS
I
1
!
BAk K - U P
SV S!G E N J lOB
TA P E
F I RST
i
,
'
r..OiN'D EN S'E
IC
I
i
1
CU RR E N[r
I
i'
1
I
1
Example Three (Part 7 of 7)
I
1
1
l
II
i
L
I
AU!T
!
! :
I
,I
'S,E T
1
!
I
1
1 !
SIEITI IN E W!
i
- --
I
I
' I I
!
1 I
I
lp
I
I
,
I,
~ION T I N,U E
T
MA!V
,SU P P L I IE Di TIH,E
I
! I I
I I
"
:
:0 P E R ATI °iN ALI
ACK
DE C.K S E TUP
AS! 'A F TER
10 P ER ~T ION
l I BR A,R I E S .
I
I
I!
THE
I
l:
't
TIH E US!E'R
CO 1M P Il E T'E
L I ~ RIA RiV
SI Z E S , !A NO
CD NO EN SE
slY ST EM
B
E
SS
•
sia
I F
,
1 !
1
I
I I
I
1
I
I
,
EN :Iis
BA S I Ci SV
trHE
LA BE L S ,
R E - A LL ~A TE
L I MI TS
' !
' !
,I
I •
1
i
I '
I:
Place any desired deletes here.
I
1
I 1
,
do
II
I
I
!
ARE
DE L E T I ONS
...."'''''"(e
"
,"
"
Ii
I
I
PA~E
1""""''0',''"'"
(".., ..... n.'
55
>0
I II
Sr.' SI PT ,X ' 1 80'
TO RE LO CA TA B L E
fMO DU LE
FO L L O\'lj ING
THE
I
I
I
i
i
1 L
• 96
I !
I
'II
I,
,-
'0
1
E~ EC
/ /
i
j
I
, ,
----
"
"
MA INT
EX EC
PA USE
··
··
·
i
L
..1
I
c.,
~
2poo'O"j
Cwo'
CA TA LR LB
II
·
I!
I'
I"
I
----j
I'"
-
o
J~ B
11&
1
Iii
j
I
I
I
STEP 10
I /
r-
J1
'
I!
i
'
I
r
1 i I
I I
I
'
Ii,
!
i
I I
, I
i
I,
IBM System 360 Assembler Codmg Form
~:.
·
·
I'
:
EXAMPLE THREE: 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE
P~OG"M"M<~
I /
I •
RPG
i
,I
i
i
,I
1
IBM
I "Ge'",
II
/ I
!
III
f
II
, I
'i:
I
I I
!
:
!:
I
!
II
I !
I
i,
I
:
i' "'
J
I
1 I:
I
IJOSM
,
, I
,
[,
II
I JOD32
LNKED,T
: Ii,
i
II
I i
I.
, I I '
!
LNKEDT
INCLUDE
:
:
II
IJRRG
i
: i
!
LNKIE!DT
INCLUDE
II
I!
l
L N K E DT
INCLUDE
III
COB ,OL
i
I
1
I I
I I
''!
!
, i i :
!
L N KED T
.!
1
I
I JSDDB
LNKiEIDjT
I!
I
!
I.
!
IJ
I
I
,
i
!
1
!
i'
l
I
Maintenance Procedures
The maintenance of Disk Operating System iibraries can be performed with
the MERGE function of the CORGZ librarian program. The lV.!ERGE function
allows complete libraries to be merged into one library, or entire
components, selected individual phases, modules, or books to be transferred
from one existing library to another. When the MERGE function is used,
space availability is always a consideration.
Using the MERGE Function of the CORGZ Librarian Program
The MERGE function provides the facility to replace identical entries of a
librcary, or add unique entries to a library. In either case, executing a
copy (MERGE) requires that space be available in the library to acco~nodate
the added information.
REPLACING IDENTICAL ENTRIES USING MERGE FUNCTION
When transferring information that is named identically as existing entries
of a library" the old entry (phase, module, or book name) is deleted from
the library's directory, and the name of the new entry is added to the end
of the library's directory.
The new entry is the name of the new
information. The information itself (phase, module, or book) is added to
the end of the library.
ADDING UNIQUE ENTRIES USING MERGE FUNCTION
When uniquely named entries (phase. module, or book name) are transferred
to an existing library, the names of the entries are added to the end of
the library' s directory, and the information itself is added to the end of
the library.
General Library Updating Techniques Using the MERGE
Function of the CORGZ Librarian Program
The techniques presented here apply to the examples given. They are
intended as a guide for the user, and do not necessarily satisfy all user
requirements. The method that a user applies to maintain his libraries
will depend upon the user's library structure, and his special requirements
concerning the maintenance of his library.
COPYING SELECTIVELY TO MERGE LIBRARIES
When there are many more entries desired in an existing library than
another. it is usually faster to selectively copy (MERGE) to the library
containing the most number of desired entries. Thus, the number of entries
Maintenance Procedures
97-
traxsferred are kept to a minimum to save time. Copying to a librdry
necessarily expands the library.
If there is insufficient space in a
lib~ry to accommodate additional entries, unwanted entries can be deleted,
the library condensed, and the new entries then added to the library.
DELEI'ING UNWANTED ENTRIES AND MERGING AN ENTIRE LIBRARY WITH ANOTHER
LIBRARY
A second technique is to apply the IBM-supplied DELETERL or DELETESL book
to delete all unwanted entries from a library and copy the ;ntire library
to another library, thus merging the two libraries. Using this technique
requires that the library being copied to contains enough space to
accommodate the entire library being copied.
If there is insufficient
space, the library being copied to can be condensed or reallocated.
COPYING SELECTIVELY, MERGING TWO LIBRARIES TO CREATE A THIRD LIBRARY
If there is insufficient space to accommodate a merge of two libraries, a
third library can be created to contain selected entries from the two
lib~ries being merged.
This technique eliminates the need for condensing
or reallocating an existing library.
Note that this technique can be
applied by using only two disk drives.
DELETING UNWANTED ENTRIES FROM TWO LIBRARIES AND MERGING BOTH LIBRARIES TO
CRE~E·A THIRD LIBRARY
Another technique for merging two libraries is to delete unwanted entries
from the two existing libraries, and merging the two libraries, in their
entirety, by copying them to create a third library.
Note that this
technique can be applied by using only two disk drives.
Conventions for Merge Examples
The following conventions are used in the maintenance examples given here.
If a roacro definition called m is an entry in a library called L (L being
any library and m being any macro definition entry in any library L) then
any macro definition entry m in any library L can be designated as Lm.
Assume that there are two libraries L called A and B, and that the macro
definition entries 1, 2, and 3 in library A are IBM-supplied, and 8 and 9
are user-defined macro definitions. Further., assume that the user receives
a new release of DOS with a source statement library, called library B,
containing IBM-supplied macro definitions 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. ThUS, library
A and library B can be represented as follows:
Library A-- Al, A2, A3, A8, A9
Library B-- B1, B2, B3, B4, B5
For the libraries defined, macro-definition entries 1, 2, and 3 in library
B are identical in name to 1., 2 and 3 in library A, but a later version or
update. Macro definitions 4 and 5 in library B are new IBM-supplied macro
definitions for the release received, and macro definitions 8 and 9 are
.98
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
user defined.
The structures of the libraries defined here are used in the
exarrples that follow.
Maintenance Examples Using MERGE Function
For each example that follows:
• The macro definitions updated are selected arbitrarily,
• Library A is assumed to reside on disk drive A, and library B on disk
drive B.,
• Library A is assumed to be the existing user library, and library B the
IBM-supplied maintenance update (new release),
• The techniques described can be applied by using only two disk drives.
The following examples illustrate several ways to update an existing
library.
EXAMPLE lA:
COPYING SELECTIVELY TO MERGE TWO LIBRARIES
If the majority of the macro definitions desired are in library A, and it
is desired to update macro definitions A2 and A3, selectively copy (merge)
macro definitions B2 and B3 from IBM-supplied library B to library A.
Thus, when there are many more macro definitions in one library than the
other, it is faster to selectively copy to the library with the greatest
number of entries" if there is enough space in the library being enlarged.
If there is not enough space in library A, the unwanted macro definitions
A2 and A3 must first be deleted from library A, and library A condensed
before the transfer can be attempted.
A representation of the results of selectively copying macro definitions
B2 and B3 from library B to library A follows:
Li brary A-- Al,
-' -'
Library B-- Bl"
B2, B3, B4, B5
A8, A9, B2, B3
Note that the macro definitions B2 and B3 are added to the end of the
library updated (library A).
Maintenance Procedures
99-
EXAMPLE lB:
VARIATION OF SELECTIVE COPYIN; TO MERGE TWO LIBRARIES
A variation of the technique described in Example 1A demonstrates the
capability of transferring in any direction.
Thus, if the majority of
macro definitions are in library B, and i t is desired to update macro
definitions Al, A2, and A3, selectively copy macro definitions A8 and A9
from library A to library B.
A representation of selectively copying macro definitions A8 and A9 from
library A to litrary B follows:
litrary A-- Al, A2, A3, A8, A9
Library B-- Bl, B2, B3, B4, B5, A8, A9
Note that macro definitions A8 and A9 are added to the end of the library
updated (library B).
EXAMPLE 2A:
DELETING UNWANTED ENTRIES FRON A LIBRARY AND MERGING LIBRARIES
BY COPYING ONE TO THE OTHER
Assuming that the majority of macro definitions are in library A, an
alternate method of accomplishing an update similar to that described in
Example lA follows.
Delete macro definitions Bl, B4, and B5 from library B, and completly
copy library B to library A. Thus, the IBM-supplied DELETESL book can
delete all unwanted macro definitions from the source statement library,
and the library transferred in its entirety.
A representation of the results of deleting macro definitions Bl, B4,
and B5 from library B, and copying library B follows:
Li trary A-- Al,
-'
Litrary B--
B2, B3,
-'
, A8, A9, B2, B3
Note that library B is added to the end of library A, and that library A in
Example lA is identical to library A in this example.
EXAMPLE 2B: VARIATION OF DELETING UNWANTED ENTRIES FROM A LIBRARY AND
COPY! 00 (~'£RGI NG) ONE TO THE OTHER
A variation of the technique described in Example 2A that demonstrates the
capability of transferring in any direction follows.
Thus, to add macro definitions A8 and A9 to library B, delete macro
definitions Al, A2, and A3 in library A and then completely copy library A
to litrary B.
Again, the IBM-supplied DELETESL book can delete all
unwanted IBM-supplied macro definitions from the source statement library.
A representation of the results of deleting macro definitions Al, A2,
and A3 from library A and copying library A to library B follows.
I i brary A--
-' -'
, A8, A9
Library B-- Bl, B2, B3, B4, B5, A8, A9
.100
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Note that user macro-definitions AS and A9 are added to the end of the
library being updated (library B), and library B in Example lB is identical
to library B in this example.
EXAMPLE 3:
LIBRARY
COPYING SELECTIVELY, MERGING TWO LIBRARIES TO CREATE A THIRD
If space is a problem, a third library called C can be created to be a
comtination of selected macro definitions from both library A and library
B. Thus, if the desired macro definitions in library A are AS and A9 (the
user's macro definitions), and Bl, B2, and B3 in library B (IBM-supplied),
then user macro definitions AS and A9 can be selectively copied (merged)
from library A to library C, and IBM-supplied macro definitions Bl, B2, and
B3 can be selectively copied (merged) from library B to library C.
The
advantage of this technique is that the need for a condense or reallocation
of an existing library is eliminated, and time is saved.
However, the time
required to initialize a third disk pack must be taken into consideration.
A representation of the results of selectively copying library A and
library B (merging) to create library C follows:
l.ibrary A-- Al"
A2, A3, AS, A9
Library B-- Bl, B2, B3, B4, B5
Library C-- Bl, B2, B3, A8, A9
Note that liorary C requires less space than if either library A or library
B were merged with each other.
EXAM!> LE 4: DELETING UNWANTED ENTRIES FROM TWO LIBRARIES AND MERGING BOTH
LIBRARIES TO CREATE A THIRD LIBRARY
A variation of selectively copying from two libraries to form a third
library follows.
Tb retain user macro definitions AS and A9 in library A, and update
IBM-supplied macro definitions Al, A2, and A3 in library A, delete Al, A2,
and A3 from library A, and B4 and B5 from library B. Then completely copy
(merge) library A and library B to create a third library C.
A representation of the results of deleting unwanted macro definitions
frorr library A and litrary B, and copying (merging) both libraries to
create a third library C follows:
Library A--
"
-'
, AS, A9
Library B-- Bl, B2, B3,
Litrary
C--
-'
Bl, B2, B3, AS, A9
Note that litrary C requires less space than if either library A or B were
merged with each other. Also note that library C in Example 3 is identical
to l i crary C in this exampl e.
Maintenance Procedures
101-
Considerations for Merging
The DLBL and EXTENT file definition statements must precede the MERGE
centrel statement. When defining files, use the following rules:
In merging to or from a Iflodified, or duplicate system residence file,
the modified or duplicate file name must be IJSYSRS, the logical unit must
be SYS002, and the file 10 (identification) must be identical to the ID
sUPFlied ~hen the file was created.
In merging to a private relocatable library file, the file name must be
IJSYSRL, the logical unit must be SYSRLB, and the file 10 must be identical
to the 10 supplied when the file was created.
In copying from a private relocatable library file, the file name must
b( LJSYSPR, the logical unit must be SYS001, and the file 10 must be
identical to the ID supplied when the file was created.
In merging to a private source statement library file, the file name
must be IJSYSSL, the logical unit must be SYSSLB, and the file 10 must be
identical to the ID supplied when the file was created.
In copying from a private source statement library file, the file name
must l:e IJSYSPS, the logical unit must be SYSOOO, and the file ID must be
identical to the 10 supplied when the file was created. The file name,
logical unit., and direction of transfer for each of the MERGE operations is
indicated in the Figure 13. Any combination of the indicated operations
can be performed in one job step.
r------------------.---------r---------T---------.---------.---------T---------,
I File Name
I IJSYSRS I IJSYSRS I IJSYSRL I IJSYSPR I IJSYSSL I IJSYSPS I
I
Logical unit
I
SYSRES
I
SYS002
I
SYSRLB
I
SYS001
I
SYSSLB
I
SYSOOO
I
~------------------+---------t---------+---------+---------+---------+---------~
Merge RES to NRS I from
I to
I
I
I
I
I
Merge NRS to RES I to
I from
I
I
I
I
I
Mer ge RES to PRV I f rom
I
I to
I
I to
I
I
Merge NRS to PRV I
I from
I to
I
I to
I
I
I Merge PRV to RES I to
I
I
I from
I
I from
I
I Merge PRV to NRS I
I to
I
I from
I
I from
I
IL __________________
Merge PRV to PRV LI _________ LI _________ LI _________
to
I __from
to
I _________
from
---____ I _________
JI
I
I
I
I
~
Figure 13.
~
~
Merge Operation File Name and Logical Unit Identification
Oiagn03tic messages for erroneou;-; assignments, file definitions, etc., are
provided on SYSLST.
The following is an example of a ~i0b set up for the MERGE function.
sections of the jot are bracketed and numbered 1 through 8.
The
explanations that follow the job are keyed to the job sections. The
example assumes two disk drives with addre~ses of 190 and 191 that:
The
1.
the MERGE function of the CORGZ librarian program is on SYSRES which
is on 190 by virtue of an IPL
2.
SYSRLB and SYSSLB are assigned to 191, SYSOOO and SYSOOl to 190, and
SYS002 to 191.
/ / JOB EXAMPLE
/ / ASSGN SYSRLB,X'191'
.102
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
/ / ASSGN SYSSLB.,X'191'
/ / ASSGN SYSOOO,X'190'
/ / ASSGN SYS001,X'190'
/ / ASSGN SYS002,X'191'
DLBL IJSYSRL,' PRIVATE RL' ,69/365
/ / EXTENT SYSRLB,111111,1,O,1500,10
1[/ /
DLBL IJSYSSL,' PRIVATE SL', 69/365
/ / EXTENT SYSSLB,111111,,1,O,1600,10
2 [/ /
DLBL IJSYSPR, 'PRIVATE RL TEST', 69/365
/ / EXTENT SYS001,111111,1,O,1300,lO
3 [/ /
4[// // DLBL
IJSYSPS,,' PRIVATE SL TEST' ,69/365
EXTENT SYSOOO,111111,1,O,1400,lO
5[//// DLBL
IJSYSRS, 'SYSTEM RESIDENCE', 69/365
EXTENT SYS002,111111,1,O,1,170
//
EXEC CORGZ
6
NEWVOL RL=10(2),SL=10(2)
COPYR ALL
[ COPYS ALL
7
MERGE PRV, PRV
COPYR ALL
[ COPYS ALL
8
~
MERGE NRS"PRV
COPYR ALL
COPYS ALL
/*
/&
The following explanations are keyed to the sections of the job:
1.
File definition statements for a private relocatable library file
which is created and updated.
2.
File definition statements for a private source statement library file
which is created and updated.
3,.
File definition statements for a private relocatable library file from
which modules are copied.
4.
File definition statements for a private source statement library file
from which tooks are copied.
5.
File definition statements for a modified, or duplicate system
residence file from which modules and books are copied. Note that
this file is the old SYSRES (with user programs).
6.
Creates private relocatable and source statement libraries on SYSRLB
and SYSSLB and copies the relocatable and source statement libraries
from the system residence file on SYSRES into them.
7.
Merges all modules and books from private relocatable and source
statement libraries on SYS001 and SYSOOO into the appropriate private
libraries created on SYSRLB and SYSSLB.
Maintenance Procedures
103.
8.
l-'lerges all modules and books f rom the relocatable and source statem
libraries of a modified, or du~licate system residence file on SYSO
into private libraries created on SYSRLB and SYSSLB.
For a more detailed description of the MERGE function see the System
Central and System service manual listed on the front cover.
104
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
The sample problems provided with the Disk Operating System (DOS)
demonstrate to the user, particularly the operator, each component of
the programming system.
Although the problems ar~ general and
illustrative rather than detailed and exhaustive, they nevertheless
serve as a minimal test of each user's programming system. The user's
programming system is built from the more general system supplied by
IBM.
The sample problems are designed to be run on a minimum system
configuration including at least one 2311 disk drive (the system
residence volume), a card reader/punch, printer, and a 1052
Printer-Keyboard. The minimum background partition storage capacity
required for each sample problem is given in Background Partitions
Stozage Requirements for Disk Operating System IBM-Supplied Programs.
No data is required for any of the sample problems, except RPG, PL/I,
Autotest., and multiprogramming. The requirements for each problern are
described in the examples that follow.
All sample problems, except those for multiprogramming, are included
in the IBM-supplied core image and source statement library volume. The
multiprogramming sample problem is prepared by the user.
Those sample
problems included in the source staterrent library volume are retrieved
as card decks ty the SSERV librarian program.
Each card deck is either
a source program or a set of control cards.
Individual decks are
preceded by a CATALS card and a BKEND card and followed by a BKEND card.
Once the sample problems have been retrieved, they can be deleted from
the user's operational system disk during system generation.
Retrieving the Sample Problems
I
The sample problems are retrieved from the second volume (core image and
source statement library volume) during system generation.
Although the
order for retrieving the problems from the disk is optional, it is
recommended that they be retrieved L~ the order of intended execution.
This facilitates the task of preparing the job stream. The following
job steps are necessary to retrieve all of the sample problems:
// JOB SAMPLPRB
/ / EX EC SSERV
DSPCH Z.F01., Z. CB1, Z. RG1, Z. PL1, Z. ASl
DSPCH Z. Siv1l, Z. UTI'PPR1, Z.AS2, Z .SM2
DSPCH Z.UTDKPR1,Z.AS3,Z.UTDCPRl
DSPCH Z.AS4,Z.SM4,Z.UTTPPR2
OOPCH Z. ASS., Z. SM5, Z.• UTDKPR2
DSPCH Z.AS6., Z.SM6" Z.• UTDKPR3
DSPCH Z.MCR1., Z.MCR2, Z. EU3SPRGM, Z.EU4SPRGM
DSPCH Z.ATl, Z. OlIDC, Z. ORJT, Z. VFUl
/&
If you do not wish to retrieve a particular problem from the source
statement library volume, delete the appropriate operand from the
preceding DSPCH statement. All of the sample problems are in the Z
sub-library and all of that sub-library can be retrieved with the DSPCH
Z.ALL statement.
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
105
Card columns 73-80 in each sample problem deck (except RPG) contain
an identification number and a sequence number. The identification
number for the RPG sample problem deck is punched in columns 75-78.
Card columns 1-5 contain the sequence number for RPG. Although these
numbers can be used to identify individual sample problems, it is
recommended that the cards be machine-interpreted.
Figure 14 shows the arrangement and identification and sequence
numbers of each of the sample problem card decks produced by the SSERV
librarian program during system generation. These decks are punched in
the order in which they are retrieved from the source statement library
volume (preferably the intended order of program execution). To prepare
each sample problem for execution, the user must:
• Remove all CATALS and BKEND cards shown in Figure 14. If the RPG or
PLII sample ~roblem is retrieved, remove the *END SOURCE DECK/BEGIN
INPUT CARDS card from the programs •
• Punch and insert the necessary job control cards for each program to
be run" as shown in the examples,.
The programs are compiled or assembled, linkage edited, and executed
with a minimum of operator intervention.
106
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Cards
Retrieved
CATALS Z.F01
BKEND Z.F01
FORTRAN Source Deck (22 cards)
BKEND
Card Cols.
73 - 76
Card Cols.
77 - 80
}
FORTRAN
Sample Problem
$451
0001 - 0022
CATALS Z.ILFSAMPL
BKEND Z.ILFSAMPL
FORTRAN Source Deck (22 Cards)
BKEND
}
FORTRAN IV
Sample Problem
$479
0001 - 0022
CARALS Z .CB 1
BKEND Z.CB1
COBOL Source Deck (81 cards)
BKEND
}
COBOL
Sample Problem
$452
0001 - 0081
CATALS Z.RS1
BKEND Z.RG1
R?G Source Deck (45 Cards)
* END SOURCE DECK/BEGIN INPUT
DATA
RPG Data (13 Cards)
BKEND
RPG
Sample Problem
$460
CATALS Z.PLl
BKEND Z.PLl
PL/1 Source Deck (38 Cards)
* END SOURCE DECK/BEGIN INPUT
DATA
PL/I Data (1 Card)
BKEND
PL/I
Sample Problem
$464
0001 - 0038
Assembler Sample Problem 1
(Generate input for Tape
Sort/Merge
$465
0001 - 0023
Sort/Merge Sample Problem
(Generate input for
Tape -to -Printer Utility)
$400
0001 - 0006
Tape -to -Printer Utility
Sample Problem
$462
0001 - 0002
Assembler S'Jmple
Problem 2
(Generate input for
Disk Sort/Merge)
$465
OlDl - 0123
Disk Sort/Merge
Sample Problem
(Generate input for
Disk -to -Printer Utility)
$450
0001 - 0006
Disk -to -Printer
Utility Sample Problem
$461
0001 - 0002
CATALS Z.AS1
BKEND Z.AS1
Assembler Source Deck (23 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z.SM1
BKEND Z.SM1
S/M Control Cards (6 Card;)
BKEND
CATALS Z .UTTPPR1
BKEND Z.UTTPPR1
T - P Control Cards (2 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z .AS2
BKEND Z.AS2
Assembler Source De~k (23 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z .SM2
BKEND Z.SM2
S/M Control Cards (6 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z.UTDKPR1
BKEN D Z .UTDKPR1
D - P Con.rol Cards (2 Cards)
BKEND
Figure 14,.
}
}
}
}
}
}
Sample Problem Card Decks Retrieved from IBM-Supplied Core
Image and Source Statement Library Volumes (Part 1 of 3)
Disk operating System Sample Problems
107
Cards
Retrieved
CAT ALS Z .AS3
BKEND Z.AS3
Assembl er Source Deck (23 Cards)
BKEND
CAT ALS Z .UTDCPRl
BKEND Z.UTDCPRl
DC - P Control Cards (2 Cards)
BKEND
Card Cols.
73 - 76
}
}
CATALS Z. SM4
BKEND Z.SM4
S/M Control Cards (6 Cards)
BKEND
}
CATALS Z.AS5
BKEND Z.AS5
Assembler Source Deck (23 Cards)
BKEND
CAT ALS Z. SM5
BKEND Z.SM5
S/M Control Cards (6 Cards)
BKEND
CAT ALS Z .UTDKPR2
BKEND Z.UTDKPR2
D - P Control Cards (2 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z.AS6
BKEND Z.AS6
Assembler Source Deck (23 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z.SM6
BKEND Z.SM6
S/M Control Cards (6 Cards)
BKEND
CAT ALS Z .UTDKPR3
BKEND Z. UTDKPR3
D - P Control Cards (2 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z.ATl
BKEND Z.ATl
Autotest Source Deck (27 Cards)
Autotest Data Deck (5 Cards)
BKEND
Figure 14.
108
Data Cell - to -Peinte,
Utility Sample Problem
CATALS Z.AS4
BKEND Z.AS4
Assembler Source Deck (23 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z.UTTPPR2
BKEND Z.UTTPPR2
T - P Control Cards (2 Cards)
BKEND
A'5emble, Sample
Problem 3
(Gen.=rate input for Data
Cell -to -Printer Utility)
}
Tape - to - Peinte·, Ut;l;,y
Sample Problem
D;,k - to - P,;nte, Ut; I;,y
Sample Problem
}
D;,k -to -Peinte' Ut;lHy
Sample Problem
}
0402 - 0423
$483
0001 - 0006
$462
0101 - 0102
$465
0502 - 0523
$483
0101 - 0106
$461
0101 - 0102
$465
0602 - 0623
$483
0201 - 0206
3461
0201 - 0202
$459
0001 - 0027
Tape and D;,k Sa,,/Me'ge
2314 Sample Problem (Generate
input for Disk - to - Printer
Utility}
}
$465
A,,,,mble, Sample Pcablem 6
(Generate input for Tape
and Disk Sort/Merge)
}
0001 - '):)02
Tape and D;,k Sad/Me'ge
2311 Sample Problem (Generate
input for Disk -to -Printer
Utility)
}
$4S3
A'5emblec Sample Pcablem 5
(Generate input for Tape
and Disk Sort/Merge
}
0201 - 0223
Tape and D;,k Sa,t/Me'ge
2~00 Sample Problem (Generate
input for Tape -to -Printer
Utility}
}
)465
A'5emble, Sample
Problem 4 (Generate input
for Tape and Disk
Sort/Merge}
}
Card Cols.
77 - 80
Au'a'e,t Sample Problem
Sample Problem Card Decks Retrieved from IBM-Supplied Core
Image and Source Statement Library Volumes (Part 2 of 3)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Cards
Retrieved
CATALS Z.VFU1
BKEND Z.VFU1
VFU1 Source Deck (65 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z .MCR1
BKEND Z.MCR1
MCR1 Source Deck (71 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z.MCR2
BKEND Z.MCR2
MCR2 Source Deck (115 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z.ORDC
BKEND Z .ORDC
Optical Reader Source Deck (179 Cords)
BKEND
CAT ALS Z .ORJT
BKEND Z.ORJT
Source Deck (81 Cards)
BKEND
CATALS Z. EU3SPRGM
BKEND Z. EU3SPRGM
EU 1400 ob ject decks and source decks
BKEND
CATALS Z. EU4SPRGM
BKEND Z. EU4SPRGM
EU 1400 ob ject decks and source decks
BKEND
Figure 14.
Card Cois.
73- 76
}
Vocabulary Fi Ie
Utility Sample Problem
,
Card Cols.
77- 80
Refer to the Vocabulary File
Utility Program publication
I isted on the front cover of
this manual.
$477
0001 - 0071
$477
0001 - 0115
1287 Sample Problem
Document Mode
5478
0001 - 9179
1285/1287 Sample
Problem for Journal Tape
$478
1001 - 1081
Magnetic Character
Recognition Devices
(1412/1419)
}
}
}
1401/1440/1460
Emulator Programs for
IBM Model 2025/2030
}
1401/1440/1460
Emu lator Prog ra ms for
IBM Model 2040
Sample Problem Card Decks Retrieved from IBM-Supplied Core
Image and Source Statement Library Volumes (Part 3 of 3)
The sample problems can be run as separate jobs; but, when possible
should be run as successive job steps within an operating system
environment. A PAUSE card placed at the end of each sample problem to
be run in successive job steps allows the operator to make any necessary
changes in device assi gnments. The order for running the sample
problems is not completely arbitrary. The assembler, sort/merge, and
utili ty programs should be run consecutively; the output of one program
becomes the input to the next prog ram.
The FORTRAN, Bas ic FORTRAN
COBOL, PLlI, VFU1, MICR, OCR, and RPG sample problems can either precede
or fo llow the other programs.
The sample problems for Autotest and
multiprogramming should be run last when the programs are run as
successive job steps.
Physical and Logical 1/0 Assignments
It is assumed that the user has made assignments for these logical I/O
functions:
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
109
SYSLOG
SYSRDR
SYSIPT
SYSPCH
SYSLST
SYSLNK
SYSOOl
SYS002
SYS003
The preceding ass ignments are for the background problem program area
only.
The assignments necessary for the multiprogrclmming sample problem
are included in the input test data for that problem.
Unique di~k extents must be assigned initially to SYSLNK, SYS001,
SYS002, and SYS003.
These extents can be assigned to the system residence pack as
follo'4lls:
SYSWK
I I XTENT 1,0,000166000,000170009,'111111',SYSLNK
SYSOOl
I I XTENT 12S,0,000171000,00019S002,'111111',SYS001
SYSOO 2
I I XTENT 12S,O,000171003,000198006,'ll1111',SYS002
SYS003
1/ XTENT 128,O,000171007,000198009,'111111',SYS003
If standard assignments are missing, the necessary ASSGN cards should
be inserted at the beginning of the job stream. After each job step of
a sample problem, certain additional logical 1/0 assignments or
reassignments may be required. Examples of such reassignments are shown
in Figures 15 and 16. When reassignments are necessary, the us er must
furnish:
• The channel and unit number (X'cuu') for each tape or disk extent •
• The proper disk pack serial number and data cell volume number in
all DLAB and XTENT cards.
Tape, Disk, and Data Cell Configurations
In addition to the minimum system configuration, three tape drives are
required to run the Tape Sort/Merge sample problem, and fiv2 tape drives
are required to run the Tape and Disk Sort/Merge sample problem (2400
application). A 2314 direct access storage facility is required to run
the Tape and Disk sort/Merge sample problem (2314 application).
For
installations with 7-track drives, convert feature OFF and translate ON
(X'BS' as third operand of ASSGN) must be specified. Where 9-track tape
drives are used; the third operand (X'BS') can be omitted. The logical
I/O assignments for tape are shown in Figure 15 and those for disk and
data cell are shown in Figure 16.
In addition to checking the proper function of each sample problem,
the programs also test job control and linkage editor functions. They
are helpful in verifying the correct generation of the user's
opera tional system.
The mai n purposes of the sample problems, however,
are demonstration and instruction.
A listing of the source program and job control cards is written on
SYSLST for each problem. If LOG is keyed into the 1052 Printer-Keyboard
at the beginning of the job, a listing of all job control cards and
opezator messages is written on SYSLOG (Figures 17, 18, 19, and 20).
Detailed setup procedures, including job control cards, are given for
each sa~ple problem.
110
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Note that the SYSLOG output for the 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Programs
can be found in the Emulator Prograrr wanual listed in the Preface.
Sample Problen!
Disk Extent
No.1
Tape Drive
No.ll
Tape Drive
No.2 1
Tape Drive
No.3 1
Tape Sort/Merge Execute
SYSRES
SYS004
SYSOO1 2
SYS0033
SYS002 2
SYS005 3
Tape and Disk Sort/Merge
(2400 Appl ication)
SYSRES
SYSOOI
SYS002
SYS003
Tape -to -Printer Utility Execute
SYSRES
------
SYS004
------
Tape Drive
No.4
Tape Drive
No.5
SYSOO4
SYS005
1. Tape drive number refers to X 'cuu' operand in ASSGN card.
2. If a 7- track tape drive is used, the third operand (X'BS') is required to turn byte convert off.
3. For Tape Sort/Merge, SYSOOI and SYS003 must be assigned to the same tape drive, as must SYS002 and SYS005.
Fig~
15.
Sequence of Logical I/O Assignments for Tape Sort/Merge and
Tape-to-Printer Utility Sample Problems
Somple Problem
Disk Extent No. 1
Disk Extent No.2
Disk Extent No.3
Disk Extent No.4
FORTRAN or Basic FORTRAN:
SYSLNK
SYSLNK
SYSOOI
SYSOOI
SYS002**
------
------
------
-------
------
------
------
SYSLNK
SYSLNK
SYSOOI
SYSOOI
SYSOO2
SYSOO3
------
-------
------
-----------
SYSLNK
SYSLNK
SYSLNK *
SYSOOI
SYSOOI
SYSOO2
SYSOO3
------
------
------
-----------
Disk Sort/Merge Execute
SYSOO2
SYSOO4
------
------
Tape and Disk Sort/Merge
(2311 Application)
SYSOOI
SYS002
SYSOO3
------
Tape and Disk Sort/Merge
(2314 Application)
SYSOOI
SYSOO2
SYSOO3
------
Disk -to -Printer Utility Execute
SYSOO4
SYSOO5
------
------
Data Cell-to -Printer Utility Execute
SYSOO4
------
------
------
SYSLNK
SYSLNK
SYSOOI
SYSOOI
SYSOO2
SYSOO3
------
-------
------
-----------
Compile
Link Edit
Execute
COBOL, RPG, Assembler:
Compile
I_ink Edit
xecute
I
!
I
I
!
r
------
UTOTEST:
Assemble
'-ink Edit
Execute
1285, 1287, 1412/1419:
I
Assemble
Link Edit
Execute
------
* This is the Autotest work file (IJSYSAT).
** FORTRAN IV only.
Figure 16.
Sequence of Logical I/O Assignments for Disk/Data-Cell
Sample Problems
Disk Operating System Sample
Probl~rns
111
r-----------------------~----------------------------------------------,
1// JOB FORTRAN
1EOJ FORTRAN
1// JOB FORTRAN IV
IEOJ FORTRAN4
1// JOB COBOL
IEOJ COBOL
1// JOB RPG
IEOJ RPG
1// JOB PL/I
IEOJ PL/I
1// JOB ASSEMBLE
1// PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 TO A 9 TRACK TAPE DRIVE
IEOJ ASSEMBLE
1// JOB SORT
1// PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 TO SAME TAPE DRIVE AS IN PREVIOUS JOB
1// PAUSE ASSGN SYS001,SYS003,SYS004,SYS005 TO DIFF TAPES
IEOJ SORT
1// JOB TPPR
1// PAUSE
ASSGN SYS004 TO SYS001 OF PREVIOUS JOB
1// PAUSE
ASSGN SYS005 TO THE PRINTER
•
18001D IS IT EOF
IEOJ TPPR
1// JOB ASSEMBLE
1// PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 TO SCRATCH PACK
I EOJ ASSEMBLE
I // JOB~ DSORT
1// PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 AND SYS004 TO SCRATCH PACK
IEOJ DSORT
1// JOB DKPR
1// PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO SCRATCH PACK
1// PAUSE
ASSGN SYS005 TO THE PRINTER
I EOJ DKPR
1// JOB ASSEMBLE
1// PAUSE
ASSGN SYS004 TO DATA CELL
1// PAUSE
MOUNT CEll nnnnnn ON STATION 3
IEOJ ASSENBLE
1// JOB DCPR
1// PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO DATA CELL
1// PAUSE ASSGN SYS005 TO THE PRINTER
EOJ DCPR
BG / / JOB ASSEMBLY SAMPLE 4
BG / / PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 TO A 9 TRACK TAPE DRIVE
BG
BG EOJ ASSE~BLY
BG / / JOB SORT 2400
BG / / PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 TO SAME DRIVE AS PREVIOUS JOB
BG
BG / / PAUSE ASSGN SYS001,SYS003,SYS004,SYS005 TO DIFF TAPES
BG
BG 79051 RCD IN 0002000, OUT 0002000, ESTIMATED 0000000
BG 71011 END SCRI' PH
BG 79051 HCD IN 0002000, OUT 0002000, ESTIMATED 0000000
IBG
72011 END MERGE PH
L
______________________________________________________________________
J
Figure 17.
112
SYSLOG Output for all Sample Problems Except
Multiprogramming and Vocabulary File Utility Problems (Part
1 of 3)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys,. Gen. and Maint.
r----------------------------------------------------------------------,
BG 79051 RCD IN 0002000, OUT 0002000, ESTIMATED 0000000
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
73021 EOJ
EOJ SORT
/ / JOB TPPR 2400 TO PRINTER
/ / PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO SYS001 OF PREVIOUS JOB
/ / PAUSE ASSGN Sys005 TO THE PRINTER
8001D IS IT EOF
Y
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
EOJ TPPR
lCOOA ATTN.
0 OC.
/ / JOB ASSEMBLY SAMPLE 5
/ / PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 TO SCRATCH PACK
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
BG
EG
EOJ ASSEMBLY
/ / JOB SORT 2311
/ / PAUSE ASSGN SYS001,SYS002"SYS003 Tc! SCRATCH PACK
79051 RCD IN 0002000, OUT 0002000, ESTIMATED 0002000
71011 END SORT PH
79051 RCD IN 0002000, OUT 0002000, ESTIMATED 0002000
72011 END MERGE PH
79051 RCD IN 0002000" OUT 0002000, ESTIMATED 0002000
73021 EOJ
EOJ SORT
/ / JOB DKPR 2311 TO PRINTER
/ / PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO SCRATCH PACK
/ / PAUSE ASSGN SYS005 TO THE PRINTER
1COOA ATTN.
0 OC.
/ / JOB ASSEMBLY SAMPLE 6
/ / PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 TO SCRATCH PACK
EOJ ASS~lBLY
/ / JOB SORT 2314
/ / PAUSE ASSGN SYS001,SYS002,SYS003 TO SCRATCH PACK
79051 RCD IN 0003000, OUT 0003000, ESTIMATED 000300q
71011 END SORT PH
79051 RCD IN 0003000, OUT 0003000, ESTIMATED 0003000
72011 END MERGE PH
79051 RCD IN 0003000, OUT 0003000, ESTIMATED 0003000
73021 EOJ
EOJ SORT
/ / JOB DKPR 2314 TO PRINTER
/ / PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO SCRATCH PACK
/ / PAUSE ASSGN SYS005 TO THE PRINTER
1COOA ATTN.
0 OC.
IBG
L
______________________________________________________________________ J
Figure 17.
SYSLOG Output f or All Sample Problems Except
Multiprogramming and Vocabulary File Utility Problems (Part
2 of 3)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
113
r-----------~----------------------------------------------------------,
1// JOB AUTOTEST
IEOJ AUTOTEST
I BG / / JOB MeR SAMPLE PROBLEMS
IBG / / PAUSE
END OF MCRl SAMPLE PROBLEM
IBG
IBG INTERVENTION REQUIRED ON FlLE2
I BG EOJ MeR
IBG / / PAUSE
END OF MCR SAMPLE PROBLEMS
IBG
1// JOB OPTICAL READER SAMPLE PROBLEM
IEOJ OPTICAL
1// PAUSE END OF OPTICAL READER SAMPLE PROBLEM
INote:
If a multiprogramming system, the message will be preceded by
the appropriate prefix (BG, Fl, F2 or AR).
lI ______________________________________________________________________
JI
•
Figure 17.
SYSLOG output for All Sample Problems except
Multiprogramming and Vocabulary File Utility Problems (Part
3 of 3)
The SYSLST output reproduces much of the SYSLOG output. In
addition, SYSLST displays the source programs, storage maps, sort/merge
and utility program control cards, problem results, and other
information.
If SYSLST is a 1403 Printer equipped with the Universal
Character set (UCS) feature, see UCS command in the Disk Operating
System Operating Guide.
If this specification is not made, the
issuance of a control command by job control causes a command reject,
resulting in jot cancellation.
r----------------------------------------------------------------------,
I BG / / JOB CATALOG- SAMPLE FOREGROUND/BACKGROUND PROGRAM
I BG EOJ CATAI.OG
I
IBG
IBG
IBG
IBG
I
I BG
IBG
IBG
IBG
I Be;
IBG
/ / JOB EXECUTE SAMPLE FOREGROUND/BACKGROUND PROGRAM
// PAUSE CARD READER END-OF-FILE SIGNALS END OF CARD INPUT
INTERV REO SYSRDR=OOC
CCSW=021000224002000000 SNS=400000000000 CCB=002220
E OJ EXECUTE
/ / PAUSE REFER TO PRINTER FOR ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS
assgn sysrdr,ua
assgn sysipt,ua
a ssgn sysl st, ua
stop
IAR lI60A READY FOR COMMUNICATIONS.
IAR start fl
IFl assgn ~1s0Jl,x'00c'
IF! assgn sysnn,x'OOe'
IFl exec cardprnt
OS10I PROGRAM CARDPRNT COMPLETED
lIFl
______________________________________________________________________
J
OP08A
Figure 18.
114
SYSLOG Output for Multiprogramming Sample Problelll
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
IZ34S678L
siN.....
I
!bA_=.SS~--------------~
QUANTITY
$ElvtCE NO.
CODE
AMOUNT
DlSCIlPTiION
OS
24-b80
357 Cf
8
01 36925 4-bS 10
02
2401 7254-6 763 63
1357'1 205
035638492057
01 lf2b79 4-3176
Olf- 66392 11733
7
13579
qQS
3960
TO~
8573
SAlIS
TAX
150
8728
Sold ....
021057
Figure 19.
2500
ltq 3
34-q
129
14-7
o
Optical Reader sample Input Document for Document Mode
Processing
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
115
01.2
1.23
23~
3
~
5
~Sb
Sb7
b7a
7a9
a90
901.
01.2
1.23
23~
3~S
~Sb
Sb7
b7a
7a9
a90
901.
01.2
1.23
23~
3~S
~Sb
Sb7
b7a
7a9
a90
901.
3~Sb
~Sb7
Sb7a
b7a9
7a90
a901.
901.2
01.23
1.23~
23~S
3~Sb
~Sb7
Sb7a
b7a9
7a90
a901.
901.2
01.23
1.23~
23~S
3~Sb
~Sb7
Sb7a
b7a9
7a90
a901.
901.2
01.23
1.23~
23~S
Figure 20.
7a9C
a90S
901.T
01.2N
1.23S
23~X
3~SC
~SbT
Sb7Z
b7al
7a9C
a90S
901.T
01.2N
1.23S
23~X
3~SC
~SbT
Sb7Z
b7al
7a9C
a90S
901.T
01.2N
1.23S
23~X
3~SC
~SbT
Sb7Z
b7al
Optica I Reader Sample Input for Journal Tape Mode Processing
Examples of Sample Problem Execution and Output
Basic FORTRAN
Program Name is Z.F01. The Basic FORTRAN sample problem generates all
prime numbers between 0 and 1000.
To execute the Basic FORTRAN sample
protlem the following job control cards are needed:
/ / JOB FORTRAN SAMPLE
// OPTION LINK"LIST"LOG
/ / EXEC FORTRAN
Basic FORTRAN SOURCE DECK (22 cards)
/*
116
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint,.
/ / EXEC LNI SYSH:1'I1360 fORTRAN
C
:0 .. 510001
:0 .. 510002
$4510003
$4510004
$4510005
$4510006
$4510007
$4510008
$4510009
$4510010
$4510011
$4510012
$4510013
$4510014
:04510015
$4510016
$4510017
$4510018
$4510019
$4510020
$4510021
$4510022
--
fORTMAIN
01/01l6h
-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
360N-fD-451 30
- -
-
-
- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -
PlUME NUIIBER PROBU:II
100 WRITE (3,B)
H fORMAT (52H fOLLOiliI"'u IS A LIST Of PRIME: "'UMBERS fROM 1 TO 10001
'19X,lHlI19X,lH2I HX,lH31
101 1=5
3 A=I
102 A=5I.iRTI AI
lC3 J=A
104 UO 1 K=3,J,2
105 L=I/K
106 IflL*K-IIl,L,4
1 CUNT INuE
107 i1iRIH (3,511
5 fOltMAT 11201
2 1=1+2
lOB If( 1000-111,4,3
4 !oRIH (3,91
9 fURMAT 1l4t1 PROGRAM ERRORI
7 WRITE (3,61
6 fORMAT (~lH THIS IS THE END uf THE PRObRAMI
109 STUP
E:ND
-
-
-
-
--
-
0002
SCALARS
SYMilUL
I
LUCAI lUN
CC6C
SYMilOL
A
LUCATION
0070
SYMBOL
J
LOCATION
0074
SYMBOL
K
LOCATION
0078
SYMBOL
L
LOCATION
007C
LABEL
00102
00001
00004
LOCATION
0100
015E
01BC
CALU:O SUBROUT INES
IJTAPST
LABEL
0010G
00103
0(;107
00009
-
IJTACOII
LOCAIIUN
LABE:L
0078
OOOOH
010E
00104
(;172
00005
CI0C
00007
COMP lLA TI ON COIIPl£:H
_ ==
[~~ :,:,_,~:,:,
SQRT
IJTSS"T
LOCATION
LABEL
LOCATION
00H8
00101
0008
012C
00105
0134
0190
00002
019A
01E8
00006
01fC
AIIOUNT Of CDIIIION 000000
AMOUNT Of
m
~_~
m
LABEL
LOCATION
00003
OOEO
00106
0144
01A6
00108
0226
00109
CLKE 000696
ADDRE:SS
__
~
bASE TABLE
-
_______
-
__
~
0200
-
n n
--
~~ ~
__
__
__
:===========::.::=-=:::::::.-_-::::::=====::::: - ---- - ==- - - ---=--------L
[ ________________________ ________ ____________________ _______________ J
Figure 21,. SYSLST output for Basic FORTRAN Sample Problems (Part 1 of 2)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
117
-
Jud
- - - - -
-
-- - - - - - -
-
- - - - - - - - - -
HAP
TAKEN
IJTA(.QH
ALoTU4.INK
AuTOliNK
IJTALUN
AUJOlINK
IJTAPST
IJTflOS
AUHiLINK
AUTullNK
1 JTSSQT
ENTRY
--
--
-
- --
---
REL-fR
PHASE
XfR-AD
LOCORE
HICORE
DSK-AD
ESD TYPE
LABEL
LOADED
002000
002000
C0429f
15 9 1
CSECT
fORTHAIN
002000
002000
CSECT
IJTAPST
003510
003510
CSECT
ENTRY
IJTACOH
IJTSAVE
0022B8
002820
002288
CSECT
EMRY
IJTSSQT
SURT
0041f8
OOltlfE
0041f8
CSECT
ENTRY
ENTRY
I:NTRY
I:NTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
I:NTKY
IJTACON
fCVfI
fCVfO
fLVEl
fCVEO
fCVll
fCVIO
fCVDl
fCVOO
002880
002B80
002d84
002B88
002B8C
002B90
002B94
002D3E
002f46
002B80
CSI:CT
ENTRY
ENTRY
I::NTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
I:NTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
IJTfIOS
UNITABE
DUIOXXE
GETUNTE
OPENUNE
SHLGUE
CCWHOIE
OSKWTME
ASNBUFE
fILTAbE
BUfINNT
NRfSWE
CLOSUNI:
0035AO
003fB6
00308A
00396A
0039B8
003C26
003F58
003E60
003ff4
003EE8
004142
0030B8
003856
0035AO
•
••
•
••
••
•
••
••
••
••
•
--
--
-
PHASE •••
01/01/61l
- -- - -
DISK LINKAGE EDlTUK DlAbNOSTlC Of INPUT
fGKTRAH
A('TllJN
ll!>T
lIST
LI::.T
liST
LIST
LIST
-
--
·
-
-
-
--
-
-:::::::=
I I Ext:C
HILLOIUNG IS A liST Of PRIME NUM8ERS fROM 1 TO 1000
1
2
3
5
1
11
-
-
911
nus
--
--
--
--
--
--
983
991
991
IS THE EHO Of' THE PROGRAM
------------"----------------EuJ fuRTRAH
~[. .:.::.::.::.::.::.::.:.::::.::.::.:.:.::.::.:.:.::.:.:.:.-::.::.=-::--::-==::::::::====::-----:-----:==---------------=-=-=-=--------=----------===------::::-=:::-:.:.:.-:.:.:.:.=-=::==:J=------:
Figure 21. SYSLST Output for Basic FORTRAN Sample Problems (Part 2 of 2)
FOR'l'RAN
Program Name is Z.ILFSAMPL.
numbers between 2 and 1000.
staterrents are needed:
This sample problem generates all prime
To execute it, the following job control
// JOB FORTRAN4 SAMPLE
// OPTION LINK,LIST,LOG
/ / EXEC FFORTRAN
118
IBM S/360 DOS Sys,. Gen. and IlJaint.
FORTRAN IV SOURCE DECK (22 cards)
/*
// EXEC LNKEDT
// EXEC
/*
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 22.
• Job control cards
• Source program listing
• Object program storage map
• Linkage editor storage map
• List of prime numbers generated by the program
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
119
/I JOB ~ORTR AN4
5~"'Pl E
OPTJI1N LINK,lIST,lOG
EXEr FFI1RTP ~'"
OO.O'l.4A
""
"~P
YFS
lOAO
YES
PErK
NO
llST
YFS
lIqX
fIIO
!'BeOIC
---------------------------------------------------------------~b.I
00.00.12
:-lPGM
r Pl)l"'f "",,.qI=R r;t=Nt=QtJTOR
nr n l
"I"'?
(~,11
"'RIT"
1
"0"4
O(")~
orn(,
(\"('\"7
?
"nnp
F'10~AT
"IH'llnWIN:; IS b. lI~6
'1'l~~4n
O'14Alln
""41',,'1
"'14A~O
'1 ""ono
CNTPY
I'iIITI!Y
HFFrl/Fn
I)I)'Ionl)
1)(14441:
Tl,,~rVUl
'l(1~r62
~"'TIlY
Tl FFr" JI'
llF"rIlCI'
rc::~rT
Il~anC(1N
n'1~F4n
FMTPY
TlF~rv7n
F~TDV
TNTI,CR
'In'lR n 2
'l'1311?C
004A""
C'JTRY
IlF"Tnrs
Tl FF"nllt;
I lFllcnpl;
'l'1~"ro
F.,TIlY
F",TOY
TJ~Y~l("l
'''J~oAO
Mll nrll:
Of1~R'"
CY
T JJc o n1.,
I JJrl>'13
1)'1~1I7~
I)f'I~a78
«FeT
1 J211JI') (10;
OOO;AI')I\
FNTI!Y
F"'TIlY
r<;rrT
FNTI!Y
*
*
Tl~"r:VAI'
n'l~t')7t')
I)O~t')70
(1)0;Rr.4
1')00;478
'If'l5n 7 O
-
t-~-:~,---~----~-~--~-~-------~~-----~-:~~-----~--------------~----J
~---------------------------------------------------------------~
Figure 22.
SYSLST OUtput for FORTRAN 4 Sample Problems (Part 2 of 3)
Disk operating System Sample Problems
121
"ntl"'''''r;
T~
b LT<;T
Il" 001""
"",,,o,cll~
F~O'l
2 TO 1'11"11"1
?
11
l
~
1"7
l<>
'"
"
1"7
41
4~
,..,..
1P
11"7
.... 1
'117
147
14'1
"0;"
3'iO
367
,7'1
1"70
~q'l
1QQ
107
4"1
4''''
41'1
~----------~------------------------------------------------------4'1
4'11
411
4''1
441
44"
4~"7
461
4F.1
46"7
4"7'1
4'17
4'11
4'10
0;"'1
'i~0
0;'1
~~'l
'1"1
'177
<\ql
RR,
RR"7
0117
'lll
01'l
'l2Q
9~7
'141
947
o~~
0,,7
'171
'17"7
~--------------------------------------------~--------------~------0<\"
'1'11
'l'l7
T41<;
TS TI-i" ""00 n" TH"
oonr;o~'1
~---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
L__________________________________________________________________J
Figure 22.
122
SYSLST Output for FORTRAN 4 Sample Problems (Part 3 of 3)
IBM S/360 DeS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Program Name is Z.CB1.
The COBOL sample proolem generates and prints a
table of weekly, monthly, and annual salaries based on ten dollar
increments in monthly salary from $500 to $1000. To execute the COBOL
sarr~le Froblem the following job control cards are needed:
// JOB COBOL SAMPLE
// OPTION LINK,LIST,LOG,LISTX,DU~W,SYM,ERRS
/ / EXEC COBOL
COBOL SOURCE DECK (81 cards)
/*
// EXEC LNKEDT
// ASSGN SYS004.X'cuu' (SYS004 must be assigned to printer designated as
SYSLST durinq system generation)
// EXEC
/f,
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 23:
• Job cont rol cards
• Source program listing
• Data division storage map
• Procedure division storage map
• Diagnostics
• Linkage editor storage map
• Table of salaries generated by the program
Note:
Output is on SYS004 (same as printer).
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
123
II Jw~ CudLJL ::'AI4PLE
I I OPTUJN LINK.ll!>T.LOb.LISTX.DUMP.SYM.ERRS
I I tXt:C CUIlOL
!>(;URCt: !> T AT UIENT
£
3
4
b
7
8
51
10
11
1£
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
£3
.:4
2:>
20
27
20
29
30
.H
~2
3.:1
34
35
30
~7
38
39
4C
41
4"
43
4,.
4!J
4b
47
48
49
5C
51
52
53
!>4
Figure 23.
124
001010
001020
001030
(/0104(,
00105C
001C60
('CI070
0010110
0010<;00
OOlloe
001110
001120
001130
001140
001150
001100
001170
0011110
001185
001190
001£00
001210
001220
001230
001240
001250
002010
002020
00£030
002C4C
00205G
002CbG
002C70
C02CbO
002C9C
002100
002110
002120
002130
OC<:140
002150
002160
002170
oe2180
002190
OC2200
002210
002220
002230
002240
0022:'0
003010
003020
003030
IUENTlFICATlUN UIIiISIUN.
PRObRAH-I D. 'C3bOSAMP'.
REMARKS.
I:XAMPLc UF A 360 ('ObOL PROGRA/I TO
COI'IPUTt S"LAkll:S.
"N\;IkUMlcNT Ul Vl!>IUN.
CuNF IbLJkAT ION !>t:(. T ION.
SUUK~E-COMj>UTt:R. IdM-3bO.
llIlJt:CT-(.UMPUTcR. IIlM-3bO.
INPUT-ouTPuT SI:CTlON.
FILe-CUr.TKUL.
SI:LECT !>ALARY-FILI:
A!>SIGN TU 'SYS004' UNIT-RECORI.I 1403.
DATA DIVI!>IUN.
FlU SI:CTll.JN.
FD SALAkY-FlH
LAbl:L RI:CORuS ARt: OMITTED
RECURDiNG /luDE IS F
DATA RECORD IS SALARY-RECURO.
01 SALARY-RECOI{D
PICTURE XIlOO).
",ORKI NG-STORAbt: SECT ION.
17 TOTAL-A
PICTURE 9(6)1199
VALUE ZERO •
77 TOTAL-I)
PICTURe 91011199
VALUE LERu.
77 TOTAL-('
PICTURE ~lo)1I99
VALUE LERU.
71 "t:tKLY-PAY
PICTURE 9991199.
77 MUNTHL V-PAY PICTuRE 9999V99.
71 ANNUAL-PAY
PICTURe 999991199.
71 (.UI~-A PICTURE 9(6)V99
VALu!: IS 008826.69.
71 CUN-b PICTURE 9(6)V99
VALUE IS 0311250.00
77 ('UN-C
PICTukE 9(0)1199
VALUE IS 459000.00
01 SALARI t:S.
02 F I LLt:R
PICTURE AI,.b)
VALUE SPACE.
C2 "E!:KL Y
P ICTUk!: llZ.99
02 F-lLLER
PICTURE AAA
VALU~ SPACE.
02 MUIHIiL Y
PICTURE LlLZ.99
02 FILU;R
PICTUR!: AAA
VALU!: SPACE.
02 ANNUAL
PICTURE LLU.L.99 •
02 FiLLER
PICTURE A127l
IIALUE SPACE.
01 Mt:Sb.
02 F ILUR
PICTURE A(40)
VALuE SPACES.
02 SHUll
PICTUI{~ AI2b).
01 DSPY.
0'£ FILL~R
PICTURE A(40)
VALU!: SPACI:S.
PICTURE A(33).
02 PRSNT
01 IicADlNb.
02 FILLER
PICTURE A 14b)
VALUE SPACES.
02 lieEKLY
PICTUkE Albl
VALUE IS 'WEEKLY'.
PICTURE A(3)
02 FILLER
VALUE IS SPACES.
02 MONThLY
PICTURE AI71
VALUe IS 'MONTHlY'.
02 FILLER
PICTURE AU)
VALUE IS SPACES.
02 ANNuAL
PICTURE Alb)
IIALUE IS 'ANNUAl'.
o£ FILL!:R
PICTURE AI291
VALUf: IS SPACfS.
CbD CL3-0
$4520001
$452000£
$4520003
$4520004
$4520005
$4520006
$4520007
$4520008
$4520009
$4520010
$4520011
$4520012
$4520013
$4520014
$4520015
$4520016
$4520017
$4520018
$4520019
$4520020
$4520021
$4520022
$4520023
$4520024
54520025
$4520026
54520027
$4520028
54520029
54520030
54520031
54520032
54520033
54520034
54520035
$4520036
54520037
545200:;8
54520039
54520040
54520041
54520042
$4520043
54520044
$4520045
54520046
54520047
$4520048
54520049
54520050
54520051
$4520052
$4520053
54520054
SYSLST output for COBOL Sample Problems (Part 1 of 5)
IBM 8/360 008 Sys. Gen.. and Maint.
;-
- - - - - --- - - - - - - LIN': NlJ.
SE". Nt;.
55
56
57
!)(j
5~
bO
bl
6l
6~
04
65
06
67
06
oS
7C
71
- - - - - -
- -
-
- - -
=
-
-
--
- - -
-
00~210
003220
00323(,
003140
003250
004010
0040;':0
00403C
004040
004C50
- -
- -
- -
-- -
- - ----
$4520055
$45200:>6
$45200:>7
54520058
54520059
$4520060
$4520061
54520002
=
$45200b3
.. 4520064
54520065
$4520066
$45l00b7
$4520068
$4520069
$4520070
54520071
$4520072
$4520073
$4520074
$4520075
:>4520076
$4520077
.. 45200711
$4520079
$4520080
$452COll1
(.U.>d;C
72
- - - -
-
SlJuR(.e STATu1elH
"Al('ULATllJNS.
CuMPuT!:: wEeKLY-PAY = 3
MuNTHly-pAY I 13
('OMPoTt ANNUAL-PAY = 12 " MUNTHly-pAY
MUVt wct:Kly-pAY Tu wttKLY IN SAlARItS
MUVt I1UNTHl V-PAY TO i1UNTHl Y IN SALAK I ES
MOV!: ANNUAL-PAY TU ANNUAL IN SALARIES
AUD wEEKLY-PAY Tu TuTAl-A
AUiJ MUNTHly-pAY TU TOTAl-ti
AOU ANNUAL-PAY Tu TOTAL-C
IIRlTE sAlARY-keCUkU FROM SALARI'::S
AFTER AuVANCINb 1 LINeS.
*
- - -
- - - - - -
00304C
003050 PkO .. H)UKt ul VI ;;lull!.
00~060 :.TAkT.
CO~070
Opl::N uuTPuT SAlAKY-f-lle.
OGC:!ObG
IIKIH SAlARY-Kc(.UKU fKuM HEAUING AFTEK AOVAI.. UNG 0 LIN!:S.
0(,C:!(,90
PeRf Uk"" CAlCUlAT1lJNS
VARYING l'IuNTHly-pAY fRu/'\ 500 BY 10
003100
UNTIL MUNTHly-pAY IS GKEATeK THAN 1000.
003110
003120
I f TuTAl-A
CUN-A AND TOTAL-I! = CON-B AND TuTAl-C
CtJN-C
003130
MOVE 'TAblE VALlH::S ARt CUkRcCT' TO SHUll
00C:!14C
IIKlTt SAlARY-KcCORO fKUM I'ttS" AfTtK AUVANCINi> ;,: LINES
tlS!:
003150
003100
MUVE: 'TABLE VAllIES ARE Nl.lT CURR':CT' TO pRSNT
OUC:!17U
..RlTE SAlARY-ReCDRU fRUM uSpy AFTER ADVANClN(, 2 LINtS.
003160
CUiSE SALARY-fILl::.
CC~l~C
sTOP Kur..
7~
74
75
70
77
78
75
60
III
-- -
-
- -
--
- - -
--
-
-
-
-
-
- - -
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- -
- - - - -
--
-
-- - -
-
- - -
- -
- - ---
DATA DIVISION MAP
lUGATlUN
TYPt
fIlE
REG
0000000
0000000
OCOOOOd
0')00010
00000111
OOOuOlO
000002':>
00OO02A
0000032
000003A
0000048
ReC
000007b
0000071'
0000089
OOOOOBO
OOOOOu!!
00000F8
0000120
0000148
0000170
000017F
000018-'
I
CtJjIj-C
SALAkleS
wEEKLY
/,\UNTHlY
ANNUAL
M!:S"
SHO.
OsPY
PKSNT
HEADING
"t:t:KLY
MONTHL Y
ANNUAL
--
-
-
-
-
SYSLST Output for COBOL Sample Problems (Part 2 of 5)
Disk Operating System Sawple Problems
12:'
------------------------------------------
-----------------
t'KUl..t:l.h",U: VlI11SIUi>j MAP
AUuR
LIt.tlt'"S
(.OV,7
('OC:>d
lIOi,51:1
"Oll5d
(,0 C:> 1:1
COC:> 1:1
COC5'>
"cc!>'>
GOC59
Cu(':>9
('0059
00C59
000:;';;
OeC:>9
OLC60
OOObli
UOG60
liuC02
CC06£
00060
O('Lb0
0,,000
('COoO
CCCbO
Ou003
OGC63
GCGo.:>
OGCb3
00L64
OuC65
(,('065
O')Go:'
oe065
0,065
u-:'Cb5
\,,0(.05
OOCoS
00063
00067
(,0068
00C68
LOOOI:I
C00611
COCbl:l
(JOC6<>
oeC6b
0(;06t!
(;U069
(,0009
OCCb'1
O(;CH
01
Cl
Cl
Cl
01
Ll
01
Cl
01
01
Cl
Cl
Ci
C1
01
01
Cl
Cl
Cl
01
C1
01
Cl
01
01
Cl
01
Cl
Cl
Cl
01
C1
Cl
01
Cl
01
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
01
Cl
01
Cl
01
01
01
Cl
01
1111::' TRuL Tl UN
00 ... 4ud
('C(bCA
00051b
('01l5L6
000534
0U053E
t:.itTKY
U 7 tlo
u7 03
UL Ob
41 00
41 OL
UL O;j
UL u~
OL 0"
u2 02
40 lC
9b 2C
41 OV
UL 0<'
U00!l£tti
0('055b
00050A
OUC57L
OCi05bb
OC,,594
ulIG:'Ao
COC:'tl6
000:'C6
OC0506
0005Ed
0G05Fo
OGOoC8
Oe061d
00lio£4
000630
0(;0648
00CO:'6
0(,0668
OCCb 18
CCOOl:li>
OLC69A
0000A8
OOOofJil
COC6CI>
OG061lA
0006tC
0006FII
('C0704
000718
0(.07L6
lolCC730
OC0744
OCG754
OC0704
OC0176
00078&
OC0794
OC07AO
CC07tl4
0('07CL
000702
Ou07EO
OC07tC
0('07F6
-----
OL 01
02
"6
07
ul
47
f2
J1
1'3
I.JL
F9
F<'
F2
47
u2
OL
uL
U2
UL
40
S6
41
uL
47
OL
u2
u2
112
U2
40
'J6
4.<
u2
u7
92
OA
FC
04
FO
0.:>
00
fO
F5
GO
SF
01
44
47
47
70
00
2G
02
CL
OL
lli
20
00
OL
Fa
03
19
CL
02
02
lC
20
00
OL
86
OA
OL
FO
;j JIll
lC8
A lUO
;j 010
;j 010
~ 000
.:I 015
A 1Fl
A H:l
A IF6
A luu
A
"
3
;j 010
A lCt!
A .:>28
A 14d
it: 1
01'1
01'1
£OQ
A Itl
lAo
~
A 011::
A CLO
.:) 010
~ 013
3 LFO
3 16t!
3 000
A Clu
3 636
:> ~.;:H:
3 054
;j O;jl::
3 'tCA
A 01'1
9 O't;j
3 015
A iF!
A Itl
A Ifo
A IUD
;j ;jFo
A Itl
3 4AL
A l:>U
9 04A
-' 015
A 1Fl
A Itl
A IFb
A IuD
~ 492
A It:!
.:> 010
~ 014
3 011
3 6:>6
A Oll)
3 010
A £02
A
A
.:>
3
3
A
A
GIU
20A
16b
lA6
C54
O~L
OlG
A ufO
9 G42
A Itl
019
019
3 011
A
9
A
3
3
AuLlR
LIIII':/Pu::.
13C
049
11:: 1
019
C19
011
CIC
.<7d A Lu3
OC057
000:>8
0005t!
G005d
00051:1
OOU5t!
00059
000::>"
00059
00059
00059
00U59
OCC:r9
00C59
00060
00000
00060
00002
00U62
00060
00060
00000
00000
00U6:>
0000':>
00063
000b3
00064
00065
C0065
00065
OOOb:>
U0065
00005
OC065
00065
00065
00067
00068
00068
00008
00008
00068
0000.0
0006b
00008
00061l
00069
00069
00070
00073
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
Cl
Cl
Cl
01
01
C1
01
01
01
01
III
01
01
01
01
01
01
Cil
01
01
01
01
01
01
ul
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
(;1
01
01
01
0004FI:
00u:>10
0005lE:
OOO:>LC
00053t!
00054L
00054t
QCiO':>5!:
000510
000582
0005bL
OCi05'18
uC05nO
OOO:'tlC
OOO:>CC
OOO'>uC
0005tC
0005FC
000001::
00061C
OOOo.2A
00063C
1l0064E
OOOo:>C
00066t
000671::
0006H
0006~1::
OOObAt:
OOOoIH:
0006CI::
00061::0
00061'2
0006FC
000708
000720
0007LC
00073A
00074A
00075A
00070A
00077C
00071lE
00079b
0007A4
0007tlO
0007C8
000708
0007E4
0007EE
0007FC
INSTRVCT
511
41
41
92
GA
UA
9<'
5d
51l
48
58
92
41
[u
OL
F3
47
D3
F9
47
D7
01
'>6
FL
47
F9
F2
UL
02
92
5b
511
4b
5b
'U
47
0.2
I.J£
OL
'12
58
58
41l
51:1
9L
47
02
41
41
OA
07
(,0
00
00
OA
02
OL
F1
10
10
10
00
01
llil~
3 190
A lca
A LOO
.3 014
9 000
-' 010
3 014
A 1 FC
3 194
A IFO
10 3 Z86
02 A I f l
01 .:) 630
:>1 A 010
FO 3 2EC
02 3 010
33 3 038
FO 3 2CO
000
OF
OOF
00
022
Fa
47
031::
40A
70
44 3 O~f.
47 3 054
17 A 0118
41 9 000
FO 9 000
10 3 010
10 3 014
10 A HC
00 3 lYII
(,1 A IFO
10 3 3F6
OL A IFl
1B A 1LO
48 9 000
FO 9 000
10 3 010
10 3 014
lOA IFC
00 3 19C
01 A IFO
10 3 49L
02 A IF!
00 A lCIl
10 A 318
OE
Ob j loll
AD DR
llllll:/POS
00057
000:>8
00058
00058
000':>0
000511
(,0059
0005~
000':>9
Ci0059
0005Y
00059
00059
00059
3 015
3 lA4
00060
A 208
00060
00062
A 200
00062
3010
0006L
00060
3 000
00060
A 208
00060
0006C
A 000
00063
00063
3 054
00063
0006;j
A 03A
A 20C
00064
A OBO
00065
00G65
00065
00065
00065
000b5
00065
00065
3 015
00065
A 2F4
00067
A OF8
00068
" 000b8
00068
00068
00068
00068
00008
000011
3 015
00068
000b9
00069
00073
j
lot!
00073
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
INSTRlICTlUN
000508
000514
000522
000530
00053A
000544
0005':>2
0005b6
000578
0005 116
000590
00059C
OA
50
50
41
41
58
fJ2
50
5C
06
50
41
OOO~B4
OA
000:'(.2
000502
58
92
03
FZ
01
47
47
03
FA
47
F2
F2
47
F9
92
92
02
50
50
06
50
41
OA
58
92
92
02
50
50
06
50
41
OA
58
50
41
F2
F2
000~::2
0005FO
000602
000614
000620
000630
OD0642
000652
000062
000b72
000684
000694
0006A4
000684
0006C2
000600
0006Ed
0006F6
000700
00070C
000724
000732
000740
000750
00075E
000772
000784
000792
00079C
0007A8
0007CO
: "nCE
00070C
0007E8
0007FO
000802
10
00
00
10
10
90
02
10
10
10
00
10
07
90
FO
00
35
01
20
FO
01
FF
fO
47
47
70
44
40
40
02
10
10
10
00
10
07
90
40
40
02
10
10
10
00
10
07
90
00
00
F5
00
3
A
A
A
A
3
010
ICC
320
310
lEO
all A IFI
01t!
alb
A 108
A lC8
A 11::0
A OlD
A 022 A
038 A
010 A
3 326
;j 4CO
3 OOD A
3 1611 3
3 2CO
:> 054 A
3 03E A
3 40A
.:> 03E .:)
A OFO
9 04L
011 A
018
018
020
010
200
20A
000
02A
001l
054
IF 1
A 108
A lC8
A
A
9
3
3
3
lEO
13C
049
011 A 1Fl
018
018
A 108
A lC8
A
3
3
3
3
lEO
010
010
178 A 01ll
160 3 187
--- ---------- - -------------------------------------
----------
t'RuCt:uuRE OllllSILlN MAP
Cl
Cl
Cl
C1
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
C1
Cl
C1
01
01
01
01
01
Cl
c,!
01
01
00
CC08e8
OC0818
CCC82A
OCOll3A
00084A
OCG85C
OCOb6t
OCC81l0
0001:192
000&A4
00C&64
U('0806
OC08Uo
000tE6
000bF6
Q('O<;OIl
00091A
OCO<;26
OCO'132
OC0946
000954
OC0964
------
-
Figure 23.
126
i NSTRUC lION
AuuR
Llt.t:/P"S
COC7.:>
00073
00073
CUC74
00015
CCC75
CCC7b
OGC77
00G7i>
00C78
OCC79
GOC7'J
COObO
00C81
00C81
C('081
00081
C0081
';OClll
00081
00081
COOOO
Fl
FO
02
FC
f-L
02
Ot
U2
FL
f3
F2
-96
FA
02
OL
UL
02
40
90
41
D2
47
:'E
61
04
Fl
24
05
08
08
F7
7F
F5
FO
FF
63
02
C2
02
10
20
00
02
Fa
3
3
A
.3
3
A
3
3
3
A
3
A
3
9
:;;
A
A
A
A
3
A
3
161l
168
018
108
010
076
038
038
l61l
000
000
OaF
168
000
015
3
A
3
A
A
::I
3
A
A
:;;
A
3
A
A
IF! 3
Itl 3
IF6
llNt:lI'OS
178
204
C2C
200
011l
039
010
183
000
168
OlU
000
048
lEl
C1':I
019
lOU
6L4
lEI .3 011
638
oe073
00073
00073
00074
00075
00076
00076
00077
00078
00078
00079
00080
00080
00081
00081
00C81
00081
00081
00081
00081
OC081
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
INSTRUCTIUN
AOOR
OOObOE
00081E
000830
0001140
000850
0001162
000&74
000886
0001198
0008AA
00086A
OOOdCA
0008UC
0008EC
0008FC
OOOYOE:
000920
00092A
000936
00094t
00095A
94
F3
96
F3
DO<
F2
02
DE
F2
96
FA
F2
F3
92
5&
58
48
58
92
47
D2
OF
54
FO
6F
06
35
06
08
F4
Fa
3
3
A
A
3
3
A
3
3
A
FF 3
F7 3
7F A
40 9
10 3
10 ;j
lOA
00 3
01 A
10 3
02 A
168
020
01C
023
038
010
01F
038
000
007
168
168
010
000
010
014
3 168
3 108
A lAC
A 010
3 03A
3010
A 018
3 000
A 010
3 168
lfe
lAO
IFO
624
IF! 3 015
L INE/PUS
00073
00073
00074
00074
00075
00076
00017
00077
00078
00019
00079
00080
00080
00081
00081
00081
00081
00081
00081
00081
00081
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
ADDR
000812
000824
000834
000846
000856
000868
00087A
00088C
00089E
0008AE
0008CO
000800
0008E2
0008FO
000904
000916
000924
00092E
00093A
000952
000960
INSTRUCTION
01 00 3 16E 3
D3 00 3 024 3
F2 F5 3 168 A
96 Fa A 029
DE 06 3 038 3
02 08 3 038 A
F2 36 3 010 A
02 07 A 089 3
FA FF 3 168 3
F2 F7 3 168 A
F3 7F A 008 3
F2F63000A
96 FO A 017
D2 02 3 all A
50 10 3 018
50 10 3 018
06 10
50 00 A 108
41 10 A lC8
OA 07
58 90 A lEO
187
025
OlD
010
183
023
039
000
008
168
023
IFI
------------------------------------ ------------------------
SYSLST Output for COBOL Sample Problems (Part 3 of 5)
IBM 5/360 DOS 5yS. Gen. and Maint.
DIAbNUSTICS
lI"E/PGS iR Cullt:
21- 1
IJSOo;>I
MESSAGE
CLALJSE
II
AUbNMi:NT
TO ALIGN BLUCKt:D RECllRu$ ADIl 4 llYTES TO THE 01 CUNTAINING DATANAME SALARY-RECORD.
33- 1
1..150531 Ii ALIGNMENT
fUR PROPER ALIGNM!:NT. A 6 BYTE LUNG fILLER ENTRY IS INSERTED PRECEDING SALARIES.
41- 1
1..150531 Ii ALIGNMENT
fOR PRlJPt:R ALIbNMENT. A 4 BYTE LONG fILLER ENTRY IS INSERTED PRECEDING MESG.
44- 1
1..150531 Ii ALIGNI1t:NT
fOR PROPER ALIGNMENT. A 6 BYTE LuNG fILLER !:NTRY IS INSERTED PRECEDING DSPY.
41- 1
I..1SC53I ill AL IGNMENT
fuR PROPEl{ AL Ibi~MENT. A 1 ilYTE LuNG F ILL!:R ENTRY IS INSERTED PRECEDING HEADING.
lJIAGNOSTICS
~
LEVtl ill DIAGNOSTICS
-------------------------------------------------..lOll
01/01/o/j
CUbGl
- -
-
---
IlI$K LINKAGE EDITOR DIAGNUSTIC Of INPUT
MAP
ACTlUN TAKEN
INCLUDE IHD03300
LIST
AUTULINK
IJDfAPll
LIST
LIST
ENTRY
C3600001
-
-------------------------------------------------------------==-
01/01/6/j
PHASE
XFR-AD
LOCORE
HICORE
DSK-AD
ESD TYPE
LABEL
'LOADED
REL-FR
PHASE***
0025CO
C02000
0021158
10 2 1
CSt:CT
ENTRY
*
i:NTRY
IHD03300
IHD03301
IH003302
002000
002054
002000
002000
CSECT
C360SAHP
0020E8
0020E8
CSECT
ENTRY
*
IJDfAPIZ
IJDfAZll
002A50
002A50
002A50
Figure 23.
SYSLST Output for COBOL Sample Problems (Part 4 of 5)
Disk operating System Sample Problems
127
WeeKLY
MUNTHLY
1l~.3;;
~OO.OO
117.69
120.00
~10.00
12l.~0
124.61
ll6.':12
ll':l.23
131.:>3
133.b4
136.15
131l~4b
140.7b
143.07
14'>.3;;
147.69
150.00
15l.30
154.61
1~b.92
159.l3
161.'>3
163.b4
Ib6.1!>
16b.46
17u.16
113.01
11~.3<1
111.69
1110.00
1<12.30
184.61
186.92
18':1.£.:;
191.53
193.84
196.1'>
1911.46
200.1b
203.01
205.3;;
201.6':1
210.00
212.30
214.61
216.92
219.23
221.53
223.84
22th IS
228.46
230.76
520.00
'>.j0.00
'>40.00
550.00
560.00
570.00
580.00
59U.00
600.00
610.00
620.00
030.00
b40.00
6~0.00
bbO.OO
670.00
61l0.00
6':10.00
700.00
710.00
7l0.00
7.j0.00
140.00
150.00
1bO.00
110.00
1110.00
1",,0.00
800.00
810.00
;;20.00
b30.00
840.00
;;50.00
860.00
810.00
<180.00
b90.00
900.00
910.00
920.00
930.00
940.00
930.00
960.00
910.00
980.00
9':10.00
1000.00
ANNUAL
6000.00
6120.00
6240.00
6360.00
b480.00
6000.00
6720.00
61140.00
6960.00
70bO .00
7200.00
7320.00
7440.00
7560.00
7680.00
7800.00
7920.00
8040.00
1l160.00
<12110.00
8400.00
8520.00
8b40.00
87bO.00
;;880.00
9000.00
9120.00
9240.00
9360.00
94!!0.00
9600.00
9120.00
9840.00
9960.00
10080.00
10200.00
10320.00
10440.00
10560.00
106bO.00
10800.00
10920.0C
11040.00
11160.00
11280.00
11400.00
11520.00
11b40.00
111bO.00
111180.00
12000.00
TAbLE VALUES ARE CURReCT
Figure 23.
128
SYSLST OUtput for COBOL Sample Problems (Part 5 of 5)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Program Name is Z.RG1. The RPG sample problem produces an accounts
receivable register. Both the RPG source deck and data deck are
retrieved from the maintenance volume under Retrieving the Sample
Problems. To execute the RPG sample problem the following job control
cards are needed:
JO B RGP SAMPLE
// -OPTION LINK,DUMP
/ /
/ / EXEC RPG
RPG SOURCE DECK (45 cards)
/*
// EXEC LNKEDT
/ / EXEC
RPG DATA (13 cards)
/*
/&
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 24.
• Job control cards
• Source program listing
• Symbol tables
• Memory map
• Linkage editor storage map
• Accounts receivable register generated by program
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
129
I'
.Jl.Il:l
Kt'U
Jl-tiH-'LL
I I loPliu'" Li" .... loU ... P
I I UU:I- kt'(,
_.--
-------------------------..--,..---------------
,-
-
-
-
--- ._------..
- --- - --
3·
a
Uu~I j{)U ... ,-: tit..
rcl
<-"I
0""
,,1
l..l.j
cl
H
l10 t £ ;~j-',) j
ULU I-u,_,)t>u'
ulU J. jl\lJu'
u04
vi
U~U
I
CD
,,1
v->u
l.GO
\11
U'iU
1
I
uU
L 1 U?U
..)'-1-
IJul)
\,1
1
~
...... I!'!r trC)Y·H
<
'.f
-: _~
l'f 4 .... t.
jl\)Jllh·j .. fh
J, ... t. \ i
.HJ
j~
j )Jdl-l,Y
$':-H-,,;
~"-to-~
""+t;~j
(,1.10
l.l
f..,ov
;j'-)
jbuL... \lNlJ
4_-JuLU.') I f-..'Jl. J
LV.
,,J.
v/u
44
4·)0~141~
$/,,<,<)
ule
UJ.
ellO
46
~ll
41< ,H. I fV
~J\·i J. rHI AM.
I'
..,1.j
0i4
Cl C'>"
Uj
01 (.10 IOJ 0/0 L
U1
('J. ClO Luult'UI
$460
$461}
$460
)'Io()
$460
1...1 ?
la
IJ"::U
"j",
lJ
74
JhvAi"Il
iN,A"'l
II
£01
<,,{
~ j
•
U~~)
u
/1
'
LJ.
U~0
L
CLU lJ
JP
L/O I,
l.IlO U
U~
ul
VI
,;'Jl!
031
O.:l"
0.::1.::1
(,34
0.::15
03"
037
lOU
Cl 1H;
01 !LU
\.1 uo
0J. l'tO
01 I~U
,,1 lou
0..: Llv
e..: (,<'0
(;<' LJU
u<' 04U
L.< ,,~o
IJi
uk
~
'7
~J
CU,s II~U'
C
LII t
IN"No.1
/'lUI. It,
liAV
$lt6U
$ 460
$460
$'toO
S4o(}
'luLA Iltll'O
• INVli iLt.. lJN It
I I'Olill Il.l I
1 .• YUICt
$ .. <-,:
I
$""'01)
'N';,)
.<, ."
t.~6{j
~~I.·;
I\I~MI
.. 1.llt
(J<,
,,-}o
0..:
LlL
0<,
100 0
110 0
liO I.
II
OL
UO
I.R
Figure 24.
I
1
u
L
U
U
U
.... •
'CIj~TUMt .. '
46 'l'OAMt I
0. TA Il
1 ~'h
140 0
0" 150 U
~
K t
$4t·lJ
L
02 060 0
(.<' GIU U
OL OIlO U
0<,
T
t
$4tH)
'Ii.
Ub
041
L4"
C4.:J
044
II fIi
t i l l A [) l
1 ~ I t K'
11'
Uf-
ld'>
L4e
L
~
~4bO
<'
Hi'1
ti
l~
A l.
t
Ie,
0
u
U
u
iL
$'tt)U
$40';
L50 U
el
L""
G.::IC
(,1<1'[,'/
\.!
I-J.
0,,1;
AU"
II,TAl
.,kPTU I
l·J.
u" J.
0.<.<
u".j
(;<'4
on
I ulAl
11'
".il-
v,c
AIJU
lJ~
01"
011
LIt:
01'1
l,,"~
130
,. I
)i
•
',.1
19
SOU
L
IN"",..!
"'''''!\11
HdiH
!
1 G.J
I ..
ll'.i
I.
llU
",
1'-'9
III
.... *,
I ~
n.
SYSLST output for RPG Sample Problems (Part 1 of 3)
IBM S/360 DOS SyS4 Gen. and Maint.
KL~ULI
1"'1>
llwll."iuKS
AUUKlS~
000011 OF
00CCS5 hO
(,000<;(; H7
F H:L 0
R1
AUUKlSS K1
AULJKESS Kl
000014 IP
0000"0 HI
000(,,, ... HS
000015 LR
0(;(,01:17 H2
UOOOlo OU
uuou<;" H3
l.'
~~ j
I\Af'it
i
'1..1
...
\"t)L
I
AIJUKE"S Kl
Auukf S5 KJ
000011 u1
0000<;':1 t14
OUU07 A L('
OUOu<;A H5
00007b II
OOOO'Hl H6
K
O(;OU<;t H9
NMH: S
ALhJKl:;,S FIclU
\~l
AUUKI:::>:"
AUUn.c..):')
t- ttL L
4ldir.1. ,;',
l
1"; 1 L
~
l'l.;:.) j "i'
~;
,I
A. .,
1
J.:;I .... j,(·.1
I "
j: ..
t-ittl,
J.\d!.~
'i."t,
I.
l "
iB
1)001 '>1>
OuulLJtl
t 0 t: I V A Il L I: k I:.
LU(;Alllm
inlVtJ r. f:
j
NAMI:
G0uLlJl...
Mt.MLK't
INPt,I/uLJPuT
JAbL!: (iNl'ul
UtTtKI'l,i'H
AlJuRlS:' l HEkAL
,..
00ul,,3
OOIJiAl.
00U1 uFUlhu II
(,
I
S T E R
!JAB:
I I f1
Ji~I/IJ.CI:
'. rAil
INVUICE:
NUMtlE-"
I'
{NH:KI.,+T
",,,1..1 uull-UJ)
JY~1.
Kr:luKU
UAIj, ;,PtCa I(.AlI ... 1'<
Lt 1 INPuT Ktl.l.oi\L
Ut/Ajt CALLULA 1 IUN,
TulAl (;ALLuL .. I J(m!..
LETAlL Lli.t:S
TulAL LlNE~
lr.F4,I/UIJTl'ul Rt .. u~;,J btu!.r,';
L.l"l.hl.1uN uf [;Tf IAnLt:
lNh!J/uulPul JNILK.Al.t
Ioukf AktA f'ul"'hK
f." .. l,,,
,-,,'i .lrH'
""",i,,,,
u~H.fLijk
l.Ll'I
i'Kl,,,Ib,"kPu~1.l
---_.---- ------
/I
tXI:(; LNKI:LT
I
3-1:
"~.~~~_ ~~: !LAI ILl,'
----~=--~:-=--==:::-.~--~--=~- ~-
.
._~ __ ~J
-==-:-~~=::-:j
---------------------------------_ --
Figure 24.
~
_
-]
-- --
--'
SYSLST output for RPG Sample Problems (Part 2 of 3)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
131
r- -
-
JOIl
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DISK LINKAGE EOlTOK
RPG
ACTION TAKEN
LIST
LIST
LIST
tNTRY
MAP
IN(.LUOE
IN('LUOE
-
-
DIA(,NtJ~T
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- - -
-
--
- - -
------
PHASE
XfR-AO
LUCDRE
HICORE
OSK-AO
ESC TYPE
LABEL
LOAOEO
003518
C02000
0038EB
19 4 1
CSECT
$460
002000
002000
('SE('T
*
ENTRY
IJ(;f('110
IJCflllO
00.H08
003708
003708
(.::if:(.T
*
ENTRY
1 JOfYPll
1 JOfYlll
003870
003870
003870
= --== -
•
-
$4600119
$4600120
PHASE***
01/01/68
-
IC ufo INPUT
1 JCf(;1l0
IJOfYPll
~--------
-
-
-
-
--
REL-F R
I
~
f~/-,~>~- ---
- -
-
------- -
- - -
--
A(;COUN T S
(.uST(lMER
NUMBt:R
(;uSTOMER NAilE
- - - - - - ------K t: C E I Y A B L E
LOCATIUN
STATE
ClTY
- - -- --
-
-
- - - - - - -
REG 1 S T E R
INYOl(;E
NUMBER
INYOI(;E DATE
MO
DAY
INYOI('E
AMOUNT
i0712
AMALGAMA TEO ('ORP
~3
bl
11603
11
10
11315
8ROioN IoIHOLESALE
30
231
12324
12
28
802.08
11315
BROOlh WHOLE SAL E
30
231
99588
12
14
261.17
11897
fARM IMPLEMENTS
47
77
10901
10
18
389.25
389.25*
$ 1,063.25*
27.63
27.63*
18530
BLACK OIL
16
67
11509
11
18530
BLA('K OIL
Ib
67
12292
12
592 .95
23
950.97
$ 1,543.92*
20716
LEATHER BELT (,0
36
471
11511
11
8
20716
LEATHER BELT CO
36
471
12263
12
17
335.63
121.75
457.38*
29017
Gt:NERAL MfG
(;0
6
63
11615
11
14
440.12
29C17
GENERAL MfG CO
6
63
11676
11
23
722.22
29054
A-B-C OIST W
25
39
9689
9
11
29054
A-B-(; OIST (;0
25
39
11605
11
11
271.69
29054
A-Ij-(; OIST W
25
39
12234
12
14
559.33
$
1,162.34*
645.40
$
1,476.42*
$ 6,120.19**
Figure 24.
132
SYSLST
IBM S/360
~OS
output for [\.PG Sample Problems (PaL-t 3 of 3)
Sys. Gen. and Maint.
---
Program Name is Z.PL1. The PL/I sample problem produces a table of
mathematical functions: SQRT (x 2 +1) ,x 2 "x 3 ,SIN (x) "COS(x), SQRT(x), and
SQRT(x 3 ) . To execute the PL/I sample problem the following job control
cards are needed:
//
PL/I SAMPI.E
OPTION LINK"NODECK,SYM,LISTX"48C,,XREF
/ / EXEC Pl./I
// PROCESS STMT
PL/I source deck (38 cards)
/ / JOB
I
/*
/ / EXEC LNKEDT
// EXEC
PL/I data (1 card)
/*
/f"
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 25.
• Job control cards
• Source program listing
• Symbol table listing
• Offset table listing
• Object program listing
• External syml:x>l table
• Block table (automatic storage requirements)
• Linkage editor storage map
• Table produced by object program
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
133
I I JOB PL/I SAi-ii'LE
II OPTIf.'N LINK,LIST,LISTX,SYM,NODECK,48C
II EXEC ~L/I
-
--
DOS PLII COMPILER
---
--
-
02126 1 69
PUI
360N-PL-464 CL3-4
OPTIIJNS
*
PAGE 001
LIST
PRl..CESS STMT,OPT,XREF
OPTIONS 1 AKEN
L-----
ARc LIST ,L I
STX,SY~\,
XPFF,f OQ S,48C,flPT, STIF.
_
__
1-----------------------
-
__
-
r--------------------==~--------~-------- ~~---- -=~------------------------------------------------
DOS PL/I COMPILER
PL/I
360N-PL-464 CL3-4
PAGE 002
02/26/69
I*PLlI SMIPLE PROGRAM FOR DOSITOS *1
I*PLII SAMPLE PROGRAM FOR DCSITCS *1
PLl •• PRDCEDURE OPTIONS IMAIN) ,.
DECLARE
I X, BEGIN, FND, STEP, A(5), B(2) )
FLOAT BINARY (21) ,.
1*
THIS PROGRAM COMPUTES A SI·'ALL TABLE CONTAINING A fEW
MATH. FUNCTIONS.
INPUT DATA •• BEGIN - START prINT OF TABLE,
END
- END Pr:lH'T TABLE
,
STEP
- STEP WIDTH IN TABLE
,
THE ABSOLUTE VALUES OF BEGI N AND END MAY NOT BE GREATER
THAN
999.999, THE ABSOLUTE VALlJF CF STEP I·'AY NOT BE LESS
THAN
0.001 •
GET EDIT (bEGIN, END, STEP) (3 F(8,311 ,.
EDIT ('X
SQRTlX**2+1I
X**2','X**3','SIN(X)
SQRT(X)
SQRTlX**3) I) IX(4) ,A(411 ,A(14),AI611)
IF ABSIBEGIN) GE 1000 OR ABSISTEP} LT .000999
THEN GO TO INPUTERROR ,.
DO X=BEGIN TO END+STEP/1E3 BY STEP ,.
A 12 I =x* X ,.
II I 1 ) = SOR T( A ( 2)+ 1) , •
III 'l)=A( 2)*X
A(4)=SINIX) ,.
AI5J=COSIX) ,.
PUT EDIT I)(,A) IF 18,3) ,F1l3 ,3) ,2 EI 16,5), 2 FI 13,6)),.
IF X LT 0 THEN
GOTO NEG ,.
BI 1) =SQRTI X)
,.
BI21=SQRTIA(3)) ,.
PUT EDIT (B,' 'I (F(l2,4), EI16,5),AI1311
GOlD ENDLOOP
NtG..
PUT EDIT (,--,,,--') IXI?), AIl5), A(19))
ENDLODP •• END
1* 00 LOOP *1 ,.
PUT SKIP EDIT I ' NORMAL END'IIA),.
RETURN 1* NORMAL END *1 ,.
INPUTERROR ••
PUT EDIT ('INPUT DATA ERROR I) (A(1211
STOP Ii; END eN WRONG I NPlJT *1
END
1* TABLE *1
pur
COS(X)
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1b
17
18
19
20
21
23
2 ..
25
f---------------
DOS PLII COMPILER
SYMBOL
X
BEG IN
END
ST EP
A
e
NEG
ENDLOOP
INPUTERROR
[-------Figure 25.
• 134
--
--
----
PLII
360N-PL-464 CL3-4
PLl
$4640001
$4641')002
$46400C!3
$4640004
$4640005
$4640006
$4640007
$4640008
$4640009
$4640010
$4640011
$4640n12
*1 $4640013
$4640014
$4640015
$4640016
$4640017
$4640018
$464()019
$4640020
$',64'lr)21
$4640022
$4640023
$4640024
$4640025
$464002'"
$4640027
$4640028
$464')029
$4640030
$4640031
$4640032
$4640033
$4640034
S4640035
$4640036
$46401')37
S4640038
010f")
0101
0102
01C3
0104
0105
0106
0107
0108
0109
T A 8
OC!
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
L I
L E
ENTEY
ARRAY
ARRAY
-
-
S T I
ARI Tf-M.
AR ITHI·l.
ARI THM.
ARI T~".
ARI TI-;r~.
ARITHM.
ARI THM.
LABEL
LABEl
LABEL
PAGE 003
02/26/69
N G
DEC I MAL
b I NAR Y
B INAR Y
BINARY
BINARY
BINARY
BI NARY
CfJNST.
CONST.
CONST.
FLOAT
FLOAT
FLOAT
FLOAT
flOAT
FLOAT
FLOAT
6
21
21
21
21
21
21
--
EXT
INT
INT
A'JTO~.
INT
AUT()t~. INT
AUT OM. INT
ALJTOM. INT
INT
INT
INT
AUTor~.
AUTOM.
-
SYSLST Output for PL/I Sample Programs (Part 1 of 4)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint •
--
r
-
-
-
-- -
-
-
DOS PL/ I
-
-
-
-
CmlPILER
-
--------DDS PLII
COMPILER
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0105
0106
01C2
0103
0108
0109
0107
0100
0104
01'11
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
00
01
01
-
-
-
-
7
14
3
3
17
5
13
1
3
LIS T I
8
16
8
15
5
6
19
23
18
10
-- -
360N-PL-464 CL3-4
TYPE
/·1IJ0UL£ OFFSET
001C
OIlC
0120
0124
0128
0130
0148
STA TI C
AUTOMA TI C
AUTOIMTIC
AUTOMATIC
AUTCMATIC
AUTOMATIC
AUTOMIITI C
J0042C
OEJ ECT CODE
05FO
--
L'0100'
0700
45EO FOOA
00000410
58CO EOOO
189F
1831
58FO C05C
05EO
41EO EOOE
051F
83
000428
00000150
4110 C02e
58FO C054
05EF
D203 0050 3000
4700 0001
--
DDS PUI CaMP IL ER
AnOR
LENGTH
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
OOOA
OOOB
OOOC
0000
OOOE
OOOF
0010
0011
0012
0013
000000
000?G8
Figure 25.
-
-
ES I 0
-- -
-
-
-
-
-- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
--
PAGE 0('4
12
13
15
-
14
-
---------
02/26/1>9
OFFSET TABLE
-
--
-
-- -
-- -
-
---
PAGE n06
02126/69
l,X'02C'~C)
-
-
-
------
-
F, N' 0'016'
E ,F
X'050'(04,D) ,X'OOO' (3)
O,X'OOl '
360N-PL-464 Cl3-4
FSIO
[=-- --
11
OPERANDS
SO
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
-
G
12
F,O
OF BLOCK
01
0,0
E,X'OOA'IF)
A(N'FFFF')
C,X'OOO'(E)
9, F
3,1
F, N' 0011'
E,O
E,X'OOE'(E)
1, F
X' 83'
Al3(N'010A' )
LENGTH OF OSA nF BLOCK 01
TYPE
~1
11
BALR
BEG IN
BCR
BAL
DC
L
LR
LR
L
BALR
LA
BAlR
DC
DC
DC
LA
l
BAlR
MVC
BC
SYMBOL
-
1(1
OP.
PLl
IJKSICA
I JKSZCM
IJKSZCT
IJKSZUl
IJKT FDM
I JKTfIIM
I JKTSTM
IJKVTCM
IJKVECM
IJKTSTR
IJKVCTM
IJKVCEt4
UKSYS I
IJKSYSA
IJKQQSM
IJKQSSD
IJKQSSB
I JKSZ BA
-
lOll I
--------
'-----
--
360N-PL-464 CL3-4
LABEL
-
PUI
OFFSET
LOC.
-
-
INTERNAL NAME
000000
000002
000002
000004
000008
-
02/26/69
0100
0101
0102
0103
0104
0105
0106
DOS PUI COMPILER
000010
000012
000014
000018
00001A
OOOOlE
000020
000021
000024
000028
00002C
000030
000032
000038
-
PLII
--------------
oooooe
-
R E F E R E N C F
S S
--
--
-
360N-PL-464 CL3-4
C R 0
A
B
BEGIN
END
ENOL COP
INPUTERRCR
NEG
Pll
STEP
-
EXTf'RNAL SYMBOL
STAT EMf NT NUMBER
"7
-
02/26169
PLII
- -
-
-
-
-
_
PAGE nl'.
TABlF
- - - - -
-
-
--
- -- - - - - - -
_~
-
____J
SYSLST Output for PLiI Sample Programs (Part 2 of 4)
Disk Operating System sample Problems
-
- - -
-
- - - - -
- - - - - - - -
-
DOS PUI Cm·1P IL ER
~,LOCK
- -
SUCCESSFUL
SWOll
- - - - -
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
- - -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-- -
---
-
--
PAGe 015
02/26/69
-=- -
-
- - -
-
-
360N-PL-464 CL 3-4
---
-
-
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
- -
PUI
02126169
-
-
PAGF "16
COMPILATION
---
--- -
-
-
-
-
-
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- - -
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
--
---
-- - -
-
-
- -
-
- -
- -
- -
-- ---
EXEC LNKEDT
- - - - JGB
-
BLOC KTAB LE
Des PUI CaMP IL ER
/ /
-
0150
- - - - - - - -
f- - -
-
PLII
-'-
--
-
36DN-PL-464 C L3-4
LENGTI" OF DSA
01
- - - -
PU I
ACTION
LIST
.L 1ST
LIST
LIST
LIST
'LIST
LIST
LIST
LIST
LIST
LIST
LIST
LIST
liST
LIST
l1ST
LIST
-
-
-
-
-
- - - -
02126/69
--- -
--
-- -
-
-
- - -
-
-
-
- -
- -
- -
--
--
-
- - - - - - - -- - - - -
----
--
---
DISK LINKAGE EDITOR DIAGNOSTIC OF INPUT
MAP
TAKEN
IJKQQSM
AUTOLINK
AUTOL INK
IJKQ SSO
IJKSYSA
AUT CLINK
IJJCPIN
AUTOLINK
AUTOLlNK
IJKSYSI
IJKSIBA
AUTCLINK
lJKSZLM
AUTOLINK
IJK TFDM
AUT CLINK
AUTOL INK
IJKTFMM
IJKTSTt-l
AUTOLINK
AUT CLINK
IJKTXCF
IJKVCEM
AUTOLINK
IJKVCTM
AUTOLINK
lJKVECM
AUTCLINK
AUTCLINK
IJK VTCM
IJKXTBM
AUTOLINK
ENTIlY
~==================::==::::==::====::==::--:::---:====------~====~-----=---==~------~---=====-----======~---- -----
Figm:e 25.
• 136
SYSLST Output for PL/I Sample Programs (Part 3 of 4)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint •
PHASE
X FR-AD
LOCOR E
H ICORE
DSK-AD
ESD TYPE
LABEL
LOADED
PHASE***
0028uD
C02800
004717
28 06 2
CSECT
Pll
002800
002800
CSEC T
I JKSZLM
003878
003878
fl2l26/69
CSECT
IJKTFD"l
0038B8
0038 B8
CSECT
ENTRY
IJKTFMM
I JKTFMR
003A98
003AA(
003A98
(SECT
ENTRY
ENTRY
IJKTSTM
IJKTSTR
IJKTSTN
003 B60
003064
01'l3BDA
003B60
CSECT
I JK VTCM
004578
004578
CSECT
IJKVECM
0043 ED
0043EO
CSECT
IJKVCTM
004258
004258
CSECT
IJKVCEM
003E80
003 E80
C SECT
IJKSYSI
0030 FO
0030 FO
CSECT
IJKSYSA
002 F48
002F48
CSECT
I
JKQQSt~
002068
002068
CSECT
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
*
I JKQSSA
I JKQSSD
IJKQSSB
I JKQSSC
002El8
002 E40
002 E20
002E38
002E18
C SECT
ENTRY
I JJCPlN
IJJCPJ
003018
003018
003018
CSECT
ENTRY
ENTRY
I JKT XCF
I JKTXCR
IJKTXeW
003E08
003E30
003E42
003E08
eSECT
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
*
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
ENTRY
*
IJKSZCN
I.JKS zeA
I JKS ZCM
I JKSZCT
IJKSZBA
IJKZWSA
I JKSlCS
IJKSlCI
I JKSlCP
I JKTCLM
003188
0033 B6
0033BE
0033DA
0033BA
00346B
00323E
00321A
003348
0033FC
0033 EC
00358C
003188
'**
*
*
I.JKTOPt~
I JKlWS I
CSECT
f-
-
-
/I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
REL-FR
-
-
I JKXT BM
-
-
-
-
004698
-
-
-
004698
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
---
EXEC
~::::::==::::====::::--==::;---==::::==::==::~--------------------------------------------------~------------------------:;:==
r- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --X
.000
.100
.200
.300
.400
.500
.600
SQRT! X**2+1 I
1.000
1.005
1.020
1.044
1.077
1.ll8
1.166
2.500
2.600
2.100
2.800
2.900
3.000
NOR 104 AL ENe
--
-
EOJ
2.693
2.186
2.879
2.973
3.068
3.162
3.~00E-Ol
X**3
.OOOOOE+OO
9.999CJ9E-04
7.99999E-03
2.70000E-02
6.399'l9E-02
1.25000E-01
2.160COE-Ol
6>.24996E+00
6.75995E+00
7.28995E+OO
7.83'l94E+00
8.40994E+00
8.99993E+00
1.56248E+Ol
1.75158E+01
1.96828E+01
2.19518E+01
2.43887E+01
2.69997E+01
X**2
.OOOOOE+OO
9.99999E-03
4.000CCE-02
8.99999E-02
1. bOOOOE-Gl
2.50000E-Ol
- --- - - - - - ------ pur
-
-
-
- - -
S INI XI
.000000
.099833
.1986&9
.295520
.389418
.479425
.5&4642
COS IX I
1.000000
.995004
.980067
.955337
.598479
.515509
.427389
.334998
.23926>0
.141131
-.801139
-.856884
-.904068
-.942219
-.970956
-.989991
-
- --
.9210b1
.877583
.825336
-
SQRT! xl'
.0000
.31&2
.4472
.5477
.6325
.1071
.7146
1.5811
1.6124
1.6432
1.6733
1.1029
1.7320
------ ----
3.95283E+00
4.19235E+00
4.43653E+OO
4.68521E+00
4.93849E+00
5.1961ZE+0"
-
-
---------------
14.06.55,DURATIClN 00.02.19
--=::::===::::::::----::::::::-=::::::=::::::=:=======::::::....=-=-=-==-:.
=::::
Figure 25.
-
--- -
SQRT( )(**3 I
.OOOOOE+OO
3.16228E-02
8.94426E-02
1.b4317E-01
2.52982E-Ol
3.53553E-Ol
4.64158[-01
-
~
l
SYSLST Output for PLII Sample Programs (Part 4 of 4)
Disk operating System Sample Problems
137-
Assembler 1
Program Name is Z.AS1. The Assembler 1 sample problem generates numbers
from 2000 to 0001 in descending order and writes them on tape as 15
chaxacter unblocked records (11 blanks followed by 4 zone digits,
unsigned). To execute the Assembler 1 sample problem the following job
control cards are needed:
// JOB ASSEMBLE SAMPLE 1.
/ / OPTION LINK,LIST,LOG,NOXREF
// EXEC ASSEMBLY
~SEMBLER SOURCE DECK (23 cards)
/*
LNKEDT
// BAUSE ASSGN SYS002 TO A 9 TRACK TAPE DRIVE
// ~SGN SYS002,X'cuu'
// MTC REW.,SYS002
// EXEC
/ / EXEC
/f,
SYSIOG output is shown in Figure 11.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 26:
• Job control cards
• External symtol dictionary
• Source program listing
• Relocation dictionary
• Linkage editor storage map
138
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------1
I I JDB ASSEMBLE SAMPLE 1
1/ GPTlCN LINK.lIST .lOb.NGXKEf
1/ EXeC ASS EMIl!. Y
)
EXTEIl.NAl SYMBOL OICTlONARY
SYMIlUl
TYPE 10
IJffi.ZL,
IJffllll
PC
Ell.
SO
AODR
lENGTH LIl 10
Cl 000000 000124
02
03 000128 0002t1A
~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
aus ASSEMBLER HST
SMPl
LOC
UtiJECT CODE
AOORI AOOR2
OOGOOO
OOCOOO 0580
GOOO02
COC002 4100 80C6
000016
00001A
OllOOll:
GOO024
4130
4E30
f337
96fO
000C8
0700
00700
80BE
OOOCO
200t! 80bE OOOOB oooeo
200E
OOOOE
000034 4630 8018
OCOOSt:
OOOOAIl
OOOOCC
OOOOCd
000000
00Ol.L0
000118
00C120
STMT
0001A
SUURCE STATEMENT
2
3
4 HSTGEN
5
6
7
15
16 NEXT
17
18
19
24
25
3;;
36 OUTflLE
PRINT
START
BAlR
USING
lA
OPEN
DOS Cl3-0
NObEN
0
8.0
*.tI
13.SAVEAREA
lOAD BASE REG
OPEN OUTPUT fILE
GET STARTING RECORD VALUE
CONVERT VALUE TO DEC.
UNPACK IT
MASK SIGN BIT
WRITE RECORD ON TAPE
TEST fOR TASK COMPLETE
CLOSE TAPE fILE
RETURN TO CONTROL PROGRAM
BLKSU.E=15. DEVAODR=SYS002. filABL=NO. IOAREA1=Al.
IUAREA2=A2.IOREG=( 21. TYPEFlE=QUTPUT
68
MTMOO RI:CFURM=F IXUNB
292 Al
OC
15C'
293 A2
DC
15C'
294 OliO
OS
0
295 SAVEARa:A OS
90
296
a: NO
TESTGEN
297
=C'S$BOPI:N '
298
=C' $$BClOSE'
299
=AIOUTFIlEI
LA
CVO
uNPK
01
PUT
BCT
CLUSE
EOJ
OTfMT
OUTfiLE
3.2000
3.0WO
11(4.2) .0110
14(21.X'fO'
OUTfILE
3.NI:XT
OUTfIlE
,
,
4040404040404040
404040404040404C
5b58C20607C50540
585BC2C30306E2C5
COOOC048
$4650002
$4650003
$4650004
$4650005
$4650006
$4650007
$4650008
$4650009
$4650010
$4650011
$4650012
$4650013
$4650014
$4650015
X$4650016
$4650017
$4650018
$4650019
$4650020
$4650021
$4650022
$4650023
RElOCATlON OICT IONARY
PUS.1O
REL.lD
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
FLAGS
OC
DC
OC
18
Ctl
08
OC
OC
OC
OC
ADDRESS
000010
000040
000050
000059
000060
000081
000088
00008C
000094
000120
NU sr"HMENTS FLAGGED IN THIS ASSEMBLY
I-------------------------------------------r---------------------------------]
Figure 26.
SYSLST Output for Assembler (AS1) Sample Programs
(Part 1 of 2)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
139
II
toXEC LNKHlT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------.lOb
ASStHIlLE
ACTION TAKE:N
LIST
ENTRY
DISK LIhKAGt EoI TOR olAbNOST lC OF INPUT
HAP
PHASE:
XFR-AD
LOCORt
HlCURE
oSK-AIl
ESO TYPE
PHASE***
002000
00:£000
0023El
20:3 1
CSECT
CSE:CT
II
II
II
II
LABEL
IJFfllll
LUAoED
REl-FR
002000
002000
0021ZB
OOZOOO
PAUSE: II ASSGIII SYSOOZ TO A 9 TRACK TAPE DRIVE
ASSGN SYSOOZ,X'lBO'
flTC REii,SYS002
EXEC
EOJ ASS EHBlE
l_____________________________________________________________________________1
Figure 26.
140
SYSLST OUtput for Assembler (AS1) Sample Programs
(Part 2 of 2)
IBM 8/360 DOS 8ys. Gen. and Maint.
Tape SOrt/Merge
Program Name is Z.SM1. The tape sort/merge sample problem rearranges
the records produced by the Assembler 1 program in ascending sequence
and writes then on another tape, five records per block.
To execute the
Tape SOrt/Merge sample problem the following job control cards are
needed:
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
JOB SORT
PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 TO SAME TAPE DRIVE AS IN PREVIOUS JOB
ASSGN SYS002,X'cuu'
PAUSE ASSGN SYS001,SYS003,SYS004,SYS005 TO DIFF TAPES
ASSGN SYS001, X' cuu·
ASSGN SYS003.X·cuu·
ASSGN SYS004,X'cuu'
ASSGN SYS005.X·cuu·
EXEC TSRT
S/M CONTROL CARDS (6 cards)
/*
/f,
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 27.
• Job cent rol cards
• Sort control cards
• Sort parameters
• computed constants
Disk operating system Sample Problems
141
,--_._,/
JL......
_,tJt< I
II PAU."
II A~::,,,r. :;y~UU", lu ""Mt 1-.1'[ uRI ~i: A~ I" i'O\rcVJLJ~ .hJb
II A""LN ~Y"uU"" ... 'ltiC'
II PA'J~t II A.,->I>I\o "Y':>iJU!III"Y:'C~'III.>y~u04!II:,Y"0l··' 1.0 uit, IM',S
I I A:)'::.ll,
~'t:)!Jultx'loj'
I I A~..)LI't Jt~\I""_'J4.· ib£,.'
I'
A.l'.)\.JI~
.)'r.:.vV4,A'l()'?'
I I A),I../. :.,y,:>uv·,. X' 11>6'
II ~Xt(. 1 SRI
r~~-=--=-'-==:~==--=======---======-=-===~:=---===---====-=-~
1- ---- ---------- ---------------------------------1
I
71(HI
**TAPl Ai'll' U1':>K
I'M'
lJP~kAlli", "Y~lt"
"co"'"
**CLNlku..
"*CLNfKul
**CuNTRul
**LuNTKUI.
CARU
CAKIl
LAI'.u
CARU
**Cul~TkuL
... AIUi
**CU",lkUl CAKU
(;1
,'''·flMt~.'''- I'~.IJ"KA"'"
I
,~c , ,-, ""
,
'J :·,A) ,IIYt 1'4=hWL
f-ukHAI-=oJ,fltlL:J -l.lL. ,'1.,...j ,"'l,k.i\
"uk I
0<' KU.. uKu
UJ l",Pr-Il
O.l.t uUTlll
O? uPI l l....
4
T y~) L';;' t- ,t t''''1...1
'tiUllJMt..;;.1
11-1 1 IS
11-'1. 01 Cl lLN0T.i lS
IHl uAI A i- Lj<~IAI I':>
UUTI'UT I Aut.lS ARt
7~
KwU
I?
THt I,.PUI tllLLK::' Ii t
Clu::.t UUTl'df ~ IU
THt
III
U
01 Lf
~twldr·..
,-l.
I~
1-0
1~
INPLIT lACHt'" 1,I'(.t
'ITOlIl **CUMPLHu LUNSTANfS**
l47HU?
uti
LOlL" (?
M~S
",
OCOOOU~
l:' . ,., "'
GGOOOU~
CCC!DG
I
.
'I
",W""" '"'" ••
~~c:._ ~~-_~~~~ =--~----~~~~-~~~·-l
I
t.L.J :.uk I
---------- -----------~
-~
Figure 27.
142
SYSLST Output f or Tape Sort/lv]erge Sample Problems
IBM S/360 DeS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Tape- to-Printer Utility
Program Name is z. UTTPPRl • The Tdpe-to-Printer utili ty sample I;roblem
lists the numbers handlpd by the assemblcl- 1 and tape sort/merge sample
problems, allowing the u~~er to check for proper functioning of all three
programs.
To execute the tape to printer ut.ility sample problem, the
following jot control cards are needed:
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
JOB TPPR
PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO SYS001 OF PHEVIOUS JOB
ASSGN SYS004,X'cuu'
PAUSE ASSGN SYS005 TO THE PRINTER
ASSGN SYS005,X'cuu'
UPSI 1000
EXEC TPPR
T-P CONTROL CARDS (2 cards)
/*
/&
The user must reply IT IS EOY t.o t.he logged mf.~ssage by entering
(alterna.te code 5) from the IBM 10 1)2 printer-keyboard.
@
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
A summary of the SYSIST
out~ut
shown in Figure 28 follows:
• Job control cards
• Tape-to-printer control cards
• Utility parameter
st~a tements
(11 lines)
• Numbers 0001-2000 (400 lines)
• IS IT IDF
• REPLY Y
(®
is not printed)
• END OF' DATA
• NUMBER OF
INPU~
BLOCKS PROCESSED 000400
• NUMBER OF OUTPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED 000400
• END OF JOB
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
143
/I JOt! TPPk
I I PAUSE "ASSGN SYS004 TO SYSOCI Of PREl/lUUS JOS
"
ASSGN SYS004.X'ltlJ'
"PAUSE "ASSGN SYS005 TO THE PRINTEK
/I ASSbN SYS005.X'OOE'
"
UPSI 1000
I I EXEC TPPR
~----------------------------------------------------------------------------II UTP TL.ffoA=H5.751oS=U201oIR.uC.Sl.PY
I I ENO
TAPE TO PRINT UTILITY
INPUT RECOkU LI:NGTH 0075
uUTPUT RECOIW lfNGTH 0120
INPUT tlt.OCI( LENGTH 00075
OUTPUT &"0(;1( LENGTH 00120
INPUT OPTION REWIND
(JUT PUT OPTION PRINT CHARACTER
2 INPuT.2 OUTPUT ARI:AS ASSIGNED
RECORO fORMAT fIXI:O
TYPE LIST
STARTING RECORD NUM8ER 00000001
$4620001
$4620002
~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
0001
0006
0011
0016
00:.!1
0026
0031
0036
0041
0046
0051
0056
0061
0066
0071
0076
0061
0066
0091
0096
0101
0106
0111
0116
0121
0126
0131
0136
OH1
0146
0151
0156
0161
0166
0171
0176
0181
0186
0002
0007
0012
0017
0022
0027
0032
0037
0042
0047
0052
0057
0062
C067
0072
0077
0062
0087
0092
0097
0102
0107
all:.!
0117
0122
0127
0132
0137
0142
OH7
0152
0157
0162
0167
0172
0177
0182
0187
OOOJ
0006
0013
0016
0023
0026
0033
0036
0043
0046
0053
0056
0063
0066
0073
0076
0063
0086
0093
0096
0103
0106
0113
0116
0123
012t1
0133
0138
0143
0146
0153
0158
0163
0168
0173
0178
0183
0188
0004
0009
0014
0019
0024
0029
0034
0039
0044
0049
0054
0059
0064
0069
0074
0079
0084
0069
0094
0099
0104
0109
0114
0119
0124
0129
0134
0139
0144
01'09
015'0
0159
016'0
0169
017'0
0179
016'0
0189
0005
0010
0015
0020
0025
0030
0035
0040
0045
0050
0055
0060
0065
0070
0075
0080
0065
0090
0095
0100
0105
0110
0115
0120
0125
0130
0135
0140
0145
0150
0155
0160
0165
0170
0175
0160
0165
0190
1911
1916
1921
1926
19.31
19.36
19'01
19'tio
1951
1956
1912
1917
1922
1927
1932
1937
19'02
1947
1952
1957
1913
1918
1923
1928
19.33
1938
19't.3
19'08
1953
1958
191'0
1919
192'0
1929
193'0
1939
19't4
19'09
1915
1920
1925
1930
1935
19'00
19'05
1950
1955
1960
19~
1959
l
----------------------------------------------------------------------------Figure 28.
144
SYSLST OUtput for TP-PR Sample Problems (Part 1 of 2)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
1961
19b6
1971
IS70
1 'illl 1
19156
1991
1'>96
1962
1907
1.,7;<
1'>77
191:1"
1'J1S7
1 .... £
19'i1
1963
l'ib8
!'i73
1978
19113
1981S
l'iI9.:l
1'>"d
1"04
1,,69
1974
1979
1'J1;4
1989
1994
1999
1965
1970
197:'
1980
1985
1990
1995
lu()(1
1I00llJ lS 11 I:IJF
Rt:PU' V
t:NG uF DATA
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------NlJHbtR LJf INPUT IlLULK~ PROLt;SSED
C00400
MIHIlI:R OF lJuTPUT BUJ"KS Pl
I_ m~:,-,~~--- -: --------: u--- u~m_u _------uu_---u_:~-: -:_---: ___ ~m_j
L ___ ~ ____________________________________________________________________ J
Figure 28.
SYSLST Output for TP-PR Sample Problems (Part 2 of 2)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
145
Assembler 2
Program Name is Z.AS2.
The Assembler 2 sample problem generates numbers
from 2000 to 0002 in descending order and writes them on disk. To
execute the Assembler 2 sample problem, the following job control cards
are needed:
// JOB ASSE~BLE SAMPLE 2
// OPTION LINK,LIST,LOG,NOXREF
// EXEC ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLER SOURCE DECK (23 cards)
Col. 54
Col. 72
l
r
1hhhhhh',
C
/*
//
//
//
//
//
EXEC LNKEDT
PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 to SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS002,X'cuu'
VOL SYS002,OUTFILE
DLAB 'SAMPLE PROBLEM FILE OF 2000 RECORDS
Col. 16
0001,66060,66080,' SAlYIPLE TEST
// n'ENT 1,000,000180000,000184002,'hhhhhh',SY8002
Note:
Replace hhhhhh in the DLAB and XTF.NT cards with the volume serial
number of the disk pack.
/ / EXEC
/&
SYSIOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list sumwarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 29:
• Job control cards
• External symtol dictionary
• Source program listing
• Relocation dictionary
• Linkage editor storage map
146
IBM 8/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
I I JUtl A!>;,I:I'.tllt
!>AI'IPlt 2
I I LPTlur. UNK,LlST ,luG,NUXR~f
"
E){I::C A:':'t:l'lbl Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
~-----------------------------------------------------
EXTt:RNAL !>YMbUl LICT IUNAKY
TVI'/;: lU
:'YMtlLl
l.JGfLLLL
lJbfULL.L
PC
I:K
!>O
ADLK
LtNu TI1 Lo lIJ
Cl 000(,0(; 00017C
U<'
O.i GOOltiG OOC<'C"
--
--
lJlJ:' A:,;,t"'tllt:K
It..;
utlJtl.l (.UIJI:
-
1 tS I
AOUKI AOUK2
!>THT
:'UU.,Ct STATt,.,I::NT
DOS CL 3-0
PKlfoH NUbt'~
OOOOOu
~
(,(,OUOO C5bU
4
5
000002
O(.O(.u,< 410L
&llt:
0(,120
UOOLl0 4UU 0700
00/00
oOOOlA 4/;:~U d116
OOllti
vOOOH: f-3~1 200u bllt> CUUUd 00118
00IJO<'4 9t>fG ZOO/;:
OOOOE
000034
"COOt8
OOCOffOOOHd
00('l.20
UOOOOO
0U016"
uO('170
00C171l
"o6~0
801&
OOOlA
4C"olJ4C4u4':"'04lAO
4C40404C40404040
5B::>bL.01 02
STAin u
Tt::,TbtN
tlALK
USlNb
LA
uPdli
LA
I..Vu
UNPK
UI
PuT
tlCT
LLU!>/;:
tuJ
ti,O
*,ti
U,:'AVtAK/;:A
uUTt-lLE:
3,£0,00
3,,)000
11(4,<,1,0000
141£1,X'fO'
UUTflU
3,NEXT
UUTFlLI:
~4650103
LUAU THI:: BASE RI:.LISIE:R.
OPtN THi:.: OUTPUT flU.
bl:T STARTING RI:LURU VALUE.
CONV/;:RT fHI: IIALUI: Tv UtClHAL.
Ut.PACK THE IIALUI:.
HA!>K THE SIC;r. llIT.
wRITI: A RE:CORD ON OlSK.
~4
Tt:!>T fUK TASK COMPLETE.
25
CLl"St 1Ht UISK fILE.
.i.i
RI:TURN TU THt CONTRUL PROGRAM.
30 uuTf-lLt:
uTt-;'lJ tlLKSILE=.U, IUARtAI=AI, IUAKI:A2~A·2, TYPEFLE:=uUTPUT,
lUKtC;=( 21 ,Kt:LfUkM=flXUNfl, UI: IIICI:=2311
85
;,uMUOfU
264 Al
DC
2.iL"
<'6::> A2
DC
,,3('"
"06 OWl)
us
U
2t>7 !>AVI:ARI:A 05
'iU
26b
E:,~l)
TE:Slbt:N
26<;
=C' ~~IlUPt:N •
27U
=(.O$$tlCLu:,t:'
~71
=AluuTflLEI
1:;
10 N/;:XT
17
III
l'i
-
$"0650104
$4650105
$4650106
$4650107
$4650108
$4650109
$4650110
$4650111
$465011.2
$4650113
$"0050114
$4650115
C~4650116
$4650117
$4650118
$4650119
$4650120
$4650121
$4650122
$4650123
----------------------------
__________________________ J
Figure 29.
SYSLST Output for Assembler (AS2) Sample Problems
(Part 1 of 2)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
147
RtLOCATIuN DieT lONARY
POS.ID
Rl:L.ID
fLAGS
ADUR£:SS
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
oe
OC
OC
18
08
OC
oe
OC
08
08
08
08
08
08
000010
000040
000050
000059
000011
000074
OOOOAO
0000118
000081
0000S9
000OC1
000OC9
000001
000009
01
01
08
OOOOH
~:h:O: : :A:T:E:H:Eh:T: :1:f:L:"G:G:E:~: 1:N:T:H: : :0: : : E:H:~: Y: : : :- ::::~
t~/-~'~ =:_- ~
J
=--- =::--_ ___
JOil
ASSEHW-£:
"'TlOH TAlr.EH
LIST
ENTRY
::::==______:::::-____-::::::::-__
______
~::::::~ -===
DISK I..lNKAGE EDITOR DIAGNOSTIC Of INPUT
MAP
-
-
PHASE
XfR-AD
LOCDR£:
HICORE
DSK-AD
ESD TYPE
PHASE-*
002000
002000
002388
22 1 2
CSECT
CSECT
r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
LA8EL
IJGfOlll
LOADED
REL-fR
·002000
002000
002180
002000
- -
-
-
-
-
-
- - - - - -- - - -
/I PIIUSE ~, A:.SGN SYS002 TO SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SltS002.X·291'
/I VOL SYS002,OUTfiLE
/I D1.IIB ·SAMP1.E PROBLEM fllE OF 2000 RECORDS
0001.66080.66080,' SAMPLE TEST •
XTENT 1.000.000180000.000184002, '1111U' ,SYS002
"
"
EXEC
I'
Figure 29.
1111111'.
SYSLST Output f or Assembler
(Part 2 of 2)
148
__
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
c:
U\S2}
Sample ProblE'lns
Disk Sort/Merge
Program Name is Z.SM2. The disk sort/merge sample problem rearranges in
ascending sequence the nurobers generated by the Assembler 2 problem. To
execute the disk sort/merge sample problem the following job control
cards are needed:
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
JOB DSORT
PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 AND SYS004 to SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS002"X' cuu'
ASSGN SYS004,X'cuu'
VOL SYS002,FILEA
DLAB • SAMPLE PROBLEM FILE OF 2000 RECORDS
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TEST'
XTENT 1,,000,000180000,000184002,' hhhhhh' ,SYS002
VOL SYS002"FILEW
DLAB 'SAMPLE PROBLEM WORK AREA FOR SORT RUN
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TEST ',DA
XTENT 1.,000,000184003, 000186005, 'hhhhhh' ,SYS002
VOL SYS004.,FII.EO
DLAB 'SORTED FILE OF 2000 RECORDS FOR UTILITIES
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TEST'
XTENT 1.000,000180000,000184002,,' hhhhhh' , SY2004
Note:
Col. 54
Col. 72
J
J
1hhhhhh' ,
C
1hhhhhh',
C
lhhhhhh',
C
Replace hhhhhh in the DLAB and XTENT cards with the volume serial
number of the disk pack.
// EXEC DSORT
81M CONTROL CARDS (6 cards>
/*
/f,
SYSIDG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 30:
• Job control cards
• S art cant rol cards
• Sort parameters
• Computed constants
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
149
II
II
II
II
/I
II
II
II
II
II
II
/I
II
II
JuB IlSURT
PAUSE
/I AS::'GN :;VS002 AND SV:;OO4 TO SCRATCH PA('K
ASSGN SVS002.X'291'
ASSbN :;VS004.X'L\/l'
VOL SVS002.flLEA
ULAB 'SAMPLI: PRUiiLI:M FILE OF 2000 RECORDS
1111111'.
0001.00080. bbOI:lO.' ::'AMPLE TI:ST '
.KIENT 1.000.0001BGOOO.000184002.'111111' .SVS002
IIUI.. :'YSC02.FILlow
lJLAB 'SAMPU: PRUI:ILEM wORK AREA FOR SORT RUN
1111111'.
0001.60GIIO.bbOBO.' SAMPLE TEST' .OA
XTI:NT 1.COO. OCOl<14003. 0001110005. '111111' ,SVS002
VOL SVS004.F1UO
DLAii 'SGkTH) flU: OF 2000 RECORUS FOR UTlLlTIES
1111111'.
0001.(;60BO,66080,' SAMPLE TEST'
XTENT 1.000.0001110000.000184002.' 111111' .SYS004
loXEC uSURT
**
706.31
JOB
**
OSURT
***
***
CONTROL GAROS
CONTROL CARD INFURMATION
***
**
01101/68
**
***
$4500001
$4500002
$4500003
$4500004
$4500005
$450000b
SuRT Flt:LOS=IIL.4.AI.FORMAT=IH.SlLE=2000
Rt:(,URD TYPE=F.LENGTH=1l5 .. 151
INPFlL BLKSllE=1l5.XI.INPUT=0
OuTFlL tiLKSIZE=75.0UTPUT=D
OPTlDN PIUNT.LABEL=IS.SI
E:ND
SORT FIELD
01
I..UGATlON 0012 LENGTH 004
SE:wUENCE A FORMAT BI
REt.OIW TYPE: F IXEU
LloNGTH 1 0015 LENGTH 2 NUNE LENGTH 3 0015
INPUT
IlLOCKSlZE 00015 TYPE FIXED
INPUT
flLEA
TYPE
DISK
LAIlELS STO
UUTPUT BLUCKSlZE 00075 LAIiEL STO
TYPf. 01 SK
FILES 1 SIZE
00002000
UPTWNS SPloCIFIEO
LPT ION
OPTION
0.1 PRINT
02:. TUH.AloE
00065536
***
COMPUTED CONSTANTS
***
70571
70581
70601
70611
1(.651
MAXIMUM FILE SIZE
0000L410
NuMSEI< UF FILE .. TRACKS SPEClFlEO 00023
OUTPUT BLOCKS PER TRACK 26
SORT/MEH.GE: PROGRAM ORIGIN OB192
3615 MAXIMUM B3.
70651 j615 MAXIMUM 81.
EOJ OSORT
1_________________________________________________________ --__________________1
Figure 30.
150
SYSLST Output for Disk SOrt/Merge Sample Problems
IBM 5/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and r!;aint.
Disk-to-Printer Utility
Program Name is z. UTDKPR1.
The disk-to-printer utility sample problem
lists the numbers handled by the Assembler 2 and disk sort/merge sample
problems. To execute the disk-to-printer utility sample problem, the
following jot control cards are needed:
Col. 54
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
JOB DKPR
PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO SCRA1~H PACK
ASSGN SYS004,X'cuu'
PAUSE ASSGN SYS005 TO THE PRINTER
ASSGN SYS005,X'cuu'
UPS! 0000
VOL SYS004, UIN
/ / DLAB 'SORTED FILE OF 2000 RECORD~~ FOR UTILI TIES
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TEsrr '
// XTENT 1,000,000180000,000184002, 'hhhhhh' ,SYS004
Note:
Col. 72
r
f
lhhhhhh',
C
Replace hhhhhh in the DLAB and XTENT cards with the volume serial
number of the disk pack.
// EXEC DKPR
D-P CONTROL CARDS (2 cards)
/*
/&
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list sUIl1rr.arizes the SYSLST output shown
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
jn
Figure 31
Job central cards
Disk-to-printer control carris
Utility parameter statements (10 lines)
Numbers 0001-2000 (400 lines)
NUMBER OF INPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED 000400
NUMBER OF OUTPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED 000400
END OF JOB
Disk OPf't"dtinq System
:':)dnf-,lt~
ProblE.'ms
151
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------"
JUIl DKPR
"
PAU~a: "
ASSGN SYS004 TO SCRATCH PACK
"
AS~GN SY!)004,X'L91'
"PAUSE II ASSGN SYS005 Tu THE "RINHR
II ASSGN SYS005,X'OOa:"
"
UPS! OQuD
"
VOL SY:.C04,UIN
"
ulAIl I!)URTt:D fILE (,f LOaD RtCOROS fUR UTll1TIES
0001,6601l0,66080,' SAMPLE TEST '
"
XTENT l,OOO,0001800CO, 0001ll4002, "111111' ,SYS004
"
EXEC UI!.PR
1111111',
$4610001
$4610002
"
UDP Tl,ff ,A=' 75. 75) .Il=' 1.20) ,UC. Sl.PY
I i ENO
LISK TiJ PRI,n UTlLlTY
INPuT RH.ORD U"'GTH 0075
UUTPuT RECUKD U"'GTH 01LO
IN"UT BlGCK lEN!.TH 00075
lJuTPUT I:IlUI..K lEN!.TH 00120
IJUTPUT LPTlON PRINT (.HARAC TER
2 INPUT ,2 OUTPUT AXEAS ASSIGNED
RI:UJIW fURMAT fJXI:D
TYPE LIST
S TAR TIN!. KELlHU.. NuMI:IER OOOOUOOI
INPUT DEVICE TYPE 23H
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------uOOI
G006
COli
0016
0021
U026
C031
0036
0041
0046
0051
0056
0061
0066
OGH
G016
0081
00116
0091
C090
0101
0100
0111
0116
0121
0126
0131
0136
0141
0140
0151
OB6
0161
0166
0171
0176
01Bl
ll1l6
0191
0196
0201
020b
0211
C216
0221
0226
0231
0236
02'tl
0246
0251
0256
0261
0266
Figure 31.
152
oeOL
0007
0012
0017
0022
0027
0032
0037
0042
0047
0052
OC57
0062
0067
C072
0077
008L
00b7
009L
OC97
0102
0107
011L
0117
0122
0127
0132
0137
0142
0147
0152
0157
0162
0167
0172
0177
01b2
C187
C192
0197
0202
0207
0212
OL17
0222
0227
0232
0237
0242
0247
0.,5.,
0257
0262
0267
0003
0008
0013
001B
002.:l
0021:1
0033
OO';;B
0043
0046
0053
0058
0063
006d
0073
oetl:l
0083
OOBB
00 .. 3
0098
010.:l
010il
0113
0118
012.;;
0128
0133
0138
0143
0148
015.:l
0158
0163
016b
0173
01711
01B3
011111
0193
0198
0203
0208
0213
0218
0223
0228
0233
0238
0243
0248
0253
0258
0263
0266
0004
0009
0014
0019
0024
0029
0034
0039
0044
0049
0054
0059
0064
0069
0074
0079
0084
0089
0094
0099
0104
0109
0114
0119
01.,4
0129
0134
0139
0144
0149
0154
0159
0164
0169
0174
0179
0184
OlB ..
0194
0199
0204
0209
0214
0219
OL24
0229
023'0
0239
0244
0249
0254
OL59
0264
0269
0005
0010
OC15
0020
0025
0030
0035
0040
0045
0050
0055
0060
0065
0070
0075
001:10
0085
0090
0095
0100
0105
0110
0115
0120
0125
0130
0135
0140
0145
0150
0155
0160
0165
0170
0175
01110
0185
0190
0195
0200
0205
0210
0215
0220
0225
0230
0235
02'00
0245
0250
0255
0260
0265
0270
SYSLST Output for DK-PR Samfle Problems (Part 1 of 2)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
r-----------------------------------------------------------------------------]
11166
1d71
H,70
1&81
IdB6
1891
J.1l96
1901
1906
J.S11
ISlo
19i1
1926
19.H
1936
1941
1"'46
1951
1956
b61
1966
IS7l
1976
19111
19116
1'>91
1996
END Of DATA
111011
187.:)
11l7l1
1<183
l<18d
1893
lIl91l
1903
190<1
J.913
1918
19£3
192a
1933
1931l
1943
1948
11167
11;72
J.1;77
1<1<12
11ld7
Ib92
1<197
1'>02
1907
J.91"
1917
1922
J.927
IS32
IS37
1942
1947
1952
1951
1962
1907
1'>7L
1977
1982
19<11
1;;;;L
1997
1953
195<1
1963
19011
1973
19711
1983
19B1l
1993
1998
Id69
11174
Id79
ll1l14
1<1<19
1<194
1899
1'>04
1909
1'>14
In'>
1924
1'>.29
1>134
1939
1944
1949
1954
1>159
1>164
1'>69
1974
1'>79
1984
1989
1994
1999
I,HO
1875
11l1l0
IB85
1890
11195
190v
1905
1910
1915
1920
1925
1930
1935
1940
1945
1950
1955
1960
1965
1970
1975
1980
1985
1990
1995
2000
r----------------------------------------------------------------------------NUl'ltlt:k UF INPJT IlLOCKS PkLCtSStD
000400
IIIu"'81:1< UF uUTPUT BlUlKS PkGCI:SSI:U 000400
E:"'IJ uF JUd
I:UJ OKPR
l_____________________________________________________________________________ J
Figure 31.
SYSLST output for DK-PR Sample Problems (Part 2 of 2)
Disk operating System Sample Problems
153
Assembler 3
Program Name is Z.AS3. The Assembler 3 sample problem generates numbers
from 100 to 001, in descending order, and writes them on a data cell.
To execute the Assembler 3 sample pIoblem the following job control
cards are needed:
Col. 54
// JOB ASSEMBLE SAMPLE 3
// OPTION LINK,LIST,LOG,NOXREF
/ / EXEC ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLER SOURCE DECK (23 cards>
f
Col. 72
l
/*
//
//
//
//
//
EXEC LNKEDT
PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO DATA CELL
ASSGN SYS004.X'cuu'
VOL SYS004"OUTFILE
DLAB 'SAMPLE PROBLEM FILE OF 100 RECORDS
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,,' SAMPLE TEST '
// XTENT 1,0,310002000,310001019,'hhhhhh',SYS004
Note:
1hhhhhh' ,
C
Replace hhhhhh in the DLAB and XTENT cards with the volume serial
number of the data cell.
// PAUSE MOUNT CELL hhhhhh ON STATION 3
/ / EXEC
/&
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 32:
• Job control cards
• External symbol dictionary
• Source program listing
• Relocation dictionary
• Linkage editor storage map
154
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
"
"
JlJlI ASSf:MIILI: SAMPLE 3
('PIlON LlNK,LIST ,LOb,NlJMEf
I' tHC ASSEMIlL Y
-
- -- - - -
--
- - - --
- -
-
- -
- -
-
--
- -
-
t:XTERNAL SYMBOL DICT IONARY
SYMBGL
l.lGFOLZI
lJGfUllZ
TYPE 10
PC
ER
:'0
ADIlR
LENGTH LO lD
01 000000 00017C
02
C3 OG01"C GU020i..
==:========:~=--=-======:===--=============-----=:==-==-:======:====~--~--========:=:==-==:======~~-----------------------------------
- -
-
-
-
- - - - - -- - - -
- -
DOS ASSEMIILEK HSf
LOC
08JECT CODE
AOOK1 AIlOR2
000000
000000 0580
000002
000002 4100 811E
SHIT
:'OURCI: STATE:IiENT
.. TE:STGEN
5
00120
6
"130
4E:30
F331
96FO
00064
0064
OOllll
8Ub
20011 11116 00001l 00118
200E:
0000i::
OOOIA
000034 4630 B018
0000E8
OOOOFF
000118
000120
000000
000IbB
000110
GOOI1B
-
- - -
4C40404040404040
4040404040404040
58511C206D7C!>0540
511511C2C303U61:2C5
(;(000048
-
-
-
OOS CL3-0
NUGt:N
0
6,0
*,8
13,SAVEARI:A
OUTF-lLE
3,100
3,0)l1li0)
1114,21,OWO
14( 21,X' FO'
UUHIlE
3,NEXT
UUTF-lLI::
LUAD THE: BASE REGISHR.
UPEN THE OUTPUT FILE.
GE T STARTING RECORO VALUE.
CONVERT ThE VALUE Tu OECIMAL.
UNPACK THE VALUE.
11
MASK THE SIGN BIT.
18
WRITE A RECORD ON THE DATA CEll.
19
Tt:ST FOR TASK COMPLETE:.
24
CLOSt: THE DATA CELL FILE:.
23
Rt:fURN TO THE CONTROL PROGRAM.
33
BLKS IlE:=23, IOAKI:Al=Al, IUAREA2=A2, TYPEFLE=OUTPUT,
36 OUTFIU
IUREG= (2l ,RE:CFUKM=F IXUNB, OtVI CE=2321, VE:R IF Y=YI:S
85
SIlMUOFO
2b4 Al
UC
23C"
265 A2
DC
23C"
lbb OiliD
US
0
261 SAVEARI:A OS
90
l61l
ENIl
TblGEN
2b
1*
Ii
SYSIOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 33:
• Job control cards
• Data cell-to-printer control cards
• Utility parameter statements (10 lines>
• Numter 0100-0001 (100 lines>
• NUMBER OF INPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED 000100
• NUMBER OF OUTPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED 000100
• END OF JOB
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
157
I I
I I
II
I I
II
II
II
II
I I
II
JlJo lJ~Pk
PAlJ!>E
II A;,SbN !>YS004 TlJ UATA dolL
ASSliN :'Y"v04,X'29~'
PAUSt
II A;,;,liN .:> Y!>OlJ;, ILJ THE PRINTt:k
ASSbN SYSOlJ:.,X'UOE'
UP;,I COOO
VOL ':>'tS004,U1N
OLAB 'SAMPLE PROBLEM FILE OF 100 RECORUS
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TE;, T '
XII:NT 1,0.310001000,310001019, '111111', SYS004
tXEC IJCPR
1111111' ,
II UMP lL,I'f-,A=I1!>,1:'l,tI=(1201,!>1,P't
I I I:NO
C
$4630001
$4b30002
uATA CEll TO PR1NT UTIlITY
INPUT RECORU LENbTH 0015
OUTPUT RECORD LEN(;TH 0120
1NPUT BLOCK LENGTH 00015
ulJTPUT BLOCK LENGTH 00120
OUTPUT CPUGN PRINT CHAKACTER
2 INPuT,2 OuTPUT AREA!> ASSHiNI:IJ
RI:CIJRu fORMAT to lXl:U
TYPE LIST
;, T AI< lING RECuRU NUMtllk OOOOUOOI
INPUT DEVICE TYPE
2321
0100
CC99
009b
0091
009b
0095
0094
0093
0092
0091
0090
0089
0088
OOIH
008b
0085
0084
0083
0082
OOIH
0080
0019
ce711
0011
(,076
0015
0014
0013
OV12
0011
0010
<1069
0068
0(,61
00b6
OOb!>
0004
0063
0002
CO.:. 1
[----------------------------------------------------------------------------]
SYSLST output for DC-PR sample Problems (Part 1 of 2)
Figllre 33.
158
IBM S/360 DeS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
r-----------------------------------------------------------------------------]
0015
0014
OOB
(;Ol~
0011
0010
000 ..
0008
0007
0006
OC05
0004
(;003
0002
LOOI
c,,"O lJF DATA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------,,"UMIH,R OF INPUT IlllJCKS P~{JCESSt:O
000100
,,"UllilH( LF UUTPUT 8LUCKS PRUCESSEO COOI00
I:NLl LF JOIl
~----------------------------------------------------------------------------HjJ uCPk
l_____________________________________________________________________________ J
Figure 33.
SYSLST output for DC-PR sample Problems (Part 2 of 2)
Disk operating System Sample Problems
159
Assembler 4
Program Name is Z.AS4.
The Asserobler 4 sample problem generates numbers
froIT. 2000 to 0001 in descending order and writes them on tape as 15
character unblocked records (11 blanks followed by 4 zoned digits,
unsigned). To execute the Assembler 4 sample problem the following job
control cards are needed:
// JOB ASSEMBLY SAMPLE 4
// OPTION LINK,LIST,LOG,NOXREF
/ / EXEC ASSEMBLY
Asserrbler source deck (23 cards)
/*
//
//
//
//
//
EXEC INKEDT
PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 TO A 9 TRACK TAPE DRIVE
ASSGN SYS002.X·cuu'
MrC REW,SYS002
EXEC
/&
SYSIOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 34:
• Job control cards
• External symbol dictionary
• Source program listing
• Relocation dictionary
• Linkage editor storage map
160
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
II JJS ASSI;Mtll Y SAMPU 4
II LlPTlUN lINK.lIST.LUG ..... UXKEF
II EXEC ASSEMBLY
I:Xn:K'~Al
SYMBUl
TYPE:
IJFFllLZ
IJFFllll
PC
ER
SO
ADDk
j[)
SYMbUl DIU lUNARY
PAGE
U:NGTH LV ID
vI 0"COOO OC012C
02
03 00013e 000.<'1)2
~------------------------------------------------------------------
SMPL
lOC
DOS ASStMtlU:R TEST
OBJECT
c.uDt:
ALORl ADDR2
GOCOCC
000000 0580
L.OCCO.?
"0uO('.< 41UO BOCt
OOuOlo
GOOOIA
000011;
"J(i024
4130
4e30
F337
'l6FO
PAGE:
STMT
SOURC!; SrAH"'ENT
TES TGEN
C('ODC
(,100
Ll.7DlJ
8('C6
CCOCIl
<'UOB 80C6 OC(i0tl CeCC8
2uOl;
L.Ol.UE
OOCO 34 4630 8018
aGe lA
OOOC'lE: 40404C4L40404040
000080 40,,04U4040404lJ40
00(;JC8
UULOOO
ooeooo
00011 a 5t15BC20bD1C 50540
000120 5tl5BC2C3D306E2C5
001128 OCOOOU4B
6
7
15
16 NeXT
17
18
1 'l
24
25
33
36 OUlf I Lt
PRI NT
START
ilAlR
USI NG
LA
UPI:N
lA
CVO
UNPI\
UI
PUl
BCT
ClUSE
EOJ
UTFMT
NUl>I:N
U
8.0
OOS Cl3-1 OllOl/Gl
LOAD tlASE REG
*.8
Ij.~AVI:.ARtA
OPI:N OUTPUT FILE
GI:T STARTING RECOiW VALUE
CONVf-RT VALUE TO DEC.
UNPACK IT
MASK SIGN BIT
IIR I TE ~tCORO ON TAPE:
T t: ~ T FUK T4SK COMPlI:TE
CLUSE TAPE FILl:
RETURN TU CLlNTROL PRuGRAM
tI LKS IIE= 1 B .utVAODR= ~y 5002. F I lABL=NG. WARt Al ~A 1.
I OAkt A<'=Al. II,R E: G= ( l I. TY PEFLE =OU TP UT
MfMLJO R~( FORM=F I XUNtl
01
"18C I
295 Al
DC
296 A2
DC
ItlC' I
297 OliO
OS
0
298 SAVt:ARt:A us
90
TfS TGEN
299
E:ND
=C' $$/3UPEN
300
301
=l.' $$I!CLOSE'
=A(UUTFIU:I
302
UUH 11.1:
3.20CO
3.UWO
1114.<'I.U .. O
21.X' FO'
UUHIU
3.NEXT
,JUTf IlE:
1",
RE:LOCAT luN DIeT lUNARY
P(JS.IU
RH.ID
01
01
ul
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
0<'
01
01
01
01
Cl
01
flAGS
OC
OC
OC
18
08
08
OC
DC
OC
OC
$46504u2
$4650403
S4650404
$4650405
$4650406
$4650407
$4650 .. 0B
$465U4C'l
$4650410
.$4650411
$4050412
$4650413
$4650414
$465(;'.15
XS4650416
$465U411
$4650418
54650419
$4650420
$4650421
$4650422
$4650423
PAGE
ADDRESS
UO()010
000040
G(;0050
OGu059
OGC06D
0(;C081
OG0088
GOUOS<00C094
OOG 128
NO STATEMENfS FlAGl>EO IN THIS ASSt:MBlY
L
/I
EX EC lNKEDT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[___________________________________________________________ =_J
Figure 34.
SYSLST Output for Assembler (AS4)
(Part 1 of 2)
S~rnple
Problems
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
161
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------JOB
ASSEMBLY
ACTION TAKEN
LIST
ENTRY
01/01/01
01511 lINKAG!: I:OITuR DIAGNUSTH. elF
INPUT
HAP
PHASE
XfR-AO
LOCLRE
HICORE
OSK-AO
ESU TYPE
PfiASE***
"(;280(,
;;(,l800
00lC01
26 Ob 2
('SI::CT
CSEtT
lABl:l
lOAUI:D
RI:L-fR
IJFfllll
Cu.2'13C
002800
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------1/
1/
/I
/I
PAuSE ASSGN SYS002 TO A
ASSGN SYSO(;2.X'282'
MTC REW. SYS002
EXEC
C;
TRACK TAPE DRIVE
~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------EOJ ASSEHBL Y
L___________________________________ ~____ _
Figure 34.
162
---------------~
SYSLST Output for Assembler (1\S4) Sample Problems
(Part 2 of 2)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Tape and Disk Sort/Merge -- 2400 Application
Program Name is Z.SM4. The Tape and Disk Sort/Merge sample problem
rearranges in ascending sequence the records produced by the Assembler 4
program and writes them on another tape, five records per block. To
exerute the Tape and Disk Sort/Merge sample problem the following job
control cards are needed:
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
JOB SORT 2400
PAUSE ASSGN SYS002 'ID SAME DRIVE AS PREVIOUS JOB
PAUSE ASSGN SYS001,SYS003,SYS004,SYSOOS TO DIFF TAPES
ASSGN SYS001,X'cuu'
ASSGN SYS002 ,X' cuu'
ASSGN SYS003,X'cuu'
ASSGN SYS004"X'cuu'
ASSGN SYS005, X· cuu'
TLBL SORTOUT, ,64/001
TLBL SCRTIN1,,64/001
TLBL SORTWK1 .• , 64/001
TLBL SORTWK2,,64/001
TLBL SORTWK3,,64/001
/ / IE LTYP TAPE
// EXEC SORT
SOrt/merge control cards (6 cards>
/f.
SYSIDG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 35.
• Job control cards
• Sort control cards
• Sort parameters
• Computed constants
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
163
1- ~ ~ ~~~~-,:~~~~~>~~,-,~ ->~"~ ~~,~,-~>-~,~,~ ~"~ ~~,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - -
II
'
PAL.~t
SY~u(.,
A.;):)uN
....
~ys.nJ..::;:.,~,{SClJ<+,!:t)'S0lJ5
lu
ult f
--I
TAPtS
II .. SSbN SYS(:Ll.X'ZI:SO'
II AS~GN SYSC".z.X'L82'
/I A~SGN SYS00-'l.X'Zb7'
II ASSGN SYSc..04.X'Z84'
II ASSGN SYSOOS.X'Z8S'
II TLt;L SURTOUT. ,b4/001
II TUll.. SOKTINl,.b4/JOl
II TLBL SORhIKl. ,64/001
1/ TLRL SORT~K2 . . 64/c..Ol
II TUlL SLJRTWK3. ,b4/('('1
1/ LtlLTYP TAP~
1/ i:X~C SOKT
)tlJ~=(
lJu .... 1
:JL·KI
l:;~jl
"cl.L·j-(;,)
ryp~:-:f-,t..lt1lbld::ltj
!.~'L~C~02
(,j!";vt
uf-'TIGI'l ..... kiNl=ALllfL ..... dcL=lU.0,.Jj
S"'to ..h .. ~v]
$4lbvd,4
fliKMAT=bl ,t
tL.4.AI .wUr1I B=
OCLJOU9991
GO('0L6041
7C':>2I G=
7001 I FHASE 0 ~ND.NO DETECHO I:RRORS
i,,03v\,,'t.Jl
h830L05
S4830GlJ6
--------------~---------------------------------------------------------------
~----------------------------------------------------------------------------~
Figure 35.
164
SYSLST Output for Tape and Disk Sort/Merge Sample Prohlem
IBM S/360 OOS Sys. Gen. and £Ylaint.
Tape-to-Printer Utility
Program Name is Z.UTTPPR2. The Tape-to-Printer Utility sample problem
lists the numbers handled by the Assembler 4 and tape and disk
sort/merge (2400 application) sample programs. To execute the tape to
printer utility sample problem, the following job control cards are
needed:
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
JOB TPPR 2400 TO PRINTER
PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO SYSOOl OF PREVIOUS JOB
ASSGN SYS004,X'cuu'
PAUSE ASSGN SYS005 TO THE PRINTER
ASSGN SYS005.X'cuu'
UPSI 1000
BXEC TPPR
Tape-to-printer utility control cards (2 cards)
/*
/&
The user must reply IT IS EOF to the logged message by entering ~
(alternate code 5) from the IBM 1052 printer-keyboard.
SYSIDG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 36:
• Job control cards
• Tape-to-printer control cards
• Utility parameter statements (11 lines)
• Nunbers 0001-2000 (400 lines)
• IS IT EOF
• REPLY Y (
®
is not printed)
• END OF DATA
• NUMBER OF INPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED 000400
• NUMBER OF OUTPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED 000400
• END OF JOB
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
165
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------II JOB TPPR 2400 TlJ PR INTER
1/ PAlJSE ASSGN' SYS004 TO SYS001 OF PR~VEOUS JOB
/I ASSGN SYS004.X'2B6'
/I PAUSE AS SGN SYS005 TO THE PKI NTER
1/ ASSGN SYS005,X'OOE'
/I UPSI 1000
/I EX EC TPPR
II UTP Tl.FF.A=(9C,901.B=( 1441.IR.OC.Sl.PY
1/ END
TAPE TO PRINT UTILITY
INPUT RECORD LENGTH 0090
OUTPUT RECOKD LENGTH
0144
INPUT BLOCK LENGTH 00(90
OUTPUT BLOCK LENGTH 00144
INPUT UPTIUN REWIND
OUTPUT OPTION PRINT CHARACTER
2 INPUT,2 OUTPUT AREAS ASSIGNI:D
RECUK() FORMAT FIXED
TYPE LIST
STAll. TlNG RECORD NUMBER
O((OCOOI
$4630101
S4o:iC 10 2
~------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0001
0006
0011
0016
0021
0026
0031
0036
0041
0046
0051
0056
0061
0066
0071
0076
OC81
0086
OU91
00'16
0101
0106
0111
0116
0121
0126
0131
0136
0141
0146
0151
0156
0161
0166
0171
0176
0181
0186
0191
0196
0201
0206
0211
0216
0221
0226
0231
0236
0241
0246
0251
0256
0261
0266
0271
0276
PAGE
0002
0007
0012
0017
0022
0027
0032
0037
0042
0047
0052
0057
0062
0067
0072
G!.l77
C082
0087
0(,92
OC'17
0102
GI07
C1l2
0117
0122
0127
0132
0137
0142
0147
0152
0157
0162
0167
0172
0177
C182
G187
0192
0197
0202
0207
0212
0217
0222
0227
0232
0237
0242
0247
0252
0257
0262
0267
0272
0277
0003
0(,08
0013
0018
G023
0028
0033
0038
0043
0048
0053
0058
0063
0068
0073
Cl078
0083
0088
0093
0098
0103
0108
0113
0118
0123
0128
0133
0138
0143
0148
0153
0158
0163
0168
0173
0178
0183
0188
0193
0198
0203
0208
0213
0218
0223
0228
0233
0238
0243
0248
0253
0258
0263
0268
0273
0278
0004
0009
0014
0019
0024
0029
0034
0039
0044
0049
0054
!.lO59
0064
0069
0\)74
0079
0084
0089
0094
00'19
0104
0109
0114
0119
0124
0129
0134
0139
0144
0149
0154
0159
0164
0169
0174
0179
0184
0189
0194
0199
0204
0209
0214
0219
0224
0229
0234
0239
0244
0249
0254
0259
0264
0269
0274
0279
0005
0010
0015
0020
0025
0030
0035
0040
0045
0050
0055
0060
0065
0070
0075
0080
0085
0090
0095
G100
0105
GllO
0115
0120
0125
0130
0135
0140
0145
0150
0155
0160
0165
0170
0175
0180
0185
0190
0195
0200
0205
0210
0215
0220
0225
0230
0235
0240
0245
0250
0255
0260
0265
G270
0275
0280
1
-
[ ________
Figure 36.
166
.~-------m-------------m-------------------------------m----]
SYSLST Output for Tape-to-Printer Sample Problems
(Part 1 of 4)
IBM S/360 OOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
~-----------------------~-----------------------------------------------------
0281
0286
0291
0296
0.282
(;287
029.2
0.297
0.283
0.288
0293
u.298
r.3a.J..
~
...!U1)~
0537
(;542
0547
0552
(;557
0538
0543
0548
0553
0558
~.~
0536
0541
0546
0551
0556
PAGE
0284
u.289
0294
0299
"21'>
~-
0539
0544
0549
0554
0559
0285
(;290
(;295
C30U
-~
~J_J
0540
0545
0550
0555
056(;
2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE
0561
0566
0571
0562
0567
0572
nli2l..
.LJO.23
~~
uo~,
0816
0821
0826
0831
(,817
0822
C827
0836
C837
0818
08.23
Cd28
0833
0838
0841
0846
0851
C842
0847
0852
0843
0848
0853
0832
0564
0569
0574
00;711.
0565
0570
1..575
.00;81l
~i~
~~~
0824
08.29
0834
0839
C825
0830
-
0835
0840
3
n ......
1101
1106
1111
1116
PAGE
0563
0568
0573
.ilS:J8
.......:z..
1102
1107
1112
1117
0844
0849
0854
0845
0850
0855
1104
1109
1114
1119
1105
1110
1115
1120
.......... a
1103
1108
1113
1118
4
Figure 36.
SYSLST Output for Tape-to-Printer Sample Problems
(Part 2 of 4)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
167
1122
1127
1121
1126
1131
-
1132
1371
1376
1381
1386
1391
1396
1372
1377
1382
1387
1392
1397
1123
1128
113'i
1373
1378
1383
1388
1393
1398
1124
1129
1134
1374
1379
1384
1389
1394
1399
PAGE
1125
1130
1135
---- .. - .....
1375
1380
1385
139G
1395
1400
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------1401
1406
1411
1402
1407
1412
UA
1404
1409
1414
' '.'n.
~J'
.u,~
1656
1661
1666
1671
1676
1657
1662
1667
1672
1c>77
1658
1663
1668
1673
1678
1659
1664
1669
1674
1679
16t.0
1665
1670
1675
1680
1681
1686
1691
1696
171lL
1682
1687
1692
1697
1683
1688
1693
1698
1684
1689
1694
1699
1685
1690
1695
1700
.J.2D..?
..l..lO3
17nt..
170"
1946
1951
1956
19 .. 7
1952
1957
1948
1953
1958
1949
1954
1959
1950
1955
1960
<...L2
PAGE
PAGE
1405
1410
1415
~
6
7
Figure 36.
168
1403
1408
1413
SYSLST output for Tape-to-Printer sample Problems
(Part 3 of 4)
IBM S/360
Des
Sys. Gen. and Maint.
1961
1966
1971
1'l76
1~81
1986
1991
1996
1962
1967
1972
1977
1982
1987
1992
19<;7
1963
1968
1973
1978
1983
1988
1993
1998
1964
1969
1974
1979
1984
1989
1994
1999
1965
1970
1975
1980
1985
199(,
1995
2000
8C.OlU IS IT EOF
REPl Y Y
END OF DATA
PAGE
8
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------NUM8ER OF INPUT BLUCKS PRGCESSED
000400
NUMBER OF OUTPUT dLOCKS PROCESSI:D 00C40C
END OF JOB
-
EOJ TPPR
~----------------------------------------------------------------------------~
Figure 36.
SYSLST Output for Tape-to-Printer Sample Problem
(Part 4 of 4)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
169
Assembler S
Program Name is Z.ASS.
The Assembler S sample problem generates numbers
from 2000 to 0001 in descending order and writes them to a 2311 disk
storage device.
To execute the Assembler 5 sample problem, the
following jot control cards are needed:
Col. 54
/ / JOB ASSEMBLY SAMPLE S
/ / OPTION LINK, LIST, L.()G, NOXREF
/ / EXEC ASSEMBLY
Assembler source deck (23 cards)
/ / EX~ LNREDT
/ / PAUSE ASSGN SYSOO 2 TO SCRATCH PACK
I ASSGN SYS002 ,X" cuu"
// 1.KJL SYS002"OUTFILE
// DLAB 'SAMPLE PROBLEM FILE OF 2000 RECORDS
Col. 16
0001,,66060,66080,' SAMPLE TEST '
/ / XTENT 1,,000,000180000,000184002,' hhhhhh' , SYS002
Col. 12
~
l
1hhhhhh',
X
/ / EXEC
/,
Note:
Replace hhhhhh in the DLAB and XTENT cards with the volume serial
number of the disk pack.
SYSWG outplt is shown in Figure 11.
Following is a summary of the SYSLST output shown in Figure 31:
• Job control cards
• External symbol dictionary
• Source program listing
• Relocation dictionary
• Linkage editor storage map
110
IBM 5/360 005 Sys. Gen. and Maint.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------II JOa ASSEMBLY SAMPU, 5
II OPTION LINK.lIST.LOG.NOXRE:F
II tXH. ASSEMBLY
-~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXTtRNAL SYMBOL DICTIO"lARY
SYMBOL
TYPE:
IJGFOZll
IJGFOlll
PC
Ell.
SD
ID
AD DR
PAGE
LENGTH LO ID
01 CCOOOC OCOl7C
02
(,3 OC018 ... (00202
----------------------------------------------------------------------------PAGE
DUS ASSEM8LER TEST
LOC
ADDRl ADDR2
OBJECT CUDt:
000000
00(.0e. C 0580
0,,0(,02
coe002 41DO 811E
,,00016
OOCOolA
00001E
,,0(;024
4130
4E 30
F337
96FO
4
SOURCE STATtMENT
TESTGEN
5
C0120
C(.7DO
u7DO
8116
00118
2(,08 8116 LOOOil ce1l8
OOUOE:
20uE
00(,034 4630 8018
(JUOO E 8
OOuUFF
00u118
000120
00000C
COOl08
000170
00C178
STMT
OCOIA
4D404u401t0404040
4040404040404040
585BC200D7C5D540
5tl58C2C3U3D61::2C5
0000C048
PtUNT
START
BALR
USING
LA
OPEN
LA
CVD
UNPK
DOS CL3-1 08110/68
NOGI::N
o
8.0
LOAD THE 8ASE REGISTER.
*.8
D. SAVEAREA
OUTF I LE
OPEN THE OUTPUT FILE.
GET STARTING RECORD VALUE.
3.2000
3.01010
CONVERT THt: VALUE TO DECIMAL.
UNPACK THE VALUE.
IH4.21.DwD
MASK THE SIGN 8IT.
01
14(21.X'FO'
PUT
OllTFILE
WRITE A RECORU ON DISK.
BCT
3.NEXT
TEST FOR TASK COMPLETE.
CLOSE THE DISK FILE.
CLOSE OUTflLE
RETURN TO THE CONTROL PROGRAM.
EOJ
DTFSD 8LKS I lE=23. IOAREA 1=A1. IOAREA2=A2. TYPEFLE=OUTPUT.
IORI::G=( 21 .RECFORM=F IX(.WIjB. DEV ICE=2311
SDMODFO
86
263 Al
DC
23C"
264 A2
DC
23C"
265 UloiD
OS
0
90
266 SAVEAREA OS
END
TESTGEN
267
=C' 5$BOPEN '
268
269
=C' $$BCLOSE'
=A( OUTFILEI
270
6
7
15
16 NEXT
17
18
19
24
25
33
36 UUTFIU:
54650502
54650503
54650504
54650505
54650506
54650507
54650508
$4050509
54650510
54650511
S4650512
S4650513
54650514
54650515
C$4650516
54650517
54650518
54650519
54650520
54650521
$4650522
$4650523
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------RELOCATION OICTIONARY
POS.I[)
REL.ID
flAGS
01
01
01
01
01
01
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
OC
OC
OC
1B
08
OC
OC
OC
08
08
08
08
08
08
Oil
OC
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
PAGE
AUURESS
OCCOI0
00C040
000050
OCO(59
01)0071
000074
OLCOAO
000CA8
0000B1
00(OB9
0000C1
OCCOC9
0000D1
000009
DOOOEl
C00178
NO STATEMENTS fLAGGED IN THI S ASSEMBLY
~---------------------------------------------------------------------------~
Figure 37.
SYSLST Output for Assembler (ASS) Sample Problems
(Part 1 of 2)
Disk operating System Sample Problems
171
~~~~~~~~~~-------------------------------------------------------------------~
~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOB
ASSEMBLY
08110/68
ACTILN TAKEN
LIST
ENTRY
C81le/68
DISK LINKAGE EDITOR DIAGNOSTIC OF
INPUT
MAP
---
PHASE
XFR-AD
WCORe
HICORt
DSK-AD
ESD TYPE
PHASE...
0(,2800
0(;28CO
002B81
28 06 2
CSECT
CSECT
lABEL
IJGFDllZ
lOADED
REl-FR
002800
0028':'0
002980
002800
r----------------------------------------------------------------------------/I
II
/I
1/
PAuSE ASSGN SYS002 TO ScRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS002.X'191'
VOL SYS002.0UTFlLE
DlA8 'SAMPLE PROBLEM FILE OF 2000 RECORDS
0001.66060.66080.' SAMPLE TEST'
/I XTENT 1.000.000180000.000184002. '191191' • SYS002
II EXEC
1191191'.
t:-~~~~~~~---~--:~--:--~---------:::-:-~-:---::::-~-~:-~-~-~----~-::~----:-----:J
L__________________________________________ ~ _____________ J
Figure 37.
172
SYSLST output for Assembler (ASS) Sample Problems
(Part 2 of 2)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Tape and Disk Sort/Merge -- 2311 AFplication
Program Name is Z. SMS. The tape Clnd disk sort/mergp. sample p:r:obleUi
rearranges in ascending sequence the records produced by the Assembler 5
program and writes them back to a 2311 disk storage device.
To execute
the tape and disk sort/merge sample problem the following job control
cards are needed:
Col. 54
//
//
//
//
//
/ /
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
J
JOB SORT 2311
PAUSE ASSGN SYS001,SYS002,SYS003 TO SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS001,X'cuu'
ASSGN SYS002,X'cuu'
ASSGN SYS003,X'cuu'
VOL SYS001, SORTOUT
DLAB • SORTED FILE OF 2000 RECORDS FOR UTILITIES lhhhhhh' ,
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080' SAMPLE TEST'
XTENT 1,000,000171000,000174002,'hhhhhh',SYS001
VOL SYS002,SORTIN1
DLAB 'SAMPLE PROBLEM FILE OF 2000 RECORDS
lhhhhhh' ,
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TEST •
XTENT 1,OOO,000180000,000184002,'hhhhhh' ,SYS002
VOL SYS003, SORTWK1
DLAB 'SAMPLE PROGRAM WORK AREA FOR SORT RUN
lhhhhhh' ,
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TEST'
XTENT l,OOO,000184003,00U18700S,'hhhhhh',SYS003
EXEC SO.i{T
Sort/merge control cards (6 cards)
r-Col. 72
x
x
x
/&
Note:
Replace hhhhhh in the DLAB and X'I'ENT cards with the volume serial
number of the disk pack.
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list suromarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 38:
• Job control cards
• S art control cards
• Sort parameters
• Ccmputed constants
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
173
/I
1/
II
II
II
1/
II
II
1/
II
/1
//
//
/1
//
JU~ ~URT 23il
PALSE ASSG". SYS001.SYS002.SYSCi03 IU SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS001.X'191'
ASSGN SYSCi02.X'191'
ASSGN SYSCiLJ;;.X' 191'
I/UL SYSCiOl.SORTOUT
ULAti 'SORnO FILE OF 20DCi RECORDS FU!'. uTilITIb
C,G01.6b08G,b6G80.' SAMPLE TEST'
XTENT 1.00G,OOCil71C,00,c..GCi174002,'191191',SYSOOl
I/UL SYSD02.S0RTINl
DLAS • SAMPU: PROBU:M FlU: UF 2000 RECORDS
0001, 6bC80,ob('80,' SAMPLE T tS T '
XTENT 1.OG(,.00(-l800CC"OOGlb4Ciu2.'191191' ,SYSOC2
I/OL SYS003.S0RTWKl
DLA8 'SAMPU: PRUGRAM 0I0R/\ AREA FOR SUkT RUN
OJ01.bb080.0608U,' SAMPLE TI:ST '
XTENT 1.0C,Ci.000184C,C,3.00C187005,'191191',SYSG03
EXtC SORT
1191191',
1191191'.
ll'l1191'.
70001
SORT FIELOSzI11.4.AI.FLkMAT=tll,Sllt=2COO,WUKK=1
RI:CORD TYPE=F ,LENGTH=115, .151
70001
70001
INPFIL BlKSIZE z 75
70GOI
OUTFIL BlKSIlE z 75
OP
T I ON PRI NT=ALl. LABEL = IS. S 1,5 TOkAGI:= 1 02,+0
7OCiOI
7000 I
END
70501 NMAX = (;"C,03432
70511 B
001,00828
7V52l G = 0c..00011.2
7uOli PHASE Ci ENO.NO OETECTl:O ERRORS
$4830101
$48%102
S4830103
S483C 104
$'+830105
$'+830106
=
EOJ SORT
-
~---------------------------------------- -------------------------------~
Figure 38.
174
SYSLST Output for Tape and Disk Sort/Nerge Sample Problem
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Disk-to-Printer Utility
Program Name is Z.UTDKPR2.
The disk-to-printer utility sample problem
lists the numbers handled by the Assembler 5 and tape and disk
sort/merge (2311 application) sample problems. To execute the
disk-to-printer utility sample problem, the following job control cards
are needed:
Col. 54
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
JOB DKPR 2311 TO PRINTER
PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS004,X'cuu'
PAUSE ASSGN SYSOO 5 TO 'IHE PRIN'I'ER
ASSGN SYS005,X'cuu'
UPSI 000
VOL SYS004, UIN
CLAB 'SORTED FILE OF 2000 RECORDS FOR UTILITIES
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TEST'
// XTENT 1.000.000171000,000174002,'hhhhhh',SYS004
// EXEC DKPR
Di~k-to-printer utility control ca1ds (2 cards)
Col. 72
l
l
1hhhhhh' ,
x
/*
Note:
Replace hhhhhh in the DLAB and XTENT cards with the volume serial
number of the disk pack.
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 39:
• Job control cards
• Utility parameter statements (10 lines)
• NWlbers 0001-2000 (400 lines)
• NUMBER OF INPUT BLOCKS
~ROCESSED
000400
• NUMBER OF OUTPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED 000400
• END OF JOB
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
175
r----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I
I I
II
1/
I I
1/
JOe> a"pl'< ,<311 TlJ PI< INT EI<
PAllS" A!>!>GN SYSc,(J,+ TO ~'-RAT(.H PAL'"
AS""N SY~(;0'+.X'191'
PAl,SI: ASSGN "YSu05 TO THe PKINTtR
ASSGN SYSL,,5,X'vOE"
UPSI 000
IrfJL SYS.,04, UIN
uLAti 'SLlRli:JJ flU uf 2uO'; kl:ClJRUS f'OR UTILITIES
0001,6bv8L.bbGbG,' SAMPLt: ftcST '
,(TI::NT l,u(,u.00L1710CO,ll((,174CO~.'191191' .SY~OC4
EXCC D"'PR.
/1
II
II
/1
/1
___________ u
_____
u _ u
______
u
1191191',
__u
____
u _ u
________
u u u
_ u
____
n
_
n
____
l
n
____
h"",,,l,
" M n." .•. ",.,,,.,-H<",.",.,,.,,
1/ [f'jO
DbK TO PRINT UTILITY
INPUl IU:CURD lI::N~TH Oe75
OLlTPu T RI: CORD U:NG TH
0120
INPUT tiLOCK LH,GIH 00075
uUTPUT BliKK LENGTH 00120
(JUTPt;T w'rION PRINT CHAKACTlk
~ I'.PUI." ulHPul ARI:AS A::.Sl(,Ni:O
RI:LukU ~.JKMAT FIXI::U
IYI'E lISl
STARTING RI:l.uRlJ NUMbc"
(OU:;(;(Oi
INP~I UI:Vf(.1:: TYPE:
2311
i,l.ftJ ["
ie..:.'
I
II
r----.-______ -_-___---___ ___.___. ,___"._.. _
~
..... _.....i
0001
0006
0011
Lu02
0007
0012
Gl.v'
veoa
oon
0261
0266
vL62
0267
0203
Oi6e
0004
(,009
0014
Lv05
0010
0015
--~.,.,..,...
Ol.b~
0265
0270
v269
PAGE
I
1'1 - - -
-
- -
-
-~;~;
01.81
- -
-
-
-
-~.~;--
-
-
-
-
,-,~,-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-~,~,-
0~.;)o
C,:- "
Figure 39.
-
- -
... --::..
~~:-
-
-
-
- - - - -
-
-
-
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- - - -
--~~~!:==::::===:::::::::::=::::::::==:::::=::::=::::::::::::::::::;
_:'1:'0
... ::.<'t C)
SYSlST Output for Disk-to-Priilter sample Problems
(Part 1 of 3)
176
-
0285
.
,
-
__ ".
~--~-=-~~:::=---~:-=---=--=--:=-:- -..-.~ --::~::::::-----~~--1
-
IBM S/360 DOS Sys.
Gen. and Maint.
(U'IDKPR2)
!--_. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------l.tlol
LIl3b
ud'tl
ut!4t>
at.1?
~tI'>l
uts~2
0837
C84;>
C~4 7
.d'i.b.
;=
11;9<>
llOl
lleb
10'77
1102
1107
08.B
0838
0843
()848
0853
uti 34
u839
0844
0849
0854
-.1lA'iA
...jJ>i5Q
0835
('840
0845
0850
Gd55
'db'
10<;18
1103
1108
1099
1104
11()9
1100
1105
1110
-
PAGt
------------------------------------------------------------------------------1112
1111
lll/)
lIil
11<12
13b6
1367
1376
1381
137<1371
13112
1387
1117
...:J.:L
1113
i1l8
1123
1114
1119
1124
I ?a
on
1368
1373
1378
1383
1388
1369
1374
1379
1384
1389
1115
1120
1125
,
I~"
or-
un
LlBb
1370
1375
1380
1385
1390
PAGt
Figure 39.
SYSLST Output for Disk-to-Printer Sample Problems (UTDKPR2)
(Part 2 of 3)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
111
1391
1396
1407
1402
14
139~
1~93
13'14
13~7
1398
1406
1401
140~
1399
1404
14C9
1400
1651
1656
1661
1666
1052
1051
1662
1067
1653
1658
1663
1668
10S9
1004
1671
1676
1681
1672
1677
1682
1673
1678
1683
1674
11>79
1684
1395
14,,8
14(,3
1410
~
PAGE
1bo~
1655
160C
lob')
lo7e
6
li-.&h.
PAGE
10~4
Ib..:l.
I"RI'<
RQ
1675
168e
1685
10°
""-:>1
.,,~<'
, y""
,..-,,'
1930
19,,1
1940
1937
1942
1947
1938
1943
1948
1939
1944
19"9
1940
19,,5
1950
1951
1956
1961
1966
1952
1957
1<;62
1967
1972
1977
1982
1987
19<;2
1997
1953
1958
1963
1968
1<;173
1978
1983
1988
1993
1998
1954
1955
1960
1965
1970
1975
1980
1985
1990
1995
2000
~
7
1<;171
1976
1981
1986
19<;11
1996
END Of DATA
PAGE
8
19~9
1964
1969
1974
1979
1984
1989
1994
1999
NUMBER Of INPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED
000400
NUMBER Of OUTPUT BLOCKS PROCESSI:D 000400
END Of JOB
t:~o~-o:=----~-: _m_m_~ _______ -~-~-:-----=~--:-~:-~-:-m-:m~m~--:---J
~------,--------------------------------------------------------------------~
Figure 39.
178
SYSLST Output for Di sk- to- Printer Sample Problems
(Part 3 of 3)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
(Ul'DKPR2)
Assembler 6
Program Name is Z.AS6.
The Assembler 6 sample problem generates nwnbers
fron 3000 to 0001 in descending order and writes them to a 2314 direct
access storage facility.
To execute the Assembler 6 sample problem, the
following job control cards are needed:
Col. 54
// JOB ASSEMBLY SA~PLE 6
// OPTION LINK, LIST, LOG, NOXREF
// EXEC ASSEMBLY
Assembler source deck (23 cards)
Col. 72
J
~
1hhhhhh',
X
/*
//
//
//
//
//
EXEC LNKEDT
PAUSE ASSGN sys002 TO SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS002,X'cuu'
VOL Sys002,OUTFILE
DLAB 'SAMPLE PROBLEM FILE OF 2000 RECORDS
Col. 16
0001,66060,66080,' SAMPLE TEST '
// XTENT 1,000,000180000,000184002,'hhhhhh',SYS002
// EXEC
/f.
Note:
Replace hhhhhh in the DLAB and XTENT ca::ds with the volume serial
number of the disk pack.
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 40:
• Job control cards
• External symbol dictionary
• Source program listing
• Relocation dictionary
• Linkage editor storage map
Disk Operating system Sample Problems
179
r- -
-- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
--
II JUS ASS~M6LY SAMPLE 6
II UPTION lINK.lIST.LU6.,"OXkH
II EXEC ASSEM6LY
I- -
- -
-
-
-
-
- - - -
- -
-
-
- - -
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
--
-
-- -
-
-
---- --- -
- -
EXTERNAL SYM60L OICT IONARY
SYM60L
TYPE ID
IJGFulll
IJGFOlll
PC
ER
SO
AllOR
-
-
- -
PAGE
::::::::=:=
- -
---
1
LENGTH LO 10
01 00(,000 0OO17C
02
03 OuOll1C OC0202
--
--
-
-
-
~--------------------------------------------------------DOS ASSE:M6UR TEST
LOC
06JECT CODE
PAGE
ADOR1 ADOR2
STMT
SOURCE STATEMENT
2
3
OOOOCO
OOOCOO 0580
00C002
('00C02 4100 611E
4 TESTGEN
5
0012(,
6
1
000016
OOOOlA
00001E
000024
4130
4E30
F337
96FO
0000 E8
OOOOF F
000118
000120
000000
000168
000170
000118
I- -
-
-
15
16 NEXT
OO('lA
40404040404u4040
4"40404040404040
5656C20607C50540
5656C2C3D306E2C5
00000048
-
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-- - -
o
8.0
LUAO THE 6ASE REGISTER.
*.8
13. SAIIEARE:A
OUTFILE
3,3000
3,OWO
III 4.21 .OWO
14e 21 ,X'Fu'
OUTFILE
3.NEXT
OUTFILE
-
-
OOS CL3-1 08110/68
NOGEN
UPEN THE OUTPUT FILE.
GE:T STARTING RECUIlO IIALUE.
CONIIERT THE IIALUE TO DECIMAL.
UIliPACK THE IIALUE.
17
18
MASK THE SIGN BIT.
19
WRITE A RECORD ON DISK.
24
TEST FuR TASK COMPLETE.
CLOSE THE DISK FILE.
25
RETURN TO THE CONTROL PROGRAM.
33
6LKS IIE=23, WAR EA1=Al. IOAREA2=A2. TYPEFLE=OUTPUT.
36 OUTFILE
IGREG=e 21. RECFORH=F IXUN6, OEIIICE=2314
86
SDHOOFO
263 Al
DC
23C'
264 A2
DC
23C"
265 DWO
OS
0
266 SAIIEAREA OS
90
267
END
TESTGEN
268
=C' SS60PEN •
269
=C'SS6CLOSE'
=AeOUTFILEI
210
0666
(,0668
6116
(;(;118
200B 11116 L0006 00118
200E
OOOOE
000034 4630 8018
PRINT
START
6ALR
US!NG
LA
OPEN
LA
CIIU
UNPK
01
PUT
BCT
CLOSE
EOJ
OTFSO
-
-
-
-
- - -
-
- -
--
-
-
-
- - -
- -
-
-
-
- - - -
- -
-
-
- - - - - ~.- - - - - - - - -
RELOCATION DICTIONARY
.Pt)S.lD
REL.IO
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
FLAGS
OC
OC
OC
18
08
OC
OC
OC
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
OC
546506u2
54650603
54650604
54650605
$4650606
54650607
54650608
54650609
$4650610
$4650611
S4650612
S4650613
S4650614
S4650615
C$4650616
$4650617
S4650618
54650619
54650620
S4650621
S4650622
$4650623
PAGE
1
t.OORESS
';00010
000040
000050
00(;059
OOe07l
000074
.lOOOAO
eO(;OA8
000061
000089
OOOOCI
0000C9
ooeOOl
000009
OOOOEl
000178
NO STATEMENTS FLAGGED IN THIS ASSEHBL'f
L______________~ _____ ~______ ~_~ ________ =-=-=-=~
Figure 40.
180
SYSLST Output for Assembler (AS6) Sample Problems
(Part 1 of 2)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
[-/~~'~ ~,:o~-
---=--- ---------------------------
t- - - - - JOB
-
-- -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ASSE:MBl Y
08/10/68
ACTION TAKE:N
LIST
ENTRY
---=--
- - - -- - -- - - - - - ---- - - -- - -
01 SK LINKAGE 1:0LTOi< 01 AGNOSTIC OF
-
--
--
-
PHASE
XfR-AD
LGCORE
HICORE
DSK-AD
ESD TYPE
PHASE...
002800
01..2800
00~B81
~B
CSECT
06 2
CSECT
----
--
-
lAIH:l
IJGfOZZl
lOADED
REl-fR
002800
002800
002980
0028(,0
-
- :::::==::
- - - - -- - -- - -- -- - -- - ---
--
-----
PAI.SE ASSGN SYS002 T.O SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYSI..OZ.X'Z30'
VOL SYS002.0UTfllE
DLA8 'SAMPLE PROBLEM filE Gf 3000 RECORDS
0001.66060.66080.' SAMPLE TEST •
/I XTENT 1.000.(.00180000.000184002.' X30X3U'. SYS(,OZ
/I EXEC
/I
/I
/I
/I
- - - - - - -- - - - - -- - ---
INPUT
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -
08110/68
-
MAP
~-----------------------------t- - -
---~
1X30X30'.
E:OJ ASSI::MBl Y
[------------------~----------------~-------Figure 40.
SYSLST output for Assembler (AS6) Sample Problems
(Part 2 of 2)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
181
Tape and Disk Sort/Merge -- 2314 Application
Program Name is z. SM6.
The tape and disk sort/rr.erge sample problem
rearranges the records produced by the Assembler 6 program in ascending
sequence and writes them tack to a 2314 direct access storage facility.
To execute the tape and disk sort/merge sample problem the following job
centrcl cards are needed:
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
Col. 54
Col. 72
J
J
JOB SORT 2314
PAUSE ASSGN SYS001,SYS002,SYS003 TO SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS001,S'cuu'
ASSGN SYS002,X'cuu'
ASSGN SYS003,X'cuu'
VOl. SYS001, SORTOUT
DLAB 'SORTED FILE OF 2000 RECORDS FOR UTILITIES 1hhhhhh' ,
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TEST'
XTENT l,OOO,000171000,000174002,'hhhhhh',SYS001
VOL SYS002,SORTIN1
1hhhhhh' ,
DLAB 'SAMPLE PROBI.EM FILE OF 2000 RECORDS
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TEST'
XTENT 1,000,000180000,000184002,'hhhhhh',SYS002
VOL SYS003,SORTWK1
DLAB 'SAMPLE PROGRAM WORK AREA FOR SORT RUN
1hhhhhh' ,
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SAMPLE TEST,
XTENT 1,000,000184003,000187005,'hhhhhh',SYS003
EXEC SORT
S01t/merge control cards (6 cards)
x
x
x
/t
Note:
Replace hhhhhh in the DrAB and XTENT cards with the
number of the disk pack.
volun~
serial
SYSI.OG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list sUTTlTJlarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 41:
• Job control cards
• Sort control cards
• Sort parameters
• Computed constants
182
IBM 5/360 DOS 5ys. Gen. and Maint.
II
/I
1/
1/
1/
/I
/I
/I
/I
/I
/I
/I
II
/I
/I
JOB SURT 2314
PAUSE ASSGN SYS001.SVSO(;2.SVS003 TO SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS001.X'230'
ASSGN SYS002.X'230'
ASSGN SVSO(;3.X'231'
VOL SVS001.S0,HOUT
DLAB 'SORTED FILE OF 3(;u(; RECORDS FOR UTILITIES
0(;01.66080.6t>(;8".' SAI4PLE TEST'
XTENT 1. ()OI.i.OJu171COO. OJ('174002.· X30X30'. SVS001
VOL SY S002. SORTI N1
OLAB 'SAI4PLE PR08LEM FILt: GF 3000 RECORDS
00(;1.66080.66u80.· SAI4PLE TEST •
XTENT 1. (;"0.00';1800(;0. CO(,1b41.i02.' X30X30·. SYSO:;02
VOL SVS003.S0RTWKl
DLAB 'SAMPU: PROGRAI4 WORK AREA FOR SORT RUN
(;001.66080.66C80.' SAMPLE TEST'
XTENT 1. 000.OC0184003.0001b7005.· X31X31'. SYS003
EX.,C SORT
70001
700JI
7000 I
7000 I
70:;001
70:;001
70501
70511
70521
7001I
1X30X30'.
lX30X:;O'.
lX31X31'.
SORT F H:LOS=( 11.4. Al .FuRMAT=81. SI Zt:=3(;0(;. WORK=l
RECORD TVPE=F.LENGTH=( 15 •• 151
INPF IL 8LKSIlE=75
OUTF IL BLKSIZE=75
OPTION PRINT=All.lABEL=' S. SI.STORAbt:=22528
END
NMAX = ",('013540
B = (;0001683
G = "0(;0(;443
PHASE 0 END.NO DETECTED ERRORS
S4830201
S4831.1£J2
54830:;203
S483D2J4
54830205
54830206
EOJ SORT
L_______________________________________________________ J
Figure 41.
SYSLST output for Tape and Disk Sort/Merge sample
(SM6)
~roblem
Disk-to-Printer Utility
Program Name is Z.UTDKPR3.
The disk-to-printer utility sample problem
lists the numbers handled by the Assembler 6 and tape and disk
sort/merge (2314 application) sample rroblems. To execute the
disk-to-printer utility sample problem, the following job control cards
are needed:
Col. 54
JOB DKPR 2314 TO PRINTER
PAUSE ASSGN SYS004 TO SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS004,X'cuu'
PAUSE ASSGN SYS005 TO THE PRINTER
ASSGN SYS005,X'cuu'
UPSI 000
VOL SYS004, UIN
DLAB 'SORTED FILE OF 2000 RECORDS FOR UTILITIES 1hhhhhh' ,
Col. 16
0001,66080,66080,' SA~~LE TEST •
// XTENT 1,000,000171000,000174002,'hhhhhh',SYS004
// EXEC DKPR
Disk-to-printer utility control cards (2 cards)
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
//
!
r-Col. 72
X
/*
Disk operating System Sanlple Problems
183
Note:
Replace hhhhhh in the DLAB and XTENT cards with the volume serial
number of the disk pack.
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 42:
• Job control cards
• Disk-to-printer control cards
• Utility parameter statements (10 lines)
• Numbers 0001-3000 (600 lines)
• NUMBER OF INPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED 000600
• NUMBER OF OUTPUT BLOCKS PROCESSED 000600
• END OF JOB
184
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
II
/I
/I
/I
/I
/I
/I
JUIl OKPR2314 TO PR INTEt<
PAuSE ASSGN SYSt04 TO SCRATCH PACK
ASSGN SYS(,u4.X'230'
PAuSE ASSGN SYSu05 TO THE PRINTER
ASSGN SYSC05.X'OOE'
UPSI 000
VUL SYSv04. UI'"
/I OLAI! 'SORH:O FIL~ Of 30uG Rt:CORDS fOR UTILITIES
u001.66v8C.b6vtlu.' SAMPLE TEST •
/I XTENT 1. GGO.lJuGl71uCO. OOGl 74002.' X30X30' • S YS004
/I EXt:C OKPR
lX30X30'.
~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
II lJOP TL.fF.A=(75,75I,B=( 1201.0C.Sl.PY.E=(23141
/I t:ND
uISK TO PRINT UTILITY
INPUT RECORO LI:NGTH 0075
OUTPUT RECORD LENGTH
0120
INPUT BLOCK LENGTH 00075
OUTPUT BLOCK LENGTH 00120
OUTPUT OPTION PRINT CHARACTt:R
2 INPUT. 2 OUTPUT AREAS ASSIGNI:D
RECORO fORMAT F UED
TYPE LIST
STAKTING RECURO NUMBER COOGOOOl
INPUT DEVICE TYPE
2314
)001
0006
7
cor.
~o.·
2986
2991
2996
END OF DATA
PAC,E 11
.
.2 .. ,' "
279 ..
2799
...2" .-
2%7
2SS2
29'>7
2988
2993
29",8
2989
2994
2999
"
2('1:;'
27%
2795
280C
.7Hr\"~
.~
299"
2995
30lJO
NUMBEK OF INPUT IlLllCKS PkOCESSI:O
00(,6.)0
NUMBER OF OUTPUT BLOCKS Pt(OCESSED Ou06GO
END UF JUB
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------EUJ DKPR
~ ____________________________________________________________________________J
Figure 42.
SYSLST Output for Disk-to-Printer Sample Problem (UTDKPR3)
(Part 5 of 5)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
i89
Autotest
Program Name is Z.AT1. The Autotest sample problem demonstrates to the
problem programmer some of the more useful features of Autotest.
Basically, the program is a two-step loop that:
1.
Reads a data caru, and
2,.
Moves certain fields of the card to designated storage areas.
This simple loop is repeated five times before the end-of-job routine is
entered. The Autotest sample problem source program listing is shown in
Figure 43.
If the Autotest sample problem is run in a multiprogramnung system,
no core may be allocated to the foreground area (Fl and F2=OK).
All Autotest control cards have a ./ punched in columns 1 and 2,
respectively. The first and second Autotest control cards perform any
phase and control section qualification included in the test deck.
Because the example has only a single phase and one control section, no
modification is required and these two cards could be eliminated.
Autopatch capabilities are demonstrated by the next six control
cards, resulting in the following action:
• A new instruction is added to the program between two other existing
instructions.
• One instruction is exchanged for another.
• The assembled value of a constant is changed.
Another important function of Autotest is demonstrated ~ the test
request cards (./ TR). The first of these cards initiates test request
Number 001. and the following continuat~on card initiates test request
Number 002. These two cards result in the following:
• The 16 general registers and the two areas of storage at SYMA and
SYMC+3 are displayed prior to executing the instruction at THERE.
(Because there are five data cards, this request will be executed
five times.)
• The storage locations IN+75 and IN+76 are displayed for only the
second and fourth data cards as specified by the ON parameters.
The ./ PCC card (program control card) gives a normal end-of-job
storage printout. This printout can have one or more formats.
The user installation must define the work area for Autotest if
nonstandard labels are used. In the case of nonstandard labels, the job
control cards required are: DLBL and EXTENT. The file name in the VOL
card must be IJSYSAT. Twenty tracks are required in the EXTENT card.
Only one work area may be assigned and i t must be continuous unless the
s~lit-cylinder concept is used.
If this concept is used, refer to IBM
System/360 Disk Operating System, System Control and System Service
Programs, Form C24-5036.
For addi tional information concerning Autotest
work files, refer to IBM System/360 Disk Operating System, Autotest,
Form C24-5062.
190
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
The job control cards used in executing the Autotest sample problem
are:
// JOB AUTOTEST
// OPTION SYM,LINK
/ / EXEC ASSEMBLY
AUTOTEST SOURCE DECK (27 cards)
/*
//
•/
./
./
./
*
./
*
./
./
//
EXEC ATLEDT
PH Q AAAAAAAA
CSQ CSECT1
ADD THERE -6,40
MVC
SYMB,SYMA
*D203A08EA086
EXC BC2,2
4710A034
roN SYMA,2
0000000000000000
TR THERE"CPL,SYMA,SYMC+3"C,G
Col.
16
DSP,IN+75,IN+76,(2,4,2),B
PCC AMS,AMS,2000
EXEC
AOTOTEST DATA DECK (5 cards)
/*
•/
A'l'EOF
SYSIOG output is shown in Figure 17.
The following list summarizes the SYSLST output shown in Figure 43:
• Job control cards
• External symbol dictionary
• Source program listing
• Relocation dictionary
• Cross-reference
• Linkage editor input diagnostic
• . / Autotest control cards (11 cards)
• Autotest data (5 cards)
• Test requests
• Normal EOF storage dump
• EOJ AUTOTEST
Autotest Problem Test Results
For the following discussion, refer to the circled letters on the SYSLST
output for the Autotest sample problem, Figure 43. The Autopatch
control card (./ ADD THERE-6,40) inserts an additional instruction
between statement numbers 10 and 11 (see A).
The core dump at the end
of the Frogram shows that the instruction at MVC2 (see E) has been
replaced by a supervisor call (SVC 254).
This instruction forms a link
to the Fatch area in storage. The actual patch is displayed at (F) and
consists of two MVC instructions and SVC 255 which forms the return link
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
191
to the instruction located at THERE. The instruction (./ EXC BC2,2)
cause's the instruction at BC2 (see B) to be replaced by SVC 253. The
core dump shows the resulting patch at points G and H.
Finally, the
constant at C is changed from one to zero before program execution. The
test requests at location THERE (see D) are shown on a separate page of
the listing (Figure 43).
Test request Number 1 is displayed a total of
five times, once for each data card. Test request Number 2 appears only
for the second and fourth data cards.
The rest of the printout contains
the normal EOJ core dump.
II JuB AUTUTI:ST
I I OPTl(lN SVM,llNK
I I I:XEC A:'SEM8L Y
~----------------------------------------------------------------------------c:XTI:t
0000A8
COOOOO
OCOOJ;O
0000
COOO
0000
DC
01
00
COOOA8
CO
CCOOOO
G2001.J03J;2COG0050
STMT
0-;; ~~:~
~~
34 SYHC
DC
35 (;AROCC8
CCtl
36+* 360l~-CL-45~
37+CAROCC8
OC
31s+
DC
39+
IJC
40+
OC
41+
UC
42+
OC
43+
DC
44+
DC
4!>+
UC
46 (;AROCCW
CCII
47
END
48
COOC00911
DOS CL3-0
SuuRCE STAH:I1ENT
1
Kt:PRO
2
PHASE
3 CSECTl
S T AKT
4 1<2
I:I.lU
5K3
dIU
6 IUD
I:IJU
7 HI:RE
BALK
8
USING
0001A
9 BAll
BAL
0004.l@-10 MVC1
MVC
00083
11 MVC2
MIIC
00094@-1.£ THERI:
LH
00002
1~ BC1
8(,
14 Rt:AO
EQU
15 CHAN
c:)(CP
1b+* 3bON-CL-453
17+CHAN
L
00060
18+
SVL
19 WAITI
IoIAI T
20+* 360N-CL-4:>3
2 1+ lolA IT 1
L
000110
22+
TM
.l~+
80
OG02E
24+
SVC
25 TEST2
TM
@-26 8(,2
BCR
27 tlCKI
tlCR
21s EOJ
EUJ
29+* 360N-CL-453
30+1:0J
SIIC
31 IN
IJC
AAAAAAAA, S
0
2
3
10
IUO,O
*,R10
R2,REAIl
SYItAI4I,IN+10
SYI1C'4I,IN+75
R3,SYMC
15, HEKE+2
*
CAROCCS
EXCP
CHANGE LEVEL
l,=A' CARUCCdl
0
CARDCC8
WAlT
CHA,~GI: LEVEL
1.=AICAROLCdl
21l1.X'IIO'
*+6
7
CARDCCI ~4,1
l,K2
15,R2
$4590001
$4590002
$4590003
$4590004
$4590005
$4590006
$4590007
$4590008
$4590009
$4590010
$4590011
$4590012
$4590013
$4590014
$4590015
3-0
$4590016
3-0
3-0
EOJ
LHANGE LEVEL
14
ClIlO"
2f'l'
f'O'
ZH'O'
SYSIPT, CARDCCW
CCJ;
CHANGE LEVEL
3-0
XL2'O' RI:SlDUAL CUUNT
XL",'O' COMMUNICATIONS BYTES
XL2'O' CSII STATUS BYTES
All (0) LUGICAL UNIT CLASS
All I I I LOGICAL UNIT
XLl'O'
AU I CAROCCI;) CCW AIJORESS
8'00000000' STATUS 6YTE
AL~(OJ CSW celi ADORI:SS
2,IN,32,II0
HERE
=AI CARDeCBI
$4590017
$4590018
$4590019
$'0590020
$4590021
$4590022
$4590023
$4590024
$4590025
$4590026
$4590027
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------f
CO.:l2
0033
00.:14
0025
C012
COll
COLC4
oe002
00CC4
OOCC4
OCOC4
0017
0043
oon
00L5
0013
0010
0047
0011
0046
0008
0026
0027
00C9
00G7
000'>1
001"
001C
004ll
001l
0011
IIoLJ STATEMi:NT:' fLAGbED IN THIS ASSEMIlLY
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------JUb
ALJTLTtST
ACT ION TAKtN
LIS T
LIST
ENT/(Y
SIIC=
AUTLJTtST UISK LIIIoKAGe EOIlOR DIAGNOSTIC UF INPUT
MAP
PHAS t
$4590002
AAAAAAAA, S
I'hA::.E
;(FK-AU
LUCCke
HILORt
USK-AD
t:SD TYPt
LAtH:L
LOADED
REL -FR
/JAAAAAAA
GOLO ... .;
00,,000
00.<01:13
21 5 2
LStC T
CSi:LTl
OO.!.OOO
002000
TR=
CARD-IMAGt
.J I'H" AAAAAAAA
.J CSQ LstCTl
.1 ADD THt:Rt-6,40
254
MVL
S YMS, S YMA
00200C
002032
*4710A034
.J CON SYMA,2
2!>.<
ERRORIS
*D203A08EAOB6
.J t:XC 8L2,2
2!d
PPA-TPA
001
002
*OOOOOOOOOCOOOOOO
.1 Tk THERE"UPL,SYMA,SYMC+3"C,G
DSP, IN+75,IN+76, (.<,4,21 ,8
.J PLC AMS,AMS,2000
002088
002012
l_____________________________________________________________________________ ]
Figure 43.
SYSLST Output for Autotest Sample Problems (Part 2 of 4)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
193
----------------------------------------------------------------------------nST RI: .. lItS T llJ
001
00000043
00201l1l
OUl
OOOOfb90
00000043
0020bil
UN
00003
CiN
001
OOOOffbC
00002C38
0000f('15
00003C38
AOO0213C
000001BO
COOOOO02
0000008B
OOOOffbC
00002C3b
0000fC15
0000.;C38
AOOO213C
000001BO
00000002
0000008B
OOOOffllC
00002C.;1l
0000fC15
00003C38
AOO0213C
000001BO
COOOOO02
0000008B
0000fF8C
00002(,38
0000fC15
00003038
AOO0213C
000001BO
COOOOO02
0000008B
0000ff81..
00002C3d
0000fC15
0000.;C31l
AOO0213C
000001BO
00000002
0000008B
A A A A
ffffCICl
00002000
B
b
B Ii
o 0 o 3
000U209b
00000000
00"
FFffC2(2
00002000
80002006
50002002
C I.. (
I..
00004
o 0 o 4
002083
80002006
50002002
ffffl..3C3
00002000
o 0 o 4
uN
00004
ON
00005
o 0 U 0
1..41..4
o 0
Tt5T RE:QuE5T 10
001
OOOOfll'JO
00000043
002081l
00002
o 0 0 3
nST REl.IUEST III
kE:GO
RI:Gb
80002006
5C002002
o 0 o 2
uN
OC002098
00000000
00C,Of1l90
00000043
0020118
o 0 o 1
L-
001
l[)
TI:::.T REIiUE::'T 10
RI:(;O
kl:GIl
00002000
00002UOO
(2C2
8 B
0000f8SiO
00000043
00201l1l
9C002006
50002002
00002
00002098
00000000
002
0020B.j
Tt5T kEIiUE::.T
CiN
o 0 0
TEST RI:IiUi:ST 10
kE:GO
kEG8
00001
o 0 0 1
TUT REQUt5 T 10
KI:(;O
kEGb
UN
00002091l
OCOOOOOO
OOOOfll~O
REGO
RI:Gd
00002098
00000000
C 0 o 5
80C02006
50002002
o 0
fFffC4C4
00002000
o
:>
I: EEl:
Ll::' T Of PrlASt-NAI4E:i
AAAAAAAA
fl:TCH
002000
0020B3
IIoLRI4AL I:NO Of JOb
USER PS. - ffl5D00t 70002038
GR 0-7
GR Il-f
fR 0- 6
0000fB90 00002091l 110002006 fffFC5C5 OOOOffllC 0000fC15 A000213C 00000002
00000043 00000000 50002002 00002000 00002C38 00003(38 000001BO 0000008B
413199801fOOOOOO
415.j23,,060400000
tlE7C 2000E98862 00
0000000000000000
CUMIH:I>
fOf16lfO fl61f6ftl 20002000 00000000 00000000 00000000 C11:41:306 E3C5E2E3 OOOOffff 000020B3 00002083 0000
L__________________________________________________________________________ ~_
Figure 43.
194
SYSLST Output for Autotest Sample Problems (Part 3 of 4)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
-lAIli:L lENGTH- 0000
SL
Sl
(;02000
CH
MN
S2
Sl
OO~OLO
IiAll
C:'E('Tl
05A04520
bAlRdAl
!NAIll
51l10AOAI:
CH
MN
flVCl
AOIB0203
K
MVC
A086A040
~~;~0700
SVC BCR
911101002
4710A02C
TEST2
OAlH9101
HI
IlC
SVC TM
lPR
002010
002040
CH
MN
C02060
404C4040
40404040
40404040
40404040
STH STh
DITTO
5TH STH
STH 5TH
STH STH
OOFFAO
CH
fiN
07C IFFOO
A
BCR
L2FCILOO
0002('lCl
A A
CICICICl
A A A A
OOFFCO
CH
liN
09011400
02000000
OQFHo
CH
fiN
eND
12000100
lTR
BCR SVC
002030
20B30020
38090000
lPDR
leR
12000103
12000200
12000201
lTK
LTR
lTK
~BC2
A09AOAFlI
SVC
BCl
070047FO
0
BCR BC
RI:Au
AOO051l10
AOAEOAOO
5VC
EOJ
BCRl
07F20AOl:
2
BCR 5VC
IN
615C4040
I
*
STH
40404040
STH STH
40404040
40404040
40404040
40404040
STH :'TH
5TH 5TH
STH 5TH
5TH STH
Cl('11200
A A
lTR
04001200
04101400
09001400
SPM LTR
SP/'! Nil.
ISK NR
OOFFOO
00000100
00000000
OOFFOOOO
20B30000
OOFFFO
12000300
12000300
00000000
lTR
LTR
002050
OOFFBO
LTORLTR
ISK NR
THERE
07000AFC
lPDR
00000000
~----------------------------------------------------------------------------1:1..1'; AUTOHST
l_____________________________________________________________________________ ]
Figure 43.
SYSLST output for Autotest Sample Problems (Part 4 of 4)
Multiprogramming
Multi~rogramming capabilities are demonstrated by the multiprogramming
sample problem. A control program supporting multiprogramming is
required. A card-to-printer utility macro lists fifteen test cards
containing the instructions and necessary operator commands to initiate
the job in the foreground-one (F1) area.
The card-to-printer utility
maczo is first cataloged and then assembled and executed as a background
job. The fifteen test cards are listed on the printer. When the last
card in the reader has been read and processed, the following message
will be printed on SYSLOG:
OP08A INTERV REQ SYSRDR
To clear the intervention required condition on the reader, the
operator should enter the following two cards in the reader and ready
the device:
/&
/ / PAUSE REFER TO PRINTER FOR ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS
The operator can now initiate this same program in the foreground area
by following the instructions previously listed on SYSLST when the job
was rm in the background problem area.
The same data previously used for the background execution (fifteen
test cards) is used as input data for the foreground execution.
The
data cards must. therefore, be removed from the card reader output
stacker and they must be replaced in the input hopper.
Then the card
reader is made ready.
The operator should now follow the instructions
contained in the test data to initiate the job in the foreground area.
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
195
Several assumptions have been made in the multiprogramming sample
problem. The first assumption is that a foreground-one area has
previously been allocated.
If this has not been done, the operator
should refer to the DOS Operating Guide referenced on the cover of this
publi cation.
The second assumption is that SYSRDR or SYSIPT is assigned to OOC and
SYSLST assigned to OOE and that there are no other logical units
assigned to these devices. If this is not the case, message
1A13D CONFLICTING I/O ASSIGNMENTS
will be issued on SYSLOG when the operator tries to initiate the program
in the foreground area. To recover from this condition, the operator
should reply CANCEL to the preceding message. The message
F1 OS02I JOB FG INIT.
CANCELED DUE TO PROGRAM REQUEST
will then be issued. The operator should then press the Request key on
the 1052-Printer-Keyboard. The message
1I60A READY FOR
will te issued..
fcllowed by
CO~MUNICATIONS
The operator should next ent.er the START command
ASSGN SYSxxx,UA
where xxx is the unit(s) retaining a background assignment for the
indicated device. The operator can now initiate the job in the
foreground-one area as previously described. To execute the
multiprogramming sample problem the following cards must be entered:
// JOE CATALOG SAMPLE FOREGROUND/BACKGROUND PROGRAM
// OPTION CATAL
PHASE CARDPRNT,+O
/ / EXEC ASSEMBLY
Column 10
PRINT NOGEN
START 0
INCARD
OUTPRT BUFSIZ=80
END
/*
/ / EXEC LNKEDT
/6
//
//
//
//
//
JO B EXECUTE SAMPLE FOREGROUND/BACKGROUND PROG RAM
ASSGN SYS001,X'00C'
(Note 1)
A'5SGN SYS002, X' OOE'
(Note 2)
PAUSE CARD READER END-OF-FILE SIGNALS END OF CARD INPUT
EXEC CARDPRNT
* THESE COMMENTS AND THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS ARE TEST INPUT
* NOW IN A PAUSE STATUS, UNASSIGN THE PRINTER (X'OOE') AND THE CARD
* READER (X'OOC·) TO PERMIT SUBSEQUENT ASSIGNMENT TO FOREGROUND
* AREA. TO DO THIS, TYPE THE FOLLOWING
ASS~ SYSRDR,UA
ASSGN SYSIPT,UA
(Note 3)
ASSGN SYSLST, UA
* TO SUSPEND BACKGROUND (BG) AREA PROCESSING TYPE
STOP
* TO INITIATE PROGRAM NAMED CRDPRNT IN FOREGROUND1 (F1) AREA,
* THE FOLLOWING FOUR STATEMENTS ARE TO BE TYPED ON SYSLOG (1052)
STARr F1
(Note 4)
ASSGN SYS001,X'00C'
(Note 1)
196
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
ASSGN SYS002,X'OOE'
EXEC CARDPRNT
(Note 2)
Note 1:
SYSOOl must be assigned to a card reader.
Note 2:
SYS002 must be assigned to a printer.
Note 3:
These cards are required only if SYSOOl or SYS002 retain a
background assignment.
A device used by a foreground program
cannot be assigned to a background area at the same time.
Note 4:
This command is processed by the ATTN routine (Refer to DOS
Operating Guide referenced on the cover of this publication.)
The test cards for the multiprogramming sample problem are output on
SYS002" which was previously assigned to the system printer. LOG must
be keyed on the 1052 Printer-Keyboard at the beginning of the job to
obtain a complete listing of all job control cards and messages. The
SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 18. The SYSLST output in Figure 44
contains:
• Job control cards
• External symbol dictionary
• Source program listing
• Relocation dictionary
• Diagnostics
• Linkage editor storage map
• List of test cards processed by card-to-printer utility program
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
197
1/ J08 CAT AllOlG SAI'IPlE fCREGROUND/8ACKGROUND PROGRAM
/I OPTION CA TAL
PHASE CARDPRNT •• O
/I EXEC ASSEM8L Y
r------------------------------------------------------------------------EXTERNAL SYMBOL DICTIONARY
SYM80l
TYPE
PC
LOC
ID
ADDR
PAGE
LEI'IGTH LO I D
01 oooeoo 00034A
08JEC T COOE
AOORI ADOR2
STI'IT
1
2
3
000000
109
231
SOURCE STATEMENT
PRIhT NOGEN
START 0
INCARD
OUT PRT
SUFS IZ=BO
END
~-------------------------------------------------------------------------
RELOCATION DICTIONARY
POS.IO
REL.ID
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
flAGS
ec
e8
e8
08
e8
OC
08
08
e8
e8
e8
e8
PAGE
AODRESS
000050
OOOOCI
0000C9
000009
OOOOEI
0001ce
000269
000211
00028i.
000289
000299
0002Al
L________________________________________________________________________ J
Figure 44.
198
SYSLST output for Multiprogramming Sample Problems (Part 1
of 5)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen.. and Maint.
CRGSS-REFERENCE
S'I'H60L
COAAOOOl
COA40001
COAOOOOl
COAEOOOl
COAFOOOI
CilAGOOOl
COAHOOOI
COAJOOOl
COAKOOOl
COAlOOOl
COANOOOI
CIJAPOOOI
CoAQOOOl
CoAROOOl
COASOOOI
COA10001
COAuooel
L06AOOOl
C06MOOOl
COCMOOOI
COENOOOl
COREOOOI
CORlOOOl
LDROOoOl
COR10001
COR20001
COR30001
ClJR40001
CoR50001
COSWOOOI
coxXOOOl
COlltOOOl
C0150001
PRAAOO02
PRACOO02
PRADOO02
PRAEOO02
PRAFOO02
PRAHOO02
PRAJ0002
PRAK0002
PRAQ0002
PRAR0002
PRAU0002
PRAV0002
LEN
VALUE
OEfN
00004
00001t
00080
00060
00002
00002
00002
00008
00002
00008
00004
00004
00001t
00004
00004
00004
00002
00004
00004
00004
00001t
00002
00001t
00001
00001
00001
00001
00001
00001
00004
00001
00001
00001
00004
00004
00004
00080
00080
00001t
00004
00004
00002
00004
00001
00004
000004
000050
OCOCOC
00005C
00006C
000064
000068
0000C8
000000
ooeOEC
0000F8
OCOI00
00010A
OOOllE
oe012E
000160
000166
ooooec
000158
oeOOE8
00017t
00013C
OOOHE
oooeoe
000001
000002
000003
000004
000005
000008
00017A
OOOOOE
ooooeF
00011C
000188
000 ICC
000186
000108
000238
00023C
00021t0
0002AC
0002CO
0002DC
0002E8
0009
0030
0032
0033
001t3
0045
DOH
0056
0057
0066
0069
0071
OOH
0080
0081t
0099
0101
0011
0098
0067
0106
0089
0096
0034
0035
0036
0037
0038
0039
0010
0108
0040
DOlt!
0115
0118
0138
0140
0141
0153
0154
0155
0184
0191
0199
0203
Figure 44.
0030
0014
0056
0066
0099
0103
0016
0019
0022
0025
0015
OC97
ce72
0075
0079
0069
0031
0084
0012
0087
0010
0010
0076
0011
0012
0016
0102
0012
0011
oe81
0001
0138
0139
0120
0163
0171
0200
0189
0116
0117
0044
0026
0046
0102
0104
0018
0021
0024
0027
0029
0044
0053
001t6
0063
0096
PAGE
0093
0063
0085
0095
0091
0106
0092
0078
0076
0074
0013
0017
0103
0095
0081
0080
0014
0018
0084
0017
0019
0086
0020
0020
0102
0104
0106
0008
0153
0009
015 4
0009
0013
0202
0201
022 It
0121
0203
0228
0231
0137
0091
0023
0021
0099
0026
0022
0100
0077
0023
0077
0021t
0080
0025
0081
0026
0082
0027
0086
0069
0095
0083
0106
0105
0028
0085
0089
0090
0092
0093
0094
0094
0100
0107
0195
SYSLST Output for Multiprogramming Sample Problems (Part 2
of 5)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
199
CROSS-REFERENCE
VALUE
OEfN
PRAI00002
PRAIOO02
PRIlI0002
PRB20002
PRB30002
PR DA0002
PROB0002
PROC0002
PRDDOOO;'!
PROE0002
PREI10002
PRENC002
PRFB0002
PRI1H0002
PRSVOOOZ
PR SW0002
PRS10002
PRS30002
PR T90002
fRWA0002
PRWB0002
PRlf10002
PRlf200C2
PR 1030002
PR000002
PROl0002
SYHBOL
00001
00004
00006
00006
00006
00004
00006
00002
00004
00001
00008
00001
00004
00004
00002
00004
00004
00004
00004
00008
00008
00001
00001
00008
00001
00001
LEN
000316
00031A
000260
000218
00029C
OC0320
OC0324
OC032A
00032E
00033't
00e230
00034A
0002A8
000228
00032C
000184
0002fA
000314
OC02CA
000210
000288
OC02AO
0002AC
0002AO
OCOOOO
COOOOl
0216
0218
0156
0164
0112
0220
0221
0222
0224
0221
0152
0236
0182
0151
0223
0111
0208
0215
0194
0163
0171
0119
0180
0181
0142
0143
PR020002
PR030002
PR040002
PR130002
PR140002
PR150002
OOOCI
00001
00001
000C1
00001
00001
CCOO02
000003
COOOC4
COOOOD
OOOOOE
OOOOOf
0144
0145
0146
0141
0148
0149
PAGE
0201
0122
0125
0134
0124
0121
0136
0154
0153
0196
0220
0181
0185
0212
0206
0210
0233
0214
0118
0209
0208
0128
0131
0130
0133
0116
0184
0186
0229
0119
0122
0116
0116
0200
0113
0191
01B4
0186
0230
0120
0123
0224
0200
0202
0114
0160
0168
0210
0188
0231
0123
0124
0211
0189
0232
0126
0125
0214
0190
0232
0129
0126
0211
0191
0194
0196
0210
0212
0214
0217
0221
0222
0228
0132
0121
0135
0128
0188
0129
0206
0130
0215
0131
0218
0132
0219
0133
0220
0134
0135
0136
0201
0203
0115
0205
0204
0115
0221
0205
0119
0224
0218
0190
0222
0204
0225
0229
0235
Nil STAHHENTS flAGGED IN THIS ASSEHBLY
Figure 44.
200
SYSLST Output for Multiprogramming Sample Problems (Part 3
of 5)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
l-~~~:~~~~~---------------------------------------------------------------j
JOB
DISK LINKAGE EDITOR DIAGNOSTI(; Of INPUT
(;ATALOG
A(; TlON TAKEN
"AP
LI S I
PHASE (;ARUPRNT ,+0
LIST
ENTRY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------PHASE
XfR-AO
LO(;ORE
HI(;ORE
OSK-AO
(;AROPRNI
000000
000000
000349
28
a
1
ESO TYPE
LABH
LOADED
REL-fR
000000
000000
(;SEU
r------------------------------------------------------------------------CORE-I"AGE
SYSTE" DIREC10RV
RELOCA TA8L E
SOURC E- STATE"E NT
--------------------------OECIHAL---------------------------------------
DIREUORY SlAR.TlNG AOORESS
DIRECTORY NEXT ENTRY
DIRE(;TORY LASt ENTRY
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
STARTING AOORESS
NEXT AYAlLA8LE ENTRY
LAST A~AlLABLE ENTRY
C
01
01
01
H
00
02
04
R E
01
07 11
08 17
01 05 01
43 00 02
63 09 02
C
64
64
64
H
00
01
04
R E
01
02 00
09 22
64 05 01
B3 OB 09
100 09 09
----------------------S T ATUS
C
101
101
101
I NFOR"A T I ON------ ----------------------------
230
136
1250
827
04
419
3285
1745
00
1540
7808
6630
00
1178
AUTO"ATlC CONUENSE L1"lT
00
4000
6000
lI8RAR Y
AllOCA TEO C YLI NDERS
DIRECTORY AllOCAlED TRACKS
63
05
37
05
49
02
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
LIBRARY
BLOCKS
BLOCKS
BLOCKS
BLOCKS
AllCCATED
AC' I VE
DelETED
AVAlLA8LE
R E
01
14 06
16 09
101 02 01
142 06 07
149 09 16
403
DIRECTORY ENTRIES ACTIVE
H
00
00
01
-------------------------------------------------------------------------EO"' CATALOG
Figure 44 .•
SYSLST Output for
of 5)
Multiprogra~ng
Sample Problems (Part 4
Disk operating System Sample Problems
201
II
II
/I
II
II
J08 i:XECUTE SAMPLE FCREGROUNO/8ACKGROUNO PROGRAM
ASSGN SYS001,X'OOC'
CARD READER
ASSGN SYS002,X'OCE'
PRINTER
PAUSE CARD READER END-OF-FILE SIGNALS END OF CARD INPUT
EXEC CARDPRNT
• tHESE COMMENTS ANa THE fOlLDIII1"'1O STATEMENTS ARE TEST INPUT
• NOIII IN A PAUSE STATUS, UNASSIGN THE PRINTER CX'OOE') AND THE CARD
READER (X 'OOC') TO PERM I T SU8SEQUENT ASSIGNMENT TO fOREGROUND
•
AREA. TO DO THIS, TYPE THE fOLLOlillNG
ASSGH SYSRDR,UA
(REQUIRED ONLY IF SYSRDR ASSIGNED TO X'OOC')
ASSGH SYSIPT,UA
(REQUIRED ONLY IF SYSIPT ASSIGNED TO X'OOC')
ASSGH SYSLST,UA
(REQUIRED ONLY IF SYSLST ASSIGNED TO X'OOE')
• TO SUSPEND BACKGROUND (00) AREA PROCESSING, TYPE
STOP
• TO INITlAlE PROGRAM NAMEO CAROPRNI IN FOREGROUND 1 (Fl) AREA, THE
•
FOLLOIIII.NG FOUR STAIEMENTS ARE TO 8E TYPED ON SYSLOG (1052)
START Fl
CTHIS COMMAND IS PRCCESSED 8Y THE 1052 ATTENTION ROUTINE)
ASSGH SYSOOl,X'OOC'
CARD READER
ASSGH SYS002,X'OCE'
PRINTER
EXEC CAROPRNT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------EOJ EXECUTE
I I PAUSE REFER TO PRHI":R FOR ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS
ASSGN SYSRDR ,UA
ASSGN SYSIPT,UA
ASSGN SYSLST ,UA
• THESE COMMENTS AND THE FOLLOIlING STATEMENTS ARE TEST INPUT
• NOli IN A PAUSE STATlIS, UNASSIGN THE PRINTER (X'OOE') AND THE r.ARD
•
IlEADER (X'OOC'I Tii PERMIT SUBSE"UENT ASSIGNMENT TO FOREGROUND
•
AREA. TO 00 THIS, TYPE THE FOLLOIilING
ASSGN SYSROR,UA
(REQUIRED ONLY IF SYSRDR ASSIGNED TO X'OOC')
ASSGN SYSIPT,UA
IRE~UIRED ONLY IF SYSI'PT ASSIGNED TO X'OOC')
ASSGN SYSLST,UA
IREQUIRED ONLY IF SYSLST ASSIGNED TO X'OOE')
• TO SUSPEND BACKGROIIND IBGI AREA PROCESSING, TYPE
STOP
• TO INITIATE PROGRAM "'AMED CARDPRNT IN FOREGROUND 1 IFli AREA, THE
•
FOLLOWING FOUR STATEMENTS ARE TO BE TYPED ON SYSLOG 11052)
START Fl
CTHIS !;CMMAND IS PROCESSED BY THE 1052 ATTENTION ROUTINE)
ASSGN SYS001,X'Oec'
CARD READER
ASSGH SYS002.X 'OOE'
PRI hTER
EXEC CMOPRNT
[_________________________________________________________________________l
Figure 44.
202
SYSLST Outvut for Multiprogramming Sample Problems (Part 5
of 5)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Magnetic Character Readers
The first 1412/1419 Magnetic Character Reader sample problem processes
500 documents from one magnetic character reader using GET logic. The
documents are read into pocket 3 in groups of approximately 50. After
each group is read, the 1412/1419 Magnetic Character Reader is
disengaged, the tatch number is updated, and the pocket light is turned
on. All documents are listed on the printer. If the Selective Tape
List feature is present on the printer, the documents are listed on the
leftmost tape. The controls on the magnetic character reader that must
be depressed, if present, are:
BATCH NUMBER ON, PROG SORT, and at least
one field for the VALIDITY CHECK & READ OUT control.
The second 1412/1419 Magnetic Character Reader sample problem
processes 250 documents from each of two magnetic character readers,
(both of the same type: both with a single address adapter or both with
a dual address adapter), using READ, CHECK, and WAITF logic. The only
controls that must be depressed are PROG SORT and at least one field for
the VALIDITY CHECK, & READ OUT control.
Documents from one reader are
selected into pockets one or zero depending on whether or not the
selected field is present. Documents read in error are rejected and all
data is listed on a printer. If the Selective Tape List feature is
present on the printer, data is printed on the leftmost tape.
Documents from the second reader are selected according to a digit in
the field read and printed on SYSLST. If manual intervention is
required on the second reader, a message is printed on SYSLOG. The
message is:
INTERVENTION REQUIRED ON FILE2.
The program names are Z.MCR1 and Z.MCR2.
problems support the 1259.
The 1412/1419 sample
Instructions show how to remove the following optional features:
1.
Dual addressing adapter feature
2.
Batch numbering
3.
Pocket lights
4.
Selective Tape List Feature (Printer)
The SYSLOG output is shown in Figure 17.
45 contains:
The SYSLST output in Figure
• Job control cards
• External symtol dictionary
• Source program listing
• Relocation dictionary
• Linkage editor input diagnostics
• Linkage editor storage map
• Document data listings
• EQJ MCR
• /1 PAUSE END OF MeR SAMPLE PROBLEMS
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
203
II JOB MeR SAMPLE PROBLEMS
1/ ASSGN SYS005.X·004'
/I "SSG'! SYS006.X'OOS'
/I "SSG'" SYS009.X'OlZ'
/I OPTION LINK.NOXREF
I I EXEC ASSE'IBL Y
r-------------------------------------------------------------------------------EXTERNAL
SYMBOL
TYPE
IJUoZlZl
J JUOlZll
IJoFSlll
IJDFSZZl
PC
FR.
SO
CR
Sf)
AooR
10
LENGTH Lo
PAGC
SY>4BOL olCTIONAFY
10
01 OOOOOG C02834
02
03 C02 83 S C004BO
04
C5 OC2CES r'l002~
r-------------------------------------------------------------------------------S477
LOC
MCR I
SAMPLE
PAGE
PR OSL E M
fl8JEC T CODE
ADDRI
ADDR2
000000 0540
000002
000016 S850 42AE
000026
00002A
00002E
000032
000036
00003A
0OO03E
91Cl
4710
9110
4710
910B
4710
4650
47FO
000046 0209
0,oa42
002BO
42AC
4066
20CO
407E
2000
4018
4044
4092
422F 2C56
002AE
00068
00000
G0080
00000
OOOlA
00046
00094
00230 00056
0)0064 47FO 4018
a001A
000074 9230 42A9
000078 9200 42AC
00007C 47FO 402C
000080
OC2AR
002AF
000090
000094
00009A
00009E
or03E
00034 OC09E
00068
0002E
47FO 403C
0201 4(132 409C
47FO 4066
4C9E
SHiT
923F
4320
4620
9601
9680
7004
51F7
5014
51FA
7001
OOOOC 8 4220 51F7
00004
002AB
000C8
002AE
00001
002AB
.
72
73
74
75 USSR
76
77
78
79
80
81 NODIS
82
85
86
87 FILE
*
.
STACHP SELECTIO"i ROUT l"iE
US ING
MV I
IC
BCT
01
01
*,5
4(71. X' 3F'
2, CTR+I
2.'J00IS
DISSW.x '01'
11 71 • X ' RO'
RE~OVE AB(lV"
STATFMENT
STC
2.CTR+I
Mil.
EX IT
DRf1P
5
oT FMR·
BUF~ERS=100.
EXTADDR=USSR.
10ARFAl=AR EA.
DEli AOOR =S Y SClO 5.
R ECS IZ E=80.
IOREG=2.
Figure 45.
204
f)OS CL 3-0 C31l2f6G
ST ATEMENT
PR INT "rG~"
START
BALR 4.C
U~ ING *.4
OPEN
FILFl. FIL E
OPEN All F I LF S
OUCNT. TOTDOe
INITIAL Ill' ~OCUMENT COUfHER
14
l
uET
F IL E
GET T)(O(U"FNT FHOM MICR DEVICC
15 NEXT
TM
a I SE NGAGE
DI5S".X·OI'
20
fllSfN(;
YI'S
BO
21
T'1
RF AOY COR POCKET LIGHT
C(21.X'10'
22 fll seeM
LITE
23
BO
YES
IF INT. K fi,J(., •• RE-ISSUE GE T
T'1
24
O( 21. X' Ob'
NFXT
BO
25
BCT
DUCNT. MVC
DECREMENT OUCUMENT cm.I'HFR
26 LASDOC
fO F
27
B
AREAl( 10 I. S6( 21
MVC
MOVF DATA TO OUTPUT AREA
28 MVC
PUT
FILFl.STLSP=BKT
PR I~T
29
37 * uMI T ' STlSP=bKT' PAKA'-1ETER IF SELECTIVE TAPE LI ST FEATURE NOT PRESENT
NEXT
36
B
39 DISE/I,G
OlSEN F IL E
DISENGAGE ~ICR OEVICE
44
MV I
CTR+l. X' 30'
RE INITIALI ZE DOCUME'NT COUNTER
45
MVI
RE SET 01 SFNGAGE SWI TCH
DISSW.X '00'
DISCO,",
40
B
47 LITE
EQU
FILF.SWAPEA
LIGHT POCKET SPEC ICiED IN SWARI' A
48
LITE
RFI~OVE AI3UIIE ST ATEMENT
IF POCKET LIGHT FEATURF I S ABSENT
54 *
55
B
L AS DOC
"'iVC
CISCO'~+6( 21. F(lJADD AL TER EOJ Bi<.A'JCH
50 EOF
57
B
DIS ENG
S( EOJ 1
EOJ AOCON
58 EOJAoO
DC
59 EOJ
CLOSE FILE I. FlU'
CLOSE ALL FILE S
6R
EOJ
71
000084
0'00B4
0000B8
OOOOBC
OOOOCO
0000C4
SOURCE:
ARBITRAR ILY SELECT POCKET THRCo
DECREMENT OOCUMENT COU'lTER
TURN ON 0 I Sf NGAGE SWI TCH
UP DA TE BA TCH NUMSE RE R
IF I3ATCH NUMBEklNG NOT AVAIlABLI'
L4770002
L477000"3
l4770004
L477e005
L477000/,
L4770007
l47700G8
L477(100q
L477001C
L477COIl
L477COI2
L47700n
L4770C14
l471Q(lj"
L4770016
L477C017
L4770018
L4710019
l4770020
L4770021
L471(1022
L4770023
L4770024
L4770'l25
L477CC26
L4770027
L477002R
L4770029
L4770030
L4770031
L477C032
L4770033
L4770034
L477C035
L4770036
L4770037
L4770038
l4770(\o9
L477004C
L4770041
L4770042
L477C043
l477C044
L4770045
L4770046
X L4770047
Xl4770048
Xl477004Q
XL4770'l50
XL4770D51
XL477'lC52
SYSLST output for 1412/1419 Sample Problems (Part 1 of 7)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
r-------------------------------------------------------------------------------PAGE
An,)Rl
ADDR2
SHiT
SOURce
157
521
522
523 F! LFl
*
545
613
014
615
016
617
618
619
520
(,21
622
A2,
624
625
S DC' 21 0
CJC21C 5b5~C2:)607C SQ540
')00218 5rl5dC 7C31106f2C5
:)JC22C I1(OJCCf)C
iJJ~224
~rOJCl'J8
22R rco,lC2A g
) JO 2 2C 00'Y::C2Ar
:;')~
000005
40404 C4(4 04C404 C
01
('0,0
0400
00
('0
C JO';?RQ OCOOOI F 4
O~C23C
OJ 0 2A 9
GJC 2AA
),J021\(
'lJG2AE
O)S 2A F
,)OCNT
ARE Al
BKT
CTR
S"AREA
OISSw
626 TOT OOC
627 AREA
628
END
O'1n:>~4
2JJOOIJ
DOS CL3-C 03112169
STATFME"T
MlDqESS=[)UAL.
R E MO VE ! F DUAL ADAPTER NOT PRESENT
XL4770053
SFCA[)DR=SYSC06.
R F~OVE IF 'lUAL A'lAPHK NOT f'RE SE NT
XL4770054
AO,)AR EA=10
L4770055
~R ~OD AODR E S S =DUAL. RUFF FR S= 100
L4770056
IF QUAI ADO
127
STACKFR SELECTION ROUTINE FOR FILE 1
128 *
129
U~ ING *.5
TM
130 USS Ql
DA TA CHECK OR OVE RRUN
2(7).X'OC'
BNZ
DERR 1
YE S
131
BLANKI 10) .161 7)
IS FIELD BLANK
132
CLC
BNE
PKTl
NO
133
MV I
134
4(7) • X ' OF'
SELECT POCKET ZERO_
EX I T 1
135
B
START
4
5
16
17
18 NEXT
23
2'1
30
35 MVCl
3b
44
OMIT
45 NEXTl
*
00C09A 0263 45(,A 3006 0050C 00006
O~OOCC
o JOOC 4
0000C6
OOOOCA
OOOOCE
001)000
000002
000006
OOOOOA
o ]OOOF
47FO
18E 0
9130
4770
07FE
18AO
9130
4710
gl08
07H
4022
OC024
2000
40Ft
00000
3000
4106
3000
00000
OOOOFE 9601 446F
000102 47FO 4118
OC471
000116 9602 446F
000 llA 9103 446F
00011E 47EO 4022
00471
00471
OOOFO
00108
00000
OOOOEC 07FA
0:)0138
000138
0,)013C
000140
00014b
00014A
OOO14E
'l1CC
4770
0509
4110
920F
47FO
0011A
00024
7002
00002
5022
0015A
533A 7010 C0472 00010
SOIA
00152
7CC4
00004
5026
0015E
Figure 45.
[l0') CL3-0 C31l2/6<;
$47700C2
$4770()O3
$47700(,4
$4770De5
$4770006
$47700C7
$4770008
$4770009
$477001('
$4770011
$4770C12
$4770013
$4770014
$4770015
$4770016
$4770017
$477('018
$477001Q
54770020
$4770021
$4770022
$4770023
$4770024
$4770025
$4770026
$4770027
$477C028
$4770029
$4770030
$4770031
$477()032
$477C033
$4770034
$4770035
$4770036
$4710037
$4770038
$4770039
$4770040
$4770041
$4770042
$4770043
$4770044
$4770045
$4770046
$4770047
$4770048
$4770049
$4770050
$4770051
$4770052
SYSLST output for 1412/1419 Sample Problems (Part 4 of 7)
Disk operating System Sample
Problen~
207
M(R2
$ 477
lllC
SA "ID I t
PR08lE'~
JBJOC T CO,)E
ADDRl
010152 9210 7C()4
000156 47 0 0 5026
COO 15A 92CF 7004
PAGE
ADDk2
00004
0015E
00004
STMT
SOUKCE
136 PKT 1
137
138 DERR1
139 EXITI
142
143
144
145
14'> U')SR2
147
148
149
150
*
*
*
000160
00016C'
000164
000168
00016C
000170
910C
4710
95F9
4720
95FO
70C2
5C22
7C62
5022
7062
00002
00182
00062
00182
00062
000174 4740 5022
00182
000178 F200 70C4 7062
00017E 47F 0 5026
000 182 92CF 7004
00004 00062
00186
00004
151
152
153
154 REJECT
155 EXIT2
158
159
160 F[lfl
*
230 F[LE2
300 F[lE3
322 F[lE4
343
707
70B
709
$477
LOC
000420
000420
000428
000430
000434
000438
00043C
000440
000444
000448
00044C
JOOO05
000006
OOOOOA
000450
000470
000471
000472
00047C
000480
00050C
000598
OOOFCO
000000
MCR2
SAMPLE
08JFC T CODI'
208
4(71.X·lF'
FX [T 1
4(71.X'CF'
I'k
,)TACKeR
SEL~CTIO'I
SELI.:C T
RnLlTI\lE
US ING *.5
TM
2(7).·'C('
8~l
RfJ ECT
98(71.X'F9'
Cli
8H
P EJ
T
98( 7l.X'FC'
Cli
8L
REJECT
PACK
4( 1. 7 1.98 ( 1.7 I
B
EX IT Z
.. V I
4( 7). X' CI='
EX [T
MR
'lROP
5
rc
OTFMR
14 770~~3
$£+7708')4
$4770r:S5
$477')250
$477J057
$4770"58
$4770(<;9
SELECT POCKET ONE
FO~
~FJEC
T POCKET
FILE?
t477COhO
f)ATA CHECK
YE S
OR
$477~)bl
fJV"RPU'J
$47700b2
$4770063
t477,)064
$4770065
[S 'lATA A 'l[c,[T
SELECT
POC~ET
ACCOR:J[NG O[GIT
ClN 'lnc.
SELeCT i9
$477C070
$4 He C71
$4770072
X$4770073
U4770074
X~477C075
X $4770076
X$4778077
X$477(,;078
X$477C079
U4770080
C$4770081
$4 770082
x $4 7700~3
X $4770084
X$4770085
X$477COW,
X$4770087
X$4770088
X$477C089
xt477CI)90
C$4770091
$4770092
X $4770093
X$4770094
~4 770095
X $4770096
$477(097
$4770098
$4770099
$477010'0
X$477nOl
X$4 770102
$4770103
PAGE
ADDR2
STMT
777
844
888
889
890
891
B92
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
SOURCE STATEMENT
MSGIoiRT
aOCNT 1
DOCNTZ
RETURN
MESSG
CNTADI
C LOS [0
8LANK
TOTOOC
AREA
PRNTAR
AREAl
AREA2
flOS
cu-c
PR""OD RECFn~M=F [XUNB
DT FCN BL KS [ZE= 3 2. DEVAflDe<= SY SLO(,. [0 ARE A 1 =ME 5 SG. TV P" F LE =OUT PUT
L TORG
=C'SSBOPE"I
=C'SSBCLOSE'
=AC FILEll
=A(NEXTll
=AC FILE31
=AC C"ITADll
=A( F IL E21
=ACNEXT21
=A( FlLI'41
=A(MSGWRT I
EOLI
5
DOCUMENT COUNTER FOR FIlEl
EOU
6
DOCUMENT COU"lTER FOR FILE2
EQU
10
DC
C' [NTERVENTIO"l REQU[RED ON FILE Z
DC
X'O l '
SElEC T! VE TA PE L! ST TAPE 1"10 IC AlOR
DC
X'00'
CLOSED 1"10 lCA TOR
DC
10~' 00'
DC
F'Z50'
TOTAL NO. OF DOCUMENTS TO 8E READ
DC
140C'
OUTPUT AREA FOR FlLE3
DC
140C'
GUTPUT AREA FOR FILE4
OS
CL2600
[NPJT AREA FOR FILEI
OS
CLI0600
INPUT AREA FOR F[LE2
END
START
,
03112/69
$4770104
$4770105
$4770106
$477CI07
$4770108
$4770109
$4770110
$4770111
$4770112
$4770113
$4770114
$4770115
$4770116
$477 n 117
$4770118
$4770119
SYSLST Output for 1412/1419 Sample Problems (Part 5 of 7)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------~OLCCAT
-
POS .IJ
KEL. ID
01
01
Cl
01
01
01
01
01
01
(1
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
C1
01
01
01
Cl
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
DC
OC
CC
DC
v~
~
01
Cl
01
C1
01
01
01
I) 1
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
08
GC
OC
DC
CC
OC
CC
OC
08
08
08
08
0002ED
0002F((,002F4
000 2F R
000304
00030C
000310
00031 C
ooe 3 31
000339
000341
00C349
FL AGS
rc
DC
DC
OC
DC
CC
DC
18
DC
08
08
DC
OC
DC
OC
OC
LJ'J
~ICT
PAGF
I'J"JARY
ADDP"SS
oDe n~c
0000Ie
00[,014
00G018
000088
00G08C
0000F8
oDe llC
GOO12C
OOC13C
0001'10
oonQ9
oDe 1 CO
000 lEI
0001E'5
0001F8
oDe 1 fCC
'lOClFO
0001F(
OC1nZ'J4
-
-
-
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------RELUCAT JON OICT I'l"JARY
P,l S. In
o. IT[ MSC ON SYSL"G
RFAO l~ CHAR" III.PUT
LOAD Rll WITH Lf'CP CNTR
MOVE 4 BYTES AT A TIME
INCR ABOVE DISPLACE BY
Fr,Up ~YTFS AND STORF
BACK
CCNVfRT 4-RYTE
UNPACKFD FnLD TO TWO
BYTF-L EFT -A DJUST FD
PACKfO FIHD
IN 1'2
STORf 2 P~CKfO RYT~S IN SAVE
TWO 8YTE5 INTO C[]O!{DNTS
INCR DISPLACEMENT OF FILDMRK1
PY Hi(' A"O THE'!
Rf STORE INTO INS TRUCTI ON
Lf'OP BACI< TO AL HRI
~'OVE
$4780002
$478(003
$4780004
$4780005
$47800C6
$47ECCC7
$4780008
$478COCQ
S47BCGlC
$478C011
S4780G12
$4780013
$4780014
$478C015
$4780016
$418CCl1
$478C018
$4780Cl S
$478(020
$4780021
$4780022
$4780023
$478C024
$47R0025
$4180026
$4 7!'CC2 7
S478CC28
46
41
48 READDOCS READ
ORDTF ,OR, CCWADR
54
WAITF (,ROTF
59
DATAPRT+ 1 (61, H\AR FA
MVC
60
CNTRL ORDTF,ESO,1
PRDTF
66
PUT
I NARE A,C'
MVI
71
INAREA+1(51,INAREA
72
MVC
..,VI
73
DATAPRT,C'
MVC
OHAPRT+1 0201, OATIIPPT
74
REAOOOCS
75
B
76
77
READ DOCU~ENTS
\iAIT I/O
"OVE OR DATA TO PRINT ARFA
EJECT AND 55 one pnK 1
PRINT LINE
CLEAR
I~'PLJT AR EA
CL CAR
OUTPUT AREA
GO TO ,\EJI.D NEXT DOCUMENT
$478C030
$4780031
$478C032
$418C033
$4780034
$4780035
$4180036
$478C037
$478C03!'
$47eOO3Q
$47!'C040
$478C041
$4780042
$4780043
79 CORRECT
STM
R14,Ri,SAVE
SAVE REGS
S4780045
81 OATACK
TM
!1POTF80,X'Ol'
Q-
*
*
OAT" CHECK
S478C047
SYSLST Output for Optical Reader Sample Problem -- Document
Mode Processing (Part 1 of 5)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
CM~PLF
TFST PROGRAM FOR
Orx:UMF~T
PRDCESSING
AOD~2
snn
0000,,(, 4780 30EC
OOOEE
'J00(lE4 D22E 3486 3'170 00488 00372
OOOOF~ 47FO 3180
00182
82
83
84
OOOri':F 9104 ,546
')0548
000oc2 4780 30FE
COlaO
000()F6 022E 34~f, :n12 00488 ')0314
,)OO:~"C 47FO 31H
;;OlFC
86 WP LNG TH
87
88
89
000100
0001.')4
')001)'1
000101'
91 fOUl PC
9:>
93
94
L DC
OBJ ECT CODE
9108
47130
[)22E
47FO
AOOPI
3546
00548
3110
00112
3486 339F 00488 OC3.41
31CE
SC·lOO
00~112 9110 3546
0054'1
-)00116 4780 312E
00130
')OfJllA 022E 3486 3256 00488 00258
00lFC
00012C 47FO 31FA
000130 9120 3546
00548
000134 4780 314C
0014E
00')138 022E 3486 3285 00488 00287
001FC
00014A 47FO 31FA
00014F 9140 3546
00548
')00152 4780 316A
0010C
000156 022E 3486 32B4 00488 002fl6
,)OlFC
00n68 47FO 31FA
srURCE
STAHME~T
DOS CL3-0
WRLNGTH
OATAPRPI471 ,DATAMSG
RESCAN
BR TO WRONG L~TH RFC
YE~, fmVE DATA CK MSG
BR TO R ESCAN ROUTI NE
ORDTF80,X'04'
FOUl PC
DATAPRPI471 ,WLENMSG
ENOl PT
Q- WAS IT A WRONG LNGTH RECORD
"", GIJ TEST EQUIP CHECK
YES, MOVE WRONG L'lGTH REC MSG
TERMINATE PGM
5478C052
54780053
$4780054
$4780055
ORDTF80,X'08'
1II0NREC'lV
DATAPflPI471 ,EQUIPMSG
fllSPLAY
Q- EQUIPCHECK
NO, BR TO TEST NONRECOVERY
YES, MOVE EQUIP CK MSG
BR TO DISPLAY ROUTINE
5478C057
5478005B
$471!C059
54780060
96 NONRECOV TM
BZ
97
MVC
98
99
PUT
B
104
OROTF80,X'10'
LAHSS
DATAPRPI471,NONREC
PRDTF
EIliDI PT
Q- NON RFCOV
~O, BR TO LATE SS TEST
YES,MOVE NONREC MSG
PRINT
T"IIt'INATE PROGRAM
54780062
54780063
54780064
54780065
5478C066
106 LAHSS
107
108
109
114
TM
BZ
MVC
PUT
B
ORDTF80,X' 20'
IIAOREFMK
DATAPRPI471,LATESTAK
PROTF
FNOI PT
Q- LATE STACKER SELECT
NO, BR TO LOST REF MRK TEST
YES,I'OVE LATE STAK SEL MSG
PRINT
TERM--HAPDWARE ERROR OCCURRED
$4780068
54780069
54780070
5478C071
$4780072
116
117
118
119
124
TM
BZ
MVC
PUT
B
OROTFBO,X'40'
ILLBIT
OATAPRPI471,RECALIAR
PROTF
EcNDIPT
Q- BAD LD FR~T OF REF MARK
NO, ILLGL BIT WAS SET
YES, MOVE RECALIBRATE IolSG
PIlINT
TERM PGM
54780074
54780075
54780076
$4780077
5478C078
~Z
r-oVC
fl
~AOPEFMK
TM
8Z
M'/C
B
TM
flZ
,"VC
A
NO,
~EST
$4780048
54780049
54780C50
00lFC
126 ILUl IT
127
132
MVC
PUT
B
DATAPRPI471 ,BADSENSE
PRDTF
ENOl PT
MOVE MSG FOR
PRINT
TERM PGM
ILL BIT SETTING
00017E 47FO 31FA
54780C8C
54780081
54780C82
000182 41BO 3201'
000186 58AO 3516
00018A 5BAO 3252
00210
00518
OC254
134 RESCAN
135
136
LA
L
S
"l1.CCWAOR
RI0,ORDTF+32
R10,=F'8'
LOAD ADR OF COORD OF LNDMRK
LOAD ADR OF RDflKWRD CCW
PCINT TO PRECEDING LO FOR"'AT
54780084
$4780085
54780086
00016C 022E 3486 32E3 00488 002E5
138
139
*
*
REREAD TIoII: FIELD FIVE MORE TIMES AND FORCE ON-LINE CORRECTION
IF NOT SUCCESSFUL
54780088
54780089
SAMPLE TEST PIlOGRAM FOR DOCUMENT PROCESSING
LOC
OBJECT CODE
ADDRI ADDR2
OOOlAA 9108 3546
OOOlAE 4710 31CE
00548
0001~2
00548
9101 3546
00,:1 1B6 4780 3iBC
00016A 47FO 31CE
OO:JlBE
0001C2
0001C6
000 ICC
9IF6
4780
0221'
47FO
Figure 46.
SOURCE STATEMENT
DOS CL3-0
141
RESCN ORDTF.1101, 1111, 5,F
00100
150
151
TM
80
ORDTF80,X' 08'
01 SPLAY
Q- EQUIPMENT CHECK
YES, GO TO DISPLAY FIELD
54780093
5478C094
001BE
00100
153
154
155
TM
8Z
B
ORDTF80,X'Ol'
ANYERRS
DISPLAY
NO,
Q- DATA CHECK
NO, BR TO TEST OTHER ERRORS
YES, GO TO DISPLAY FIELD
$4780096
54780097
54780098
157 ANYERR S
158
159
160
TM
8Z
MVC
ORDTF80,X'F6'
RETRN
DATAPRPI471 ,!tEl RYERR
RETRN
Q- ANY OTHER ERRORS
NO, GO TO RETRN TO PGM
YES, MOVE RETRY ERR MSG
RETRN TO PGM
54780100
54780101
54780102
54780103
162 01 SPLAY
163
164
LA
L
S
RI1,CCWAOR
R10,ORDTF+32
RIO ,=F' 8'
LD ADR OF COORD OF LNDMRK
LD ADR OF RDBKIIRD CCW
POINT TO PRECEDING LD FORMAT
54180105
54180106
54780107
166
DSPLY ORDTF, 1101 ,1111
DISPLAY FIELD FOR KYBRO CORR
54180109
00548
3546
3lF2
CCIF4
3486 3341 00488 00343
001F4
3lF2
000100 41BO 320E
000104 58AO 3516
000108 5BAO 3252
STMT
00210
00518
00254
547800(1l
SYSLST Output for Optical Reader Sample Problem -- Document
Mode Processing (Part 2 of 5)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
213
174 RETRr-<
175
Llol
BR
117 ENDIPT
186
CLOSE ORDTF,PROTF
EOJ
CLeSE ORDTF AND PRIr-10SX
021057
021057
XXXXX
021057
Figure 46.
216
DATA CHECK
EQU I PMENT CHECK
SYSLST output for optical Reader Sample Problem -- Document
Mode Processing (Part 5 of 5)
IBM S/360 OOS Sys .• Gen. and f/laint.
/I
II
/I
/I
JOB OPTICAL RUDER SAMPLE PROBLEM
ASSG~I SYS009,X'055'
OPTION LI~K,NCXREF
FXEC ASSEMI'LY
EXTERNAL SYMBOL DICTIONARY
SYMBOL
TYPE
, "MDCBTZ
I JMOCBTZ
1 JMOZBTZ
I JOFCZ IW
I JOFCZ IW
IJf'FZZIW
PC
ER
SO
LO
ER
SO
LO
10
AOOP
LfNGTH LO 10
01 000000 00071'C
')2
03 0007CO OOO'5FO
Oa07CO
04
05 OOOOBe 000072
OOOOBO
03
05
SA"PLE TEST PROGRA'I Ff1P JOURNAL TAPE PROCESSING
LOC
OBJECT CoOE
AOOR1 MlDR2
000000
000000 0560
100002
ST'H
BEGIN
'5
6
1'i LOOP
007BO
000026 5B50 67AE
0002F
00002A 4250 6020
00002E 0200 6404 6540 00406 0054F
000044
000048
00004E
000052
0000'56
00005A
00005E
000062
0000(,6
00001'.11
OOOO"E
000012
000016
9240
0277
47FO
90EF
9110
4710
9108
4710
9101
4710
9102
411 0
021 F
6404
00406
6405 6404 00407 00406
6014
00016
601'2
000E4
65EE
005FO
60CE
00000
65EE
005FO
6014
00016
65EE
005FO
000A4
60A2
005FO
65EE
60C8
OOOCA
64FC 6513 004FE 00515
00008A 91 FF 65EE
00008F 4180 60C8
005FO
OOOCA
OOOCA
OOOOAO 41FO 60C8
005FO
0000A4 9102 65EE
00076
0000~8 4710 6074
OOOOAC 0209 64FC 6593 004FE 00595
65EE
60C8
6014
60E2
005FO
f,OOOBE
,)000C2
:)000C6
OOOOCA
OOOOCE
91 FF
4180
41FO
98EF
07FE
0000E4
0000E8
OOOOEC
0001EC
000268
000368
00031'4
060450
0'00406
00054F
000515
000595
00000000
00000000
40404040404')4040
4040404040404040
4040404040404040
4040404040404040
4040404040404040
4040404040404040
40404040404Q4040
4040404040404C40
C508E4C90104C505
C4C 1E3C140C3C8C5
OOOCA
00016
000f4
5
22
STC
MVC
PUT
MVI
MVC
B
CORP ECT
STM
TM
BO
TM
REJECT
TM
BO
TM
BO
MVC
CNTRL
1'10
CHECK1
T"
B1
CNTRL
B
KEYBClARD TM
BO
MVC
RDLNE
TM
B1
RESTORE
11 ENDIPT
Figure 47.
PRINT
START
BALR
USING
OPEN
GET
21
23
24
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
31
38
39
40
41
42
43
49
50
51
51
58
59
60
61
66
61
68
69
10
80
83
84
85
86
81
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
DOS Cl3-0
SOURCE STATEMENT
SAVE
FIlINPTl
FilINPT2
F I LOUPTl
F I LOUPT2
PRWORKA
ORWORKA
MSG1
MSG2
B
LM
fiR
CLOSE
EOJ
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
NOGEN
6,0
*,6
I NPUT ,OUTPUT
OPEN OPTICAL READER AND PRINTER
INPUT, IJRWORKA
GET RECORD FROM OPT ICAL READER
SUBTRACT ONE FROM RECORD COliNT
5,;F'l'
PUT RECORD LENGTH IN MOVI'
5,*+5
PRWORKAI14) ,ORWORKA
MOVE RECORD TO OUTPUT AREA
OUTPUT, PRWORKA
PUT RECORD TO PRINTER
ZERO
PRINTER
PRWORKA,C'
PRWOP,KA+ 11120), PRWORKA
IOAREA
LOOP
SAVE REGISTERS
14,15,SAVE
TEST FOR NONRECOVERY
INPUT+80,X'10'
ENOl PT
EQUIP CHECK TEST
INPUT+80,X'08'
IF YES, 8RANCH TO CHECK1
CHECK1
OAT A CHECK TEST
INPUT+80,X'Ol'
KEYBOARD
IF YES,BRANCH TO 'KEYBOARD'
KfYBOARO CORRECTION TEST
INPUT+80,X'02'
IF YES,BRANCH liND RESTORE REGS
RESTORE
MOVE EQUIP MSG TO 10 AREA
PRWORKA+40 132), MSG1
INPUT,READKB
OSPLY INCOMPLETE READ
TEST FOR ANY OTHER ERRORS
I NPUT+80,X' FF'
RESTORE
IF NO,BRANCH AND RESTORE REGS
MARK THE ERROR LINE
INPUT,I'ARK
BRANCH AND RESTORE REGISTERS
RESTORE
KEYBOARD CORRECTION TEST
INPUT+80,X'02'
CHECK 1
IF YES,BRANCH AND RE-REAO LINE
PRWORKA+40 110), MSG2
MOVE DATA CK MSG TO 10 AREA
RE-READ CHARACTER
INPUT
TEST FOR ANY OTHER ERRORS
INPUT+80,X'FF'
RESTORE
IF NO,BRANCH AND RESTORE REGS
BRANCH AND RE-READ LINE
CHECK1
14,15,SAVE
RESTORE REGISTERS
RETURN TO MAIN LINE
14
CLOSE OPTICAL READER AND PR INTER
INPUT,OUTPUT
IF '0'
1F'O'
CL256' ,
CU24'
CL256 '
CL124' ,
CU21'
CL121' ,
CU21' ,
CL38' ,
C' EQUIPMENT CHECKIINCOMPLETE READ)'
C'OATA CHECK'
$4181002
$4181003
$4181004
$4181005
$4181006
$41810(7
$4181008
$4781009
$4181010
$4181011
$4181012
$4181013
$4181014
$4181015
$4181016
$4181011
$4181018
$4181019
$418102C
$4181021
$4181022
$4181023
$4181024
$4781025
$4181026
$4181021
$4181028
$4181029
$4181030
$4181031
$4181032
$4181033
$4781034
$4181035
$4181036
$4181031
$4181038
$4181039
$4181040
$4181041
$4181042
$4181043
$4181044
$4181045
$4181046
$4181041
$4181048
$4181049
$4181050
$4181051
$4181052'
SYSLST output for Optical Reader Sample Problem (Journal
Tape Processing) (Part 1 of 4)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
217
-- - -
-
- - -
- - - - - - - -
-- -
- - - - - - - - - - - -
-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --
SA14Pl E TEST PROGRAM FOR JOlJRNAl TAPE PROCESSING
LOC
6.DDRI ADDR2
OBJ ECT CODE
SOURCE STATEMENT
STMT
OOS Cl3-0
95 ***DTFS ANO MODULES
96 INPUT
OTFOR BlKSIZE=380,
BlKFAC=10,
COREX IT=CORRECT,
DEVAOOR=SYS009.
DEVICE=1287T,
CONTROL=YES,
EOFAoOR= ENOl PT,
IOAREAl=FI LINPTI.
IOAREA2=FILINPT2.
RECF ORM=UNOE F,
RECSIZE=5,
WORKA=YES
188
ORMOO RECFORM=UNDEF.
BlKFAC=YES,
WORKA=YES,
CCNTROl=YES,
IOAREA2=YES,
oEVICE=1287T
734 OUTPUT
oTFPR BLKSIZE=121.
CONTROl=YES.
oEVAoDR=SYSLST.
IOAREAl=FILOUPTl,
loAREA2=FIlOUPT2,
WORKA=YES
PRImO C ONTROL=YES.
755
WORKA=YES.
IOARF'A2=YES
BEGIN
838
END
=C' 5$BOPEN I
839
840
=C' $$8ClOSE'
=ACINPUTI
841
=A( ORWORKAI
842
843
=F'I'
=ACOUTPUTI
844
845
=ACPRWORKAI
000000
000798
0007AO
0007A8
0007AC
0007BO
5B5 8C2D607C 500;40
585 BC2C 30306E 2C 5
000005AO
0000054F
00000001
0007~4 00000768
0007B8 00000406
-
-
54781C53
X54781054
X$It 781055
X54781056
X54781C57
X54781058
X54781C59
X$478106C
X54781C61
X$4781062
X$4781063
X54781064
54781065
X54781066
X$4781067
X54781068
X54781069
X54781070
$It781C71
XS4781C72
X$4781073
X54781074
X54781075
X54781C76
54781077
X54781078
X54781079
5478108C
54781081
-
-
-
~
-
-
r-----------------------------------------RELOCATION DICTIONARY
POS.IO
REL.ID
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
0"1
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
Figure 47.
218
FLAGS
-
OC
OC
OC
OC
08
08
18
08
08
08
08
OC
OC
08
OC
OC
DC
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
-
AoORESS
OOOOOC
000010
000008
OOOOoc
0005A9
0005Ao
000581
000501
0005C5
0005C9
0005F5
0005F8
0005FC
000609
000610
000614
000618
000629
000631
000639
000641
000649
000651
000659
000661
000669
000671
000679
000681
000689
000691
000699
0006Al
0006A9
000681
000689
000601
000609
000601
-
-
-
SYSLST Output for Optical Reader Sample Problem (Journal
Tape Processing) (Part 2 of 4)
IBM 8/360 DOS SYS. Gen. and Maint.
-
('1
01
C1
01
C8
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
(.l
01
C1
01
01
01
01
01
000609
0006E1
0006E9
0006F 1
0006F9
000701
000709
000711
000719
000721
00072<;
000731
------
------
RELOCATION OICTIGNAPY
POS.ID
REL.ID
FLAGS
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
04
01
01
01
01
01
01
08
08
08
08
08
08
OC
18
OC
08
OC
OC
OC
OC
AODIlESS
000739
000741
000749
000751
000759
000761
000770
0(,C779
000780
000791
0007A8
0007AC
0007B4
0007B8
NO STATEMENTS FLAGGED IN THI S ASSEMBLY
----------JOB
----------------DISK LINKAGI' EDITOR DIAGNOSTIC OF INPUT
OPTICAL
ACTION TAKEN
LIST
ENTRY
"AP
10/20/67
PHASE
XFR-AO
LOCORf
HICORE
DSK-AD
fSO TYPE
PHASE***
002800
002800
003f21
13 5 1
CSECT
--
-
LABEL
LOADED
--
--
--
REL-FR
002BOO
002800
CSECT
ENTRY
IJMOCBTZ
I JMOZBTZ
oe2FCO
002FCO
002800
CSECT
ENTRY
*
IJOFCZIW
IJDFZZIW
0035BO
0035BO
002800
[------- =---- - -- - ---*
~-
Figure 41.
-
-~-
-~~ ~=~
-~ ~
SYSLST output for Optical Reader Sample Problem (Journal
Tape Processing> (Part 3 of 4)
Disk Operating System Sample Problems
219
/ /
EX Fe
,112
123
;>3 ...
"'45
456
~61
q8
789
R90
001
012
123
"34
'145
456
~61
618
189
890
001
"12
'23
234
'145
456
561
"18
789
1190
QOl
012
123
234
""45
456
<;61
618
789
890
001
812
123
?34
'145
456
561
618
789
890
001
012
123
234
345
456
561
618
789
890
901
012
3456
4561
5618
6189
1890
8901
9012
0123
1234
2345
1456
4561
5618
6189
1890
8901
9012
0123
1234
2345
3456
4561
5618
6189
1890
8901
9012
0123
1234
2345
3456
4561
5618
6189
1890
8901
9012
0123
1234
2345
3456
4561
5618
6189
1890
8901
9012
0123
1234
;>345
3456
4561
5618
6189
1890
8901
9012
0123
1234
2345
3456
189C
8905
90lT
012N
123S
?34X
345C
456T
561Z
618189C
8905
901 T
012N
1235
234X
345C
456T
561Z
618189C
8905
901 T
012N
123S
234X
345C
456T
561Z
618189C
8905
90lT
012N
1235
234X
345C
456T
561Z
618189C
890S
90lT
012N
1235
234X
345C
456T
561Z
618189C
8905
90lT
012N
1235
234X
345C
456T
561Z
618189C
EOJ OPTICAL
---------------]
Figure 47.
220
SYSLST output for Optical Reader Sample Problem (Journal
Tape Processing) (Part 4 of 4)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Emulator (1401/1460 and 1440)
Figure 48 shows the SYSLST output of the IBM Model 2025, and IBM Model
2030 emulator sample problems for the IBM Model 1440. The SYSLST output
for IBM Model 1401/1460 sample problem is identical except for the
sequence numbers 0088-0107 (see Figure 48). Figure 49 shows the SYSLST
output of the IBM Model 2040 emulator sample problem for the IBM Model
1440.
The SYSLST output for the IBM Model 1401/1460 is identical except
for the sequence numbers 0029-0048 (see Figure 49). The sample problems
list 20 records on the printer, and if a tape is available and assigned
it will write them out on tape. Card numbers (cols. 73-76) 004, 006,
and 051 must be removed from the deck and replaced by cards as
instructed. For a complete description of the Emulator sample program
and its output, refer to the Emulator Program manual listed in the
Preface.
GCI
A8CDEFGriIJKLM~C~QRSTUVWXYlO1234561B9
140111440/1460 SAt-lPLE PROGRAr-;
ee2 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNGPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456189 1401/1440/1460
SA~1PLE
PROGRAM
PROGRM1
PROGRAM
PKOGRAr-1
PROGRAM
PROGRM1
PROGRt\M
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAt-1
PROGRAM
PKOGKAM
PROGRAM
PROGRAM
(oj AMCDEFGHIJKLMNCPQRSTUVWXYZ01234561B9 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE:
004 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYL0123456189 140111440/1460 SM-;PLE
CC5 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQKSTUVWXYI01234567S9 140111440/1460 SAMPLE
CC6 ABCOEFGHIJ~LMNCPQkSTUVWXYlOI23456789 1401/1440/1460 SA,., Pl E
CO? ABCDEFGHIJKl~NOPQRSTUVWXYlO123456789 140111440/1460 SAMPLE
008 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYlO123456789 lItO 111440/1460 SAMPLE
CCg ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYlO123456789 1401/1440/1460 SM~PLE
010 ABCDEFGHIJKL~~OPQRSTUVWXYlOI23456789 140111440/1460 SA~~PLE
all A6CDEFGHIJKLMNOP~kSTUVWXYI0123456189 140111440/1460 SAMPLE
012 ABCOEFGHIJKLMNOP~RSTUVWXYZOI23456789 140 l/ 14401 1'+60 SAMPLE
C13 ABCDEFGHIJKL~NOPU~STUVWXYZ01234567d9 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE
C14 AbCDEFGH{JKLM~OPQKSTUVWXYZOI21456789 14011144011460 SAMPLE
CIS A8CDEFGHIJKLM~OPCHSTUVWXYlO12345b7R9 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE:
au: ABCOEFGHIJKLM~OPQRSTUV~XYlOI23456799 1401l1440/14bO" SAMPLE
G17 ABCDEFGHIJKLM~U?CRSTUV~XYZ0123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE ?~.OGRAM
C18 AHCDEFGHIJ~LMNUPQ~STUV~XYlO1234~67~9 1401/1440/1460 SAM PL E ~ROGRf.t·,
Cle; ABCOEFGHIJKlMPiOPQRSTUVWXYIC123456789 1401/1440/1460 SAMPLE PROGi TO 2
Transparant EBCDIC Message
IJLBOT03
USASCII Transparency Message
IJLBOT04
Normal EBCDIC Message
IJLBOT05
Normal USASCII Message
IJLBOT06
Alphameric USASCII Message
IJLBOT01
USASCII Printer Message
IJLB>T08
USASCII Punch Message
IJLB>T09
TRANSCODE Printer Message
IJLB>Tl0
TRANS CODE Punch Message
IJLBOT11
TRANSCODE Multipoint Message
IJLBOTl2
EBCDIC Printer Message
IJLBOT13
EBCDIC Punch Message
IJLBOT14
EBCDIC Alphameric Message
IJLBOT15
EBCDIC Weak Pattern Message for Switched Line
IJLB>T16
EBCDIC Weak Pattern Message for Leased Line
IJLB>Tl1
TRANSCODE Weak Pattern Message for Switched Line
IJLB>T18
TRANSCODE weak Pattern Message for Leased Line
IJLB>T19
EBCDIC Weak Pattern for OLE SYN Insertion
IJLT2ALC
All Character Test for IBM 2848
IJLT2ROT
Rotate Test for IBM 2848
IJLT2TLT
Tilt Test for IBM 2848
1053 Remote
Appendix C
261
IJLT2TWS
Twist Test for IBM 2848
IJLT3ALC
All Character Test for IBM 1030
IJLT3ROT
Rotate Test for IBM 1030
IJLT3SLA
Analyzer Test for IBM 1030 (Selectric ® )
IJLT3TLT
Tilt Test for IBM 1030
IJLT3TWS
Twist Test for IBM 1030
IJLT5ALC
All Character Test for IBM 1050 or 2740
IJLT5ROT
Rotate Test for IBM 1050 or 2740
IJLT5SLA
SELCTRIC Analyzer Test for IBM 1050 or 2740
IJLT5TLT
Tilt Test for IBM 1050 or 2740
IJLT5TWS
Twist Test for IBM 1050 or 2740
IJLT6ALC
All Character Test for IBM 1060
IJLT6ROT
Rotate Test for IBM 1060
IJLT6SLA
SELECTRIC Analyzer Test for IBM 1060
IJLT6TLT
Tilt Test for IBM 1060
IJLT6TWS
Twist Test for IBM 1060
QTAM RELOCATABLE MODULE AND CORE IMAGE PHASE IDENTIFICATION
Relccatable Module Names
IJL~A
Audio Line Appendage
IJL~D
IBM 7772 Vocabulary Disk Appendage
IJLQBO
Breakoff (BREAKOFF)
IJLQCK
Checkpoint
IJLQCL
Change Line
IJLQCM
Cancel message (CANCELM)
IJLQCP
Change Polling list entry (CHNGP)
IJL~R
ChEckpoint Request (CKREQ)
IJL~T
Change terminal table entry (CHNGT)
IJLQDA
Disk I/O
IJLQDC
Copy Counters (COPYC)
IJLQDE
Copy terminal table entry (COPYT)
262
(~TARTLN
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
and STOPLN)
IJLQDL
Distribution list
IJLQDP
Copy polling list entry (COPYP)
IJLQDQ
Copy queue control block status (COPYQ)
IJLQ)T
Insert date in message header (DATESTMP)
IJLQEA
End-of-address (EOA)
IJLQEB
End -of -block (EOB)
IJLQEC
End-of-block and line correction (EOBLC)
IJLQEP
Normal line appendage and ERP
IJLQER
Error message (ERRMSG)
IJLQEX
Expand message header
IJLQFL
DTF locator
IJLQGA
Get audio message
IJL~B
Get audio or non-audio message (GET)
IJL~C
Get audio message or non-audio message record (GET)
IJL~D
Get audio message or non-audio message segment (GET)
IJL~M
Get complete message (GET)
IJLQGR
Get message record (GET)
IJLQGS
Get message segment (GET)
IJLQIP
QTAM Implementation
IJLQIT
Intercept message (INTERCPT)
IJLQLA
Line appendage for PCI and program check
IJLQLG
Audio input message logging (LOGSEG)
IJLQLK
Look-up terminal table entry (DIRECT)
IJLQLO
IBM 2260 local appendage
IJLQLP
Time Procedure Specifications Control Routine
IJL~C
Conversational mode (MODE)
IJL~I
Initiate mode (MODE)
IJL~M
Message-mode interface (MODE)
IJLQMP
Priority mode (MODE)
IJLQMT
Compare message type (MSGTYPE)
IJLQMW
Error Recovery Procedures Message writer subtask
IJLCMO
Model channel program for IBM 1030 terminals
•
Appendix C
263
•
IJLQMl
Model channel program for IBM 1060 terminals
IJLQM2
Model channel program for IBM 2260 terminals
IJLQM3
Model channel program for
IJL~4
Model channel program for western Union Plan 11sA
terminals
IJLQM5
Model channel program for IBM 1050 switched and
nonswitched terminals
IJLQM6
Model channel program for IBM 1050 nonswitched
terminals
IJLQM8
Model channel program for
33 and 35)
IJL(2M9
Model channel program for IBM 2260 local terminals
IJLQNO
Model channel program for IBM 2740 Basic terminals
I.JLQNl
Model channel program for IBM 2740 Basic Dial
terminals
IJLQN2
Model channel program for IBM 2140 terminals with
Station Control
IJLQN3
Model channel program for IBM 2740 terminals with
Station Control and Checking
IJLQN4
Model channel program for IBM 2140 Dial terminals
with Transient Control and Checking
IJLQN5
Model channel program for IBM 2740 terminals with
checking
IJLQN6
Model channel program for IBM 2740 Dial terminals
with checking
IJLQN1
Model channel program for IBM 2740 Dial terminals
with Transmit Control
IJLQN8
Model channel program for World Trade Telegraph
Terminals (WTTA)
IJLQOA
Operator Awareness
IJLQOC
Operator Control (OPCTL)
IJLQPA
Put audio message (PUT)
IJLQPL
Polling limit control (POLLIMIT)
IJLQPM
Put complete message (PUT)
IJLQPR
Put message record (PUT)
IJLQPS
Put message segment (PUT)
IJLQPZ
Pause-transmit idle characters (PAUSE)
IJLQQT
Close message control (CLOSEMC)
264
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
AT~T
AT~T
83B3 t.erminals
TWX terminals (Models
IJLQRA
Translate table RCVARU:
ARU code to EBCDIC
IJLQRB
Translation table RCVITA2 (EBCDIC to International
Telegraph AlFhabet No.2)
IJLQRC
Translation table RCVZSC3 (EBCDIC to Figure Protected
Code ZSC3)
IJLQRD
Retrieve message segment by DASD address (RETRIEVE)
IJLQRG
Route message (ROUTE)
IJLQRM
Release message (RELEASEM)
IJLQRR
Re-route message (REROUTE)
IJLQRS
Retrieve message header by sequence number (RETRIEVE)
IJLQRW
Physical input/output control
IJLQR1
Translate table RCV1030:
1030 to EBCDIC
IJLQR2
Translate table RCV1050:
1050 to EBCDIC
IJLQR3
Translate table RCV1050F:
IJLQR4
Translate table RCV1060:
1060 to EBCDIC
IJLQR5
Translate table RCV2260:
2260 to EBCDIC
IJLQR6
Translate tables RCV83B3 or RCVl15A:
Plan 115A to EBCDIC
IJLQR1
Translate table KCVTWX:
EBCDIC
IJLQR8
Translate table RCV2140:
IJLQR9
Translate table RCV2740F:
IJLQSB
Translation table SNDITA2 (International Telegraph
Alphabet No. 2 to EBCDIC)
IJLQSC
Translation table SNDZSC3 (Figure Protected Code ZSC3
to EBCDIC)
IJLQSH
Scan message header
IJLQSI
Sequence-in number verification (SEQIN)
IJLQSK
Skip-through-character (SKIP)
IJLQSO
Insert sequence-out number in message header (SEQOUT)
IJLQSR
Source terminal name verification (SOURCE)
IJLQSS
Change audio line (STARTARU and STOPARU)
IJLQST
Skip-on-count (SKIP)
IJLQSl
Translate table SND1030:
EBCDIC to 1030
IJLQS2
Translate table SND1050:
EBCDIC to 1050
1050 to monocase EBCDIC
ATiT 83B3 or
wu
ATiT Models 33/35 (TWX) to
2140 to EBCDIC
2140 to monocase EBCDIC
Appendix C
265
IJLQS4
Translate table SND1060:
EBCDIC to 1060
IJLQS5
Translate table SND2260:
EBCDIC to 2260
IJLQS6
Translate tables SND83B3 or SNDl15A:
83B3 or WU Plan 115A
IJLQS7
Translate table SNDTWXE:
(TWX) (Even parity)
EBCDIC to AT&T Models 33/35
IJLCS 8
Translate table SND2740:
~BCDIC
IJLQS9
Translate table SNDTWXO:
(TWX) (non parity)
EBCDIC to AT&T t-lodels 33/35
IJLQTA
World Trade Telegraph Terminals (WTTA) Line Appendage
IJLQTR
Code translation; used in conjunction with QTAM or
user-provided translate table (TRANS)
IJLQTS
Insert time-af-day in message header (TIMESTMP)
IJLQTT
Terminal test recognition (LPSTART)
EBCDIC to
~T&T
to 2740
Trarsient Phase Names
$$BCQCOl
QTAM
Close Phase 1
$$BCQC02
QTAM
Close Phase 2
$$BCQC03
QTAM
Clos e Phase 3
$$BOO001
QTAM
QTAM Open Monitor/DASD Message Queues-Phase 1
$$BOO002
QTAM
Open Line Group and Main-Storage Process/Destination
Queues
$$BOQ003
QTAM
Open Checkpoint/Restart-Phase 1
$$BOQ004
QTAM
Open Checkpoint/Restart-Phase 2
$$BOQ006
QTAM
Open Main Storage Process/Destination Queues
$$BCQ007
QTAM
Open IBM 7772 Vocabulary DASD File
$$B~008
QTAM
Open Audio Line Group and Output Queue
$$B~NCL
QTAM
QTAM Cancel
$$B~NCM
QTAM
QTAM Cancel
$$BQHDCK
QTAM
Terminal Test Header Analysis
$$B~TRA
QTAM
ARU Message writer
$$B~TRl
QTAM
Message Writer-Phase 1
$$B~TR2
QTAM
Message Writer-Phase 2
$$BQWTR3
QTAM
Message Writer-Phase 3
$$BQ1030
QTAM
Terminal Test Module for IBM 1030
266
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
$$BQ1050
QTAM
Terminal Test Module for IBM 1050
$$BQ1060
QTAM
Terminal Test Module for IBM 1060
$$BQ2260
QTAM
Terminal Test Module for IBM 2260
$$BQ2740
QTAM
Terminal Test Module for IBM 2740
Tb delete the QTAM phases
modules ~rom the relocatable
statement library, the DELET
name of the phase, fI"Indule or
exarr.ple:
from the core image library, the QTAM
library, and the QTAM books from the source
card for the appropriate library and the
book to be deleted must be supplied. For
/ / JO B DELETE
/ / EXEC MAINT
DELETC $$BCQC01, $$BQWTR1, etc.
CELETR IJLQBO, IJLQCL, IJLQCM, etc.
DELETS A,. BREAKOFF ,A.BUFFER,A. CANCEL14, etc.
/&
To delete the BTAM phases from the
modules from the relocatable library"
statement library, the DELET card for
name of the phase, module, or book to
exarrple:
core image library, the BTAM
and the BTAM books from the source
the appropriate library and the
be deleted must be supplied. For
// JOB DELETC
/ / EX EC MAINT
DELETC $$BCT01 ,$$BETPRT ,etc.
DELETC IJLT2ALC, IJLT2ROT" etc.
DELETR IJLOOY,IJL01Z"IJL02Z"etc.
DELETS A.CONTROl.;,A.LERB.,etc.
/&
Tb delete both BTAM and QTAM from the core image, relocatable and
source statement libraries, the DELET card for the appropriate library
and the following entries must be made: For the core image transients,
the DELETC card wi th a separate entry for each trans ient (QTAM and BT AM)
to be deleted must be supplied. For the core image phase names., enter
the delete card as follows:
DELETC $$ BCTC01,,$$BOOO 03" $$BETPRT" etc.
DELETC IJLB.AI.L
DELETC IJLT. ALL
To delete from the relocatable library enter the delete card as
follows:
DELETR IJL.ALL
Tb delete the BTAM
enter the DELETS card
The following example
entries to be made in
and QTAM books from the source statement library,
with a separate entry for each book to be deleted.
shows the required delete cards and type of
those cards.
// JOB DELETE
// EXEC MAINT
DELETS A,. CONTROL,A. CANCELM,etc.
/&
Appendix C
267
On Line Test Executive Program
Delete book
emulator macro
Basic FORTRAN Compatability with FORTRAN
PL/I macro
Linkage edit book
display change level book
PL/I DASD macros
QTAM
s ampl e probl em
utili ty macros
magnetic character readers
magnetic tape
sequential DASD
index sequential
direct access
serial
printer
for BPS and BOS compatibility
for 1285 sample problem change DEVICE on the cards with the
sequence numbers 1054 and 1070 from DEVICE=1287 to
DEVICE=1285
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Appendix D. Disk Sort/Merge Modules
The Disk Sort/Merge program residing in the relocatable library consists
of three entries:
1.
primary processor generation modules
2.
intermediate processor generation modules
3.
relocatable object modules.
These modules enable a user to linkage edit into the core image
library only those modules required to tailor a generalized sort/merge
program to specific job applications. At system generation time, the
user can linkage edit anyone of seven distinct. sort/merge object
programs into the core image library.
The following programs can be generated at linkage edit time:
1.
The entire sort/merge program.
2.
A program that
3.
4.
5.
a.
sorts fixed-length records;
b..
performs the ADDROUT option for fixed or variable-length
record; and
c.
merges fixed or variable-length records.
A program that
a.
sorts variable-length records;
b.
performs the ADDROUT option for fixed or variable-length
records; and
c.
merges fixed or variable-length records.
A program that
a.
sorts fixed or variable-length records; and
b..
performs the ADDROUT option for fixed or variable-length
records.
A program tha t
a.
sorts fixed-length records; and
h.
performs the ADDROUT option for fixed or variable-length
records.
Appendix D
277
6.
7.
A
program that
a.
sorts variable-length records; and
b.
performs the ADD ROUT option for fixed or variable-length
records.
A program that merges fixed or variable-length records.
The user should linkage edit only the Sort/Merge program that
satisfies his particular requirements. To generate:
Program 1.
specify:
INCLUDE IJOSM
// EXEC LNKEDT
Program 2.
specify:
INCLUDE IJOSMFOM
// EXEC LNKEDT
Program 3.
specify:
INCLUDE IJOSMVOM
// EXEC LNKEDl'
Program 4.
specify:
INCLUDE IJOSMFVS
// EXEC LNKEDl'
Program 5.
specify:
INCLUDE IJOSMFOS
// EXEC LNKEDT
Program 6.
specify:
INCLUDE I JOSMVOS
// EXEC LNKEDl'
Program 7.
specify:
INCLUDE IJOSMERG
// EXEC LNKEDl'
Primary Processor Generation Books
CATALR
IJOSM
INCWDE
INCI.UDE
INCWDE
INCI.UDE
INCLUDE
END
LJOSMPHO
IJOSMPH1
LJOSMF23
IJOSMV23
LJOSMPH4
CATALR
IJOSMFOM
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
IJOSMPHO
IJOSMPH1
IJOSMF23
INCLUDE
IJOSMPH4
Entire SOrt/Merge program.
1.
2.
3.
Sort program for fixed-length records.
ADDROUT option (fixed or variable).
Merge-only for fixed or variable-length
records.
END
278
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
CATALR
IJOSMVOM
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
LJOSMPHO
I JOSMPH1
LJOSMV23
INCWDE
END
LJOSMPH4
CATALR
IJOSMFVS
INCLUDE
1.
2.
3.
Sort program for variable-length records.
ADDROUT option (fixed or variable).
Merge-only for fixed or variable-length
records.
IJOSMPHO
1.
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
END
IJOSMPH1
LJOSMF23
IJOSMV23
2.
Sort program for fixed or variable-length
records.
ADDROUT option (fixed or variable).
CATALR
IJOSMFOS
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
END
LJOSMPHO
IJOSMPH1
LJOSMF23
1.
2.
Sort program for fixed-length records.
ADDROUT option (fixed or variable).
CATALR
IJOSMVOS
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
END
IJOSMPHO
IJOSMPH1
IJOSMV23
1.
2.
Sort program for variable-length records.
ADDROUT option (fixed or variable).
CATALR
IJOSMERG
INCWDE
IJOSMPHO
1.
Merge-only program for fixed or variable-length
records.
INCWDE
END
LJOSMPH4
Intermediate Processor Generation Books
CATALR
IJOSMPHO
PHASE
INCLUDE
DSORT
IJOSM001
DSORT002
IJOSM002
DSORT003
LJOSM003
DSORT004
LJOSM004
DSORT005
IJOSM005
DSORT006
LJOSM006
DSORT007
IJOSM007
DSORT008
IJOSM008
DSORT009
PHASE
INCIDDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
Appendix D
279
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
END
LJOSM009
DSORT010
LJOSM010
CATALR
IJOSMV23
PHASE
DSORT203
LJOSM203
DSORT204
LJOSM204
DSORT303
LJOSM303
DSORT304
IJOSM304
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCIlJDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
END
CATALR
LJOSMERG
PHASE
DSORT401
LJOSM401
DSORT402
IJOSM402
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
END
CATALR
LJOSMPH1
PHASE
DSORT101
LJOSM101
DSORTl02
IJOSM102
1.
2.
3.
4.
DSORT103
LJOSM103
DSORT104
LJOSM104
DSORT105
LJOSM105
5,.
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INLCDDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCWDE
END
CATALR
LJOSMF23
PHASE
DSORT201
LJOSM201
DSORT202
LJOSM202
DSORT301
IJOSM301
DSORT302
IJOSM302
DSORT501
IJOSM501
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
END
280
IJOSMPHO
IJOSMPH1
IJOSMF23
IJOSMV23
records.
IJOSMPH4
=
=
=
=
Assignment Phase.
Phase 1.
Phases 2-3 for fixed-length records.
Phase 2-3 for variable-length
= Merge-only or Phase 4.
IB" S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Phase Names and Relocatable Module Names
Phase Name
Csect Name
Module Name
DSORT
DSORl' 00 2
DSORI'003
DSORT004
DSORI'OOS
DSORT006
DSORI' 00 7
DSORT008
DSORI'009
DSORT010
DSORT101
DSORT102
DSORTI03
DSORI'104
DSORTI0S
DSORI' 20 1
DSORT202
DSORI' 20 3
DSORT204
DSORT301
DSORT302
o SORT 30 3
DSORI'304
DSORT401
DSORI' 40 2
IJOO0110
IJOO0210
IJOO0310
IJOO0410
IJOOOS10
IJC00610
IJOO0710
IJOOO810
IJOO0910
IJ001010
IJ010110
IJ010210
IJOI0310
IJ010410
IJOI0S10
IJ020110
IJ020210
IJ020310
IJ020410
IJ030110
IJ030210
IJ030310
IJ030410
IJ040110
IJ040210
IJOSM001
IJOSM002
IJOSM003
IJOSM004
IJOSMOOS
IJOSM006
IJOSM007
IJOSM008
IJOSM009
IJOSM010
IJOSM101
IJOSMI02
IJOSMl03
IJOSMI04
IJOSMlOS
IJOSM201
IJOSM202
IJOSM203
IJOSM204
IJOSM301
IJOSM302
IJOSM303
IJOSM304
IJOSM401
IJOS~4402
R~uired
Always
required
PrQgram Phase
Assignment
Phase
(Phase 0)
Required
for
Sort
Fixed-length
records: SORT
Variable-length
records: Sort
Fixed-length
records: Sort
Variable-length
records: Sort
Merge-only
operations
Phase 1
Phase 2
Phase 3
Phase 4
(Merge)
Appendix 0
281
Appendix E. Tape and Disk Sort/Merge Modules
The Tape and Disk Sort/Merge program residing in the relocatable library
consists of three entries:
• primary processor generation modules
• intermediate processor generation modules
• relocatable object modules.
These modules enable a user to linkage edit into the core image library
only those modules required to tailor a generalized sort/merge program
to specific job applications. At system generation time, the user can
linkage edit anyone of six distinct sort/merge object programs into the
core image library:
1.
The entire sort/merge program.
2.
The entire sort program.
3.
The merge program.
4.
A sort program that uses 2400 tape units as intermediate storage.
5.
A sort program that uses 2311 direct access
storage.
6.
A sort program that uses 2314 direct access devices as intermediate
storage.
d~vices
as intermediate
To conserve library space, the user should linkage edit only the
sort/merge program that satisfies his particular requirements. Note
that an attempt to execute an option not selected will result in
abnormal termination of the sort/merge program. To generate:
Program 1.
specify:
INCLUDE ILHSALL
// EXEC LNKEUl'
Program 2.
specify:
INCLUDE ILHSORT
// EXEC LNKEDT
Prcgram 3.
specify:
INCWDE ILHSMRG
// EXEC LNKEDT
Program 4.
specify:
INCLUDE ILHST
// EXEC LNKEIJr
Program 5.
specify:
INCLUDE ILHSD1
// EXEC LNKEIJr
Prcgram 6.
specify:
INCWDE ILHSD4
// EXEC LNKEDT
I f the sort/merge program is generated in a system without
multiprogramming support, the following primary processor generation
module must be linkage edited immediately after the selected program: •
INCLUDE ILHS NMPS
// EXEC LNKEDT
282
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Primary Processor Generation Books
CATALR
ILHSALL
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
END
ILHSPHO
ILHSPH1
ILHSPH2
ILHSPH3
CATALR
ILHSORT
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
END
ILHSPHOS
ILHSPH1
ILHSPH2
ILHSPH3S
CATALR
ILHSMRG
INCLUDE
INCIDDE
END
ILHSPHOM
ILHSPH3M
CATALR
ILHST
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
END
ILHSPHOT
ILHSPH1T
ILHSPH2T
ILHSPH3T
CATALR
ILHSD1
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
END
I lliSPH01
ILHSPH11
ILHSPH21
ILHSPH31
CATALR
ILHSD4
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
END
ILHSPH04
ILHSPH14
ILHSPH24
ILHSPH34
CATALR
ILHSNMPS
INCLUDE
ILHSPHN
Entire Sort/Merge Program
Entire Sort Program
Merge Program
2400 Sort Program
2311 Sort Program
2314 Sort Program
Required for systems without multiprogramming
support
Intermediate Processor Generation Books
CATALR
ILHSPHO
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
SORT, +0
ILHSPPI
ILHSRTMG
SORTRCL,, *
PHASE
Appendix E
283
INCI.uDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
END
ILHSRCL
ILHSRCA
ILHSRCM
SORTRCB,*
ILHSRCB
ILHSRCJ
ILHSRCI
SORTRCK,*
ILHSRCK
SORTRCC,*
ILHSRCC
SORTRCD,*
ILHSRCD
SORTRCE,*
ILHSRCE
SORTRCF,*
ILHSRCF
SORTRCH,*
ILHSRCH
CATALR
ILHSPHOS
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
END
SORT, +0
ILHSPPl
ILfiSRTMG
SORTRCL.*
ILHSRCL
ILHSRCA
CATALR
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
284
Entire Sort/Merge Program
Phase 0
ILHSRC~
SOI<.TRCB. *
ILHSRCB
ILHSRCJ
ILHSRCI
SORTRCK,*
ILHSRCK
SORTRCC.*
ILHSRCC
SORTRCD,*
ILHSRCD
SORTRCE.*
ILHSRCE
SORTRCF,.*
ILHSRCF
ILHSPHOM
SORT"+0
ILHSPPI
ILHSRTMG
SORTRCL,*
ILHSRCL
ILHSRCA
ILHSRCM
SORTRCB,*
ILHSRCB
SORTRCJ,*
I UiSRCJ
ILHSRCI
SORTRCK.*
ILHSRCK
SORTRCC.*
ILHSRCC
SORTRCD,*
ILHSRCD
Entire SOrt Program
Phase 0
Merge Program
Phase 0
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
CATALR
PHASE
INCLUDE
END
ILHSPHOM
SORTRCH,*
ILHSRCH
CATALB
ILHSPHOT
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
END
SORT, +0
ILHSPPI
ILHSRTMG
SORTRCL,*
ILHSRCL
ILHSRCA
ILHSRCM
SORTRCB,*
ILHSRCB
SORTRCJ,*
ILHSRCJ
ILHSRCI
SORTRCK,*
ILHSRCK
SORTRCC,*
ILHSRCC
SORTRCD,*
ILHSRCD
SORTRCE,*
ILHSRCE
CATALR
ILHSPH01
PHASE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
END
SORT, +0
ILHSPPI
ILHSRTMG
SORTRCL,*
ILHSRCL
ILHSRCA
ILHSRCM
SORTRCB" *
ILHSRCB
SORTRCJ,*
ILHSRCJ
ILHSRCI
SORTRCK,*
ILHSRCK
SORTRCC,*
ILHSRCC
SORTRCD,*
ILHSRCD
SORTRCF,*
ILHSRCF
2400 Sort Program
Phase 0
2311 Sort Program
Phase 0
Appendix E
285
CATALR
ILHSPH04
PHASE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCliJDE
PHASE
INCWDE
END
SORT, +0
ILHSPPI
ILHSRTMG
SORTRCL,*
ILHSRCL
ILHSRCA
ILHSRCM
SORTRCB,*
ILHSRCB
SORTRCJ,*
ILHSRCJ
ILHSRCI
SORTRCK,*
ILHSRCK
SORTRCC,*
ILHSRCC
SORTRCD,*
ILHSRCD
SORTRCF,*
ILHSRCF
CATALR
ILHSPHN
PHASE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
SORT, *
ILHSPPI
ILHSRTM3
CATALR
ILHSPH1
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
SORTRCN,*
ILHSRCN
SORTRSD,*
ILHSRSD
SORTRSE,*
ILHSRSI
ILHSRSE
ILHSRMC
SORTASA,*
ILHSASA
SORTROA,*
ILHSROA
SORTRDA,*
ILHSRDA
SORTRDB, *
ILHSRDB
SORTRDC,*
ILHSRDC
SORTRAA,*
ILHSRAA
SORTRAB,*
ILHSRAB
SORTRBA,*
ILHSRBA
SORTRBB,*
ILHSRBB
SORTRBC.,*
ILHSRBC
SORTRBD,*
ILHSRBD
SORTRGA,*
ILHSRGA
SORTRGB,*
286
2314 Sort Program
Phase 0
Also required for Phase 0 of all
sort/merge programs in systems
without multiprogramming support
Entire Sort Program
Phase 1
IBM S/360-DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
END
ILHSRGB
SORTRPA,*
ILHSRPA
SORTRPB,*
ILHSRPB
CATALR
ILHSPH1T
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
INCWDE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INcmDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCWDE
END
SORTRCN,*
ILHSRCN
SORTRSD,*
ILHSRSD
SORTRSE,,*
ILHSRSI
ILHSRSE
ILHSRMC
SORTASA,*
ILHSASA
SORTROA,*
ILHSROA
SORTRDA, *
ILHSRDA
SORTRDB,*
ILHSRDB
SORTRAA,,*
ILHSRAA
SORTRBA,*
ILHSRBA
SORTRBB,,*
ILHSRBB
SORTRBD,,*
IIHSRBD
SORTRGA, *
ILHSRGA
SORTRGB,*
ILHSRGB
SORTRPA,*
ILHSRPA
CATALR
ILHSPH11
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCI.UDE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
SORTRCN,*
ILHSRCN
SORTRSD,*
ILHSRSD
SORTRSE,*
ILHSRSI
ILHSRSE
ILHSRMC
SORTASA,,*
ILHSASA
SORTROA,*
ILHSROA
SORTRDA,*
ILHSRDA
SORTRDB,*
ILHSRDB
SORTRDC,*
ILHSRDC
SORTRAB, *
ILHSRAB
SORTRBA,*
ILHSRBA
2400 Sort Program
Phase 1
2311 Sort Program
phase 1
Appendix E
287
CATALR
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
END
ILBPH11
SORTRBC,*
ILHSRBC
SORTRBD,*
ILHSRBD
SORTRGA, *
ILHSRGA
SORTRGB,*
ILHSRGB
SORTRPB,*
ILHSRPB
CATALR
ILHSPH14
PHASE
INCWDE
SORTRCN, *
ILHSRCN
SORTRSD,*
ILHSRSD
SORTRSE,*
ILHSRSI
ILHSRSE
ILHSRMC
SORTASA,*
ILHSASA
SORTROA/,*
ILHSROA
SORTRDA/,*
ILHSRDA
SORTRDB,*
ILHSRDB
SORTRDC,*
ILHSRDC
SORTRAB,*
ILHSRAB
SORTRBA, *
ILHSRBA
SORTRBC,*
ILHSRBC
SORTRBD/,*
ILHSRBD
SORTRGA,*
ILHSRGA
SORTRGB,*
ILHSRGB
SORTRPB, *
ILHSRPB
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
2314 Sort Program
Phase 1
END
CATALR
ILHSPH2
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCWDE
SORTRSG/,*
ILHSRSG
SORTRSH,*
ILHSRSH
SORTRSJ, *
ILHSRSM
ILHSRSJ
ILHSRMC
SORTRAC,*
ILHSRAC
IIBSRGD
ILHSRPC
ILHSAAC
ILHSASG
PHASE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCWDE
INCWDE
288
Entire SOrt Program
Phase 2
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
END
ILHSAPC
IlHSAGD
SORTRAD,*
ILHSRAD
ILHSRGE
ILHSRPD
ILHSAAD
ILHSASG
ILHSAPD
ILHSAGE
SORTROB,*
IIHSROB
ILHSRBF
ILHSASF
ILHSAOB
ILHSABF
CATALR
ILHSPH2T
PHASE
It-JCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCIDDE
END
SORTRSG,*
ILHSRSG
SORTRSH., *
ILHSRSH
SORTRSJ,*
ILHSRSM
IIHSRSJ
ILHSRMC
SORTRAC,*
ILHSRAC
ILHSRGD
ILHSRPC
ILHSAAC
IlliSASG
ILHSAPC
ILHSAGD
SORTROB,*
ILHSROB
ILHSRBF
ILdSASF
ILHSAOB
ILHSABF
CATALR
ILHSPH21
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCJ.1JDE
PHASE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
INCI.UDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCliJDE
INCLUDE
INCliJDE
INCLUDE
INCliJDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
SORTRSG, *
ILHSRSG
SORTRSH,*
ILHSRSH
SORTRSJ,*
ILHSRSM
ILHSRSJ
ILHSRMC
SORTRAD.,*
ILHSRAD
ILHSRGE
ILHSRPD
ILHSAAD
ILHSASG
ILHSAPD
ILHSAGE
SORTROB,*
lLHSROB
2400 Sort Program
Phase 2
2311 Sort Program
Phase 2
Appendix E
289
CATALR
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
END
ILHSPH21
ILHSRBF
ILHSASF
ILHSAOB
ILHSABF
CATALR
ILHSPH24
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCIDDE
PHASE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
INCIDDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
END
SORTRSG, *
ILHSRSG
SORTRSH,*
ILHSRSH
SORTRSJ, *
ILHSRSM
ILHSRSJ
ILHSRMC
SORTRAD,*
ILHSRAD
ILHSRGE
ILHSRPD
ILHSAAD
ILHSASG
ILHSAPD
ILHSAGE
SORTROB,*
ILHSROB
ILHSRBF
ILHSASF
ILHSAOB
ILHSABF
CATALR
ILHSPH3
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
SORTRSM, *
ILHSRSM
ILHSRSE
ILHSRMC
SORTRSN, *
ILHSRSN
ILHSRMC
SORTROC,,*
ILHSROC
ILHSRBG
II.HSRPE
ILHSAOC
ILHSABG
ILHSASK
ILHSASL
SORTRGH,*
ILHSRGH
ILHSAGH
ILHSAPH
SORTRGF,*
ILHSRGF
ILHSAGF
ILHSAPF'
SORTRGG,*
ILHSRGG
ILHSAGG
ILHSAPG
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
END
290
2314 Sort Program
Phase 2
Entire Sort/Merge Program
Phase 3
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint •.
CATALR
ILHSPH3S
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCllJDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCllJDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCllJDE
INCLUDE
INCIlJDE
INCLUDE
INCllJDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCllJDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCllJDE
END
SORTRSM,*
ILHSRSM
ILHSRSE
IlHSRMC
SORTRSN,*
ILHSRSN
ILHSRMC
SORTROC,*
ILHSROC
ILHSRBG
ILHSRPE
ILHSAOC
ILHSABG
ILHSASK
ILHSASL
SORTRGF,*
ILHSRGF
ILHSAGF
ILHSAPF
SORTRGG, *
ILHSRGG
ILHSAGG
ILHSAPG
CA'l'ALR
ILHSPH3M
PHASE
INCllJDE
PHASE
INCllJDE
INCLUDE
INCllJDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCllJDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCI.UDE
INCWDE
INCLUDE
END
SORTRCN,*
ILHSRCN
SCRTRSM,*
ILHSRSM
ILHSRSE
ILHSRMC
SORTRSN,*
ILHSRSN
ILHSRMC
SORTROC,*
ILHSROC
ILHSRBG
ILHSRPE
ILHSACC
ILHSABG
ILHSASK
ILHSASL
SORTRGH,*
ILHSRGH
ILHSAGH
ILHSAPH
CATALR
ILHSPH3T
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
SORTRSM,,*
ILHSRSM
ILHSRSE
ILHSRMC
SORTRSN, *
ILHSRSN
ILHSRMC
SORTROC,*
ILHSROC
ILHSRBG
ILHSRPE
Entire Sort Program
Phase 3
Merge Program
Phase 3
2400 Sort Program
Phase 3
Appendix E
291
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
END
ILHSAOC
ILHSABG
ILHSASK
ILHSASL
SORTRGF,*
ILHSRGF
ILHSAGF
IlliSAPF
CATALR
ILHSPH31
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INC LUBE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
END
ILHSRSH
ILHSRSE
ILHSRMC
SORTRSN,*
ILHSRSN
ILHSRMC
SORTROC, *
ILHSROC
ILHSRBG
ILHSRPE
ILHSAOC
ILHSABG
ILHSASK
ILHSASL
SORTRGF,*
ILHSRGF
ILHSAGF
ILHSAPF
SORTRGG,*
ILHSRGG
ILHSAGG
ILHSAPG
CATALR
ILHSPH34
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCWDE
PHASE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
PHASE
INCLUDE
INCIDDE
INCLUDE
END
SORTRSM, *
ILHSRSM
ILHSRSE
ILHSRMC
SORTRSM,*
ILHSPSN
ILHSRMC
SORTROC,*
ILHSROC
ILHSRBG
ILHSRPE
IlliSAOC
ILHSABG
ILHSASK
ILHSASL
SORTRGF ,*
ILHSRGF
ILHSAGF
ILHSAPF
SORTRGG, *
ILHSRGG
ILHSAGG
ILHSAPG
292
SORTRS~,*
2311 sort Program
Phase 3
2314 sort Program
Phase 3
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen.
and Maint.
Phase Names and Relocatable Module Names
Phase Name
CSE€T (Module
Name
SCRT
ILHSPPI
IlliSRTMG
ILHSRCL
ILHSRCA
ILHSRCM
ILHSRCB
ILHSRCI
ILHSRCJ
ILHSRCK
ILHSRCC
ILHSRCD
ILHSRCE
ILHSRCF
ILHSRCH
ILHSRCN
ILHSRSD
ILHSRSI
II.HSRSE
ILHSRMC
ILHSASA
ILHSROA
ILHSAOA
ILHSRDA
ILHSADA
ILHSRDB
ILHSADB
ILHSRDC
ILHSADC
ILHSRAA
ILHSAAA
ILHSRAB
ILHSAAB
ILHSRBA
IlliSABA
ILHSRBB
ILHSABB
ILHSRBC
ILHSABC
ILHSRBD
ILHSABD
ILHSRGA
ILHSAGA
ILHSRGB
ILHSAGB
ILHSRPA
ILHSAPA
ILHSRPB
ILHSAPB
ILHSRSG
ILHSRSH
ILHSRSM
ILHSRSJ
ILHSRMC
ILHSRAC
ILHSRGD
ILHSRPC
ILHSAAC
ILHSASG
ILHSAPC
SORTRCA
SORTRCB
SORTRCK
SORTRCC
SORTRCD
SORTRCE
SORTRCF
SORTRCH
SORTRCN
SORTRCD
SORTRSE
SORTASA
SORTROA
SORTRDA
SORTRDB
SORTRDC
SORTRAA
SORTRAB
SORTRBA
SORTRBB
SORTRBC
SORTRBD
SORTRGA
SORTRGB
SORTRPA
SORTRPB
SORTRSG
SORTRSH
SORTRSJ
SORTRAC
R~uired
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
T
D
M
A
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
D
T
T
D
D
S
S
T
T
D
D
S
S
S
S
S
S
T
T
D
D
S
S
S
S
S
T
T
T
T
S
T
Program Phase
0-3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1,2,3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Appendix E
293
SORTRAD
SORTROB
SORTRSM
SOR'lRSN
SOR'lROC
SORTRGH
SORTRGF
SORTRGG
ILHSAGD
ILHSRAD
ILHSRGE
ILHSRPD
ILHSAAD
ILHSASG
ILHSAPD
ILHSAGE
ILHSROB
ILHSRBF
ILHSASF
ILHSAOB
ILHSABF
ILHSRSM
ILHSRSN
ILHSRMC
ILHSROC
ILHSRBG
ILHSRPE
ILHSAOC
ILHSABG
ILHSASK
ILHSASL
ILHSRGH
ILHSAGH
ILHSAPH
ILHSRGF
ILHSAGF
ILHSAPF
ILl-!SRGG
ILHSAGG
ILHSAPG
T
2
D
2
D
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
D
S
D
D
S
S
S
S
S
M
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
M
M
M
S
S
S
D
D
0
KEY
A - All programs
D - Direct access (2311,2314) Sort Programs
M - Merge Program
S - Entire Sort Program
T - 2400 Sort Program
294
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Appendix F.
BPS Device Type
Specifications (DD)
The following device type codes can be entered in the Basic Programming
Sup~ort ASSGN cards:
C1 1052 Printer-Keyboard
D1 2311 Disk Drive
D3 2314 Disk Drive
L1 1403 or 1404 Printer
L2 1443 or 1445 Printer
P1 2540 Card Read-Punch (punching only)
P2 1442 Card Read-Punch (punching only>
P3 2520 Card Read-Punch (punching only)
RO 2611 Paper Tape Reader
R1 2540 Card Read-Punch (reading only)
R2 2540 Using Punch-Read-Feed feature
R3 1442 Card Read-Punch (reading or reading and punching for combined
files)
R4 2501 Card Reader
R5 2520 Card Read-Punch (reading or reading and punching for combined
files)
RR 1285 Optical Reader
ST STR devices attached to 2701
T1 2400 7-track Tape
T2 2400 9-track Tape
Appendix F
295
Appendix G.
Storage Requirements
Internal Storage Requirements
This section contains the data required for estimating three values:
1.
The size of the supervisor required for a generated system,
2.
The amount of main storage required at object-time for the
supervisor and IOCS macro instructions, and
3.
The internal storage requirements for relocatable subroutines
required by COBOL, FORTRAN, Basic FORTRAN, and PL/I.
The supervisor size can be used to determine the size of the available
problem-program area. Note that the background problem-program area
must be at least 10,240 bytes when the Disk Operating System is used.
However. if the COBOL compiler or the Assembler with both disk and tape
·Nork files is a part of the system., the minimum background area must be
14,336 bytes.
If Assembler F is part of the system, the minimum
background area must be 45,056 bytes.
The supervisor varies in size
frorr system to system according to the options chosen by the user and to
the machine configuration.
I
The storage estimates shown in this publication are within 15% variance
of actual requirements.
Supervisor
Figure 50 gives the main storage requirements for the base supervisors
and the elements that can be included in a tailored supervisor. The
base su~ervisor requirement for the hatched job system is 5,902 bytes.
Additional storage requirements must be added to the base requirement
for each additional supervisor element desired that is not within the
base requirement.
For example, for OC=YES (FOPT) under batched job
system, add 176 bytes to the base storage requirement (5,902 bytes).
The base requirement for the MPS=YES supervisor is '6,870 bytes.
For
basic Telecommunication under MPS=YES, i. e. 'lIp = BTAM, add 280 bytes to
the bas e requirement for the MPS supervisor, thus an MPS supervisor that·
includes basic TelecommGnication requires 7,150 bytes (see Figure 50).
(Note that QTAM requires an MPS supervisor.) Thus, by the time the
supervisor is tailored to the installation requirements, i t usually is
larger than the base requirements.
Note the relationship between the actual number of bytes in the 6K
and 8K supervisors shipped by IBM and the number of bytes specified in
the SEND macro for the respective supervisor.
Size of Supervisor
shi Fped by IBM (in bytes)
6,144
6,592
Address Specified
In SEND Macro (in bytes)
6,144
8,192
The SEND macro specifies the beginning of the problem program area to
facilitate system generation. Depending on the combination of
supervisory functions chosen, a supervisor greater than 6,144 bytes may
be generated.
296
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Note:
All supervisor generation options are described in the section
Macro Instructions For Generating a supervisor.
r---------------------------T---------------------T--------------------------------,
I
I Generation
I
NPS=
I
ISupervisor Element
I
I
IOperand
I
~----------T---------T-----------~
I NO
I YES
I BJF
I
.---------------------------+---------------------f----------~---------f-----------~
IRequired Routines (Basic
Size)-SUPVR
SYSTEM=DISK
SVC Interruption Handling
System Loader (FETCH and
5902
6870
7166
1440
1524
1524
1284
1384
1384
I.OAD)
I/O Units Control Tables
(LUBS, PUBS, and JIBS>
General Entry and Exit
Routines
Co~munication Region
Transient Area
End of Job Step
Physical IOCS (including
Selector Channel
SUpport)
storage Protection
(with MP)
IOptional Routines
I
IMagnetic Character Options IMICR=1412 or 1419
I
I (for 1259 see Note 1)
I
I
I
I
I
IMICR=1419D
ITeleprocessing Options
I BTAM
I QrAM
I
ITP=BTAM
I TP=QTAMn(Note 2)
I
I
376
280
872+ [A]
280
872+ [A]
~---------------------------+---------------------+----------f---------+-----------~
I Multitasking
!AP=YES
I
I 2256
I 2256
I
I
I (Includes WAITM=YES) I
I
I
I
I 1401/1440/1460
I
I
I
I
I
I
Emulator
I EU=YES
I
I
I
I
I
I IBM Model 2030
I 200
I 192
I 184
I
I ___________________________ I _____________________
IBM Model 2040
I __________
136
I _________
120
I ___________
112
L
JI
~
Figure 50.
~
~
~
Supervisor Main Storage Requirements (Bytes) (Part 1 of 6)
Appendix G
297
r---------------------------T---------------------T--------------------------------
I
I
IGeneration
I
MPS=
ISuFervisor Element
I Operand
~---------~----------T--~------I
I
INO
IYES
IBJF
~---------------------------+---------------------+----------f----------f---------Configuration Options-CONFGI
Model 30
I MODEL=30
0
0
0
IMODEL=40
M:>del 40
Model 50
I MODEL=50
0
storage Protection
I SP=YES
112
0
0
Decimal Feature
IDEC=YES
0
0
0
Floating Point Feature
I FP=YES
0
112
112
Timer Feature
ITIMER=YES
64
60
64
1
(with AP=YES,
1
add 50 bytes)
ITIMER=YES (with any
160
156
156
1
MICR support)
.---------------------------t---------------------t----------+----------+---------Functional Supervisor
1
1
1
I
Options-FOPT
1
I
I
I
r-------------------------~
1
I
1
I User Option to Handle
I
I
I
I
l-------T-------T--------~
I
I
I
I Operator
I
I
I
1
I
1 Cbmm..
IProg Ck lInt Timer I
I
I
I
l-------+-------+---------+---------------------f----------~----------~-------,
I X
I
1
10C=YES
1176
160
152
I
X
I
IPC=YES
1128
200
200
I
1
1
I
I
1
X
IIT=BG,F1,F2
1420
416
392
I
I
I
X
1Note:
If AP=YES when 1424
408
408
I
I X
I
1
X
1
X
1
PC=YES, add 150
1440
432
432
I
1 X
1
X
I
1
bytes.
1264
264
264
1
I
X
I
X
1
If OC=YES when
1464
472
472
1
1 X
I
1
1
I
any MICR support 1
I
1
1
1
1
is included, add I
1
I
I
1
I
50 bytes.
I
I
l-------~-------~---------+---------------------f----------T----------T------- J
ICE Serviceability Programs 1CE=YES (Note 3)
I 864
I 864
I 850
I
ICE=n (Note 9)
In+224
In+224
In+210
~--------------------f----------+----------+---------ISeek Separation
ISKSEP=YES or n
1288+4(n) +1288+4(n) +1288+4(n} ~
I
I (Note 4)
1 [a]+ [b]
1 [a]+[b]
1 [a] +[b]
I
~--------------------+----------+----------+---------IPhysical Transient Overlap IPTO=YES (Note 5)
1
1416
1424
I
~--------------------+----------+----------t---------IConsole Buffering
ICBF=n
1554+106n 1602+106n 1602+106n
J
In may be 1 to 9
1
1
I
I
1 buffers
1
I
I
I
1 (I f CHANQ is not
I
I
I
54 6+106n
I __________ ________________ Llelected--Note
6)
1__________
1602+106n
L
_____________________
__________ 1602+106n
_________ _
I
~
Figure 50.
298
~
Supervisor Main storage Requirements (Bytes)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen.. and Maint.
~
(Part 2 of 6)
~
r---------------------------T---------------------T----------------------~---------1
1
1Generation
1
MPS=
1
1Operand
~----------T----------T----------~
1 Supervisor Element
I
1
I NO
1YES
1 BJF
1
.---------------------------+---------------------+----------+----------f----------~
Functional Supervisor
1
1
Options - FOPT (continued)
1
1
1
Multiple
wait
Abnormal
Termina tion
IWAITt/FYES
(Note 7)
40
40
40
1AB=YES
1
(without
1
AP=YES)
1
AB=YES
1
(with
1
AP=YES)
472
456
456
600
600
1
1
1
ITrack Hold
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
1TRKHLD=n
1
(without
1
AP=YES)
1
(Note 8)
1TRKHLD=n
I
(with
I
AP=YES)
I
(Note 8)
660
l+l2n
1
1
1 7 50
1+12n
1
1
17 50
1+12n
I
1
1
1
I
I
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1660
I +12n
ITa~e Error Statistics
ITEB=n
42+8n
134+8n
134+8n
1
~---------------------------+---------------------f----------f----------+----------~
Comnand Chaining
ICCHAIN=YES
1 24.
I 24
1 24
I
Disk System Input and
output Files
DASD File Protection
(with 2321)
(with Disk)
DAffiFP (with 2321) and
Disk SYSFIL
I
I
I
I
1SYSFIL=( 2311 or 2314 1424
1440
1440
I
I
[, n1·' n2] )
1
1
1
1
~---------------------+----------+----------+----------~
IDASDFP=n1,n2,dev
1528+24x
14 48+24x
1440+24x
1
1 (n2- n 1)
1
I
I (n2- n 1>
1 (n2- n 1>
1
~---------+----------+----------~
1
14 56+24x
1368+24x
1 384+24x
1
1 (n2- n 1)
I
1 (n2-n 1>
1 (n2- n 1)
1
I
~----------f----------+----------~
I
I 912+24x
1846+24x
1968+24x' 1
1
1 (n2- n 1)
1 (n2- n 1>
I (n2- n 1>
1
I
ts48~24~---1740~24~---t908~24~---1
IDASDFP (with 2311) and
IL ___________________________
Disk SYSFIL
I _____________________ I __________
(n2- n1)
1__________
(n2- n1)
1__________
(n2- n 1)
J1
~
Figure 50.
~
Supervisor Main Storage Requirements (Bytes)
~
~
(Part 3 of 6)
Appendix G
299
r---------------------------~---------------------T--------------------------------.
I
I Su[:ervisor Element
I
I
IGeneration
I
MPS
I Operand
r---------,.----------T----------1
I
I NO
I YES
I BJF
~---------------------------+---------------------+----------~----------~----------1
Job Control Options- STDJC
I
(Job Control options
I
af feet only the
I
rontents of the
I
communications region.,
I
not its size.>
1
Phys ical loes Support- PIOCS
I
Selector Channel Support SELCH=YES
16
116
16
Bu rst Mode on Multiplexor BMPX=YES
48
I 48
48
Channel
1
Channel switching Tape
1
Control
1
2404 or 2804
CHANSW=RWTAU
40
132
32
2816 only
ICHANSW=TSWTCH
40
132
32
Tape support
1
1
7-track and 9-track,
I
1
or 7-track only
ITAPE=7
64
148
48
9-track only
ITAPE=9
56
116
16
~---------------------------~---------------------+----------+----------+---------_.
I Allocate
1ALLOC
10
10
10
~---------------------------+----------------~----+----------+----------+---------IInput/Output Tables-IOTAB 1
1
I
I
I NuHber of I/O devices on 1IODEV=n
18 (n-10)
18 (n-10)
18 (n-10)
I
system
I
I
1
I
I Number of programmer
I BGPGR=n
12(n-10)
12(n-10)
12(n-10)
1
logical units
IF2PGR=n
I
12 (n-5)
I
I
lF1PGR=n
1
12(n-5)
I
I Number of Channel Queue ICHANQ=n
16 (n-6)
16 (n-6)
16 (n-6)
I
Entries
I (Note 6)
1
I
I
I Number of Job Information I JIB=n
14 (n-5)
14 (n-5)
14 (n-5)
1l ___________________________
Blocks
I _____________________ I __________ I __________ I _________ _
~
Figure 50.
300
~
Supervisor Main Storage Requirements (Bytes)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
~
(Part 4 of 6)
~
r--------------------------~-------------------------------------------------------,
Note 1.
A 1259 is addressed as a 1419 single address adapter machine i.e.,
MICR=1419.
'tibte 2.
MPS=YES or BJF is required for TP=QTAMn.
supervisor support.
TP=QTAMn includes BTAM
Telecommunications requires a minimum of two channels: one for the
telecommunications; the other for the system resident device. An IB~
2701 Line Adapter Unit attached to an IBM System/360, Model 25, must
be placed on the multiplexor channel.
If AP=YES when TP=QTAMn, then the quantity A must be added to the
basic storage requirement for TP=QTAMn. A=44+(n-2)12, where n is the
value elected for TP=QTAMn.
lbte 3.
If PTO=YES when CE=YES or CE=n, add 8 bytes to the CE storage
requirement. The number of bytes indicated is the current storage
requirement.
In the future, these storage requirements may increase.
Note 4.
When SKSEP=YES, n (in the formula) equals the number of DASD devices
specified at system generation time. When SKSEP=n, n (in the formula)
is the number of DASD devices supported as specified, but cannot be
less than the number specified at system generation time. In either
case, a (in the formula) is the 8 bytes required if DASDFP and/or
SYSFIL options are selected" and b (in the formula) is the 8 bytes
required if Teleproces~ing (TP) option is selected.
Note 5.
PTO=YES requires that MPS=YES or MPS=BJF for Physical Transient
Overlap (PTO) support to be generated. For a description of Physical
Transient Overlap (PTO) " refer to IBM Systems/360 DOS Timing Estimates
listed on the cover of this manual.
lbte 6.
The selection of the CBF option results in extra channel queue usage.
Consider this when requesting the number of CHANQ entries.
Thus,
specification of the CBF option and election of the CHANQ default,
which is 6 channel queue entries, results in the number of buffers
specified being added to the CHANQ default. However, when both the
CBF and CHANQ options are specified, the number of CHANQ entries
desired should be increased by the number of buffers specified.
otherwise, the number of entries generated in the channel queue will
be less than desired.
__________________________________________________________________________________
J
Figure 50.
supervisor Main Storage Requirements (Bytes) (Part 5 of 6)
Appendix G
301
r----------------------------------------------------------------------------------,
~
te 7.
WAITM=YES is assumed when AP=YES.
Note 8.
Where n equals the maximum number of tracks (1-255) to be held at any
given time by the entire system.
The default is 10 if n is an invalid
parameter (non-numeric or outside the rang~ r 1-255).
Note 9.
If PTO=YES when CE=n, add 8 bytes to the CE storage requirement. In
addition, if any of the following options are elected along with eE,
suttract 8 bytes from the CE storage requirement under MPS=NO, or
MPS=YES and subtract 24 bytes from the CE storage requirerrent under
MPS=BJF.
• Multitasking (AP=YES)
• Track Hold (TRKHLD=n)
• Abnormal Terroination (AB=YES)
The number of bytes indicated is the current storage requirement,
where n is a minimum of 600 bytes.
In the future, these storage
requirements may increase.
L-_________________________________________________________________________________
J
Figure 50.
Supervisor Main storage Requirements (Bytes)
Supervisor size increases are not necessarily linear.
requirements of the separate entries OC=YES and PC=YES
OC=YES.PC=YES. Combinations of elements may result in
smaller than the calculated total derived for the same
(Part 6 of 6)
For example, compare the size
with the combined entry
an actual supervisor size that is
supervisor.
The I/O unit control tables in the IBM-supplied supervisor contain entries for up to 10
physical units and the first 10 programmer logical units.
(See the IBM Systernl360 DOS
System Control and System Service Prograffis publication listed on the front cover of this
publication for a discussion of these tables.) The I/O table provides six channel queue
positions and five job information blocks (JIB). As a rninbnum, 12 I/O devices and
program check interrupts can be included within a 6,144 byte supervisor.
Because storage is protected in increments of 2K and other considerations, a DOS
supervisor generated with any of the following options (with the exception of
multitasking which forces the storage protection boundary to 10,240 bytes) requires a
minimum of 8,192 cytes:
• Multiprogramming
• Telecommunications
• DASD File Protection
• Disk System Input/Output
• 1259/1412/1419 Magnetic Character Readers
If foreground areas are not used, the batch-job supervisor would probably be more useful
because the multiprogramming sUfervisor requires additional space and time to perform its
functions.
302
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Computing the Size of a Supervisor
As an example" assume a supervisor is generated using the macros shown in Figure 51.
size of this supervisor is determined as illustrated.
GENERAT ION OPERAND
The
MAIN STORAGE
REQUIREMENT (bytes)
SUPVR
SYSTEM=DISK
MPS=YES
6870
CONFG
MODEL=40
SP=YES
DEC=YES
FP=YES
TIMER=YES
o
o
o
112
60
o
S'ID~
FOPT
IT=BG
PC=YES
OC=YES
CCHAIN=YES
DASDFP= (1,2,,2321)
SYSFIL=2311
TEB=4
472
24
87Q
[ 846 + 24 ( 2-1) ]
34 + 8(4)
=
66
PIOes
CHANSW=RWTAU
TAPE=1
BMPX=YES
IOTAB
JIB=10
CHANQ=10
F1PGR=8
F2PGR=8
IODEV==10
BGPGR=10
32
48
48
4 (n-S)
6(n-6)
2(n-S)
2(n-S)
8 (n-l0)
2 (n-l0)
=
==
=
=
=
=
20
24
6
6
0
0 (Note 1)
, -------------------------------------------------------------------Total Number of Bytes
8658
----------------~--------------------------------------- ------------
Note 1:
If entry for BGPGR is below minimum requirement, n=10 is assumed.
MNOTE is obtained for an entry of less than 10.
The following
BGPGR SPECIFICATION BELOW MINIMUM - "10" ASSUMED
Appendix G
303
IBM 5y.tern 360 Assembler CDcilng Form
IBM
~MP~LE ONE: Two DI5K5 AND AT LE'AS]o?~E TAPE
I
-J
""I I EXEC
I
I
I
PAGE
I
,-
55
0'
-",po fLE::HO !'..UMBf~
>eQ..... "ce
("""-""
"
,
I
i
!
, ! ! '" i
ASSEM8 LV
I
I
i
I ' SIU PIV R SY STE M= Dr SI( ,M P5 =viES
I
i ~
i
i
C!OIN FIG MO DEL =4' ~ S P ='( ES , D'E
Ii
Y:E S',IF p'=y E5 ,T IU ER ='( ES
Ii I
I
: i
STD
Ll ST X= VE S, Ll ta 5= ~b
i
I
[
( I ,:2" 2 32,1 ')1, I I I
FolpT
IT =8 G , PC =Y E5 ,0 c= YE ~ ,!c HIA'r N=,( EiS ,0 AS OF
,
I
)
I
TE 8=4
SY SF IL =( 23
i
I
,
Pil ole,s C:H,A Iw,= RW TA U, TA P'E:= 71, BU,PI)(:. '(,E,S,
11
i
I!
I
AL LOC F I =b K, F2 "bK
, I OD EV " I • ,8IGP GRI= II~
10 TAB J I &= II~
HA NQ =1 ~ F I PG R= 8,iF 2PGR
I
Dlv CG ~N leH U~ =X ' .,~ c' ,O'V GT Y p!= 25 41.!R ! i I
, I
; I
I
OV eG E~ CH UN
'~ ~D I ,ID vir TY p= 25 4'~,P
E I , D~c ITY p= 14 $3:
DV CG EN CH UN =X
I
DV C'G EN eil-! Ut.! =)( '~ IF ' ,D VC trv p= I ~!5 ~~
I
DV CG EN CH UN =X ' I 9~ I ,:0 VC TY p= B I I
I
I
DV CG HI Clio( UN ' I 9 I ' ,0 ~c TY p= 23 III
OV K:G ~ C'H UN ' I , 2,' ,10 VC,T VP :2 a 2 II I I
I
DV CG EIW CI-I UN =)( , 18
,10 v CIT VP 4 tltr i,iC HA ~s YES
'i
DV K:G EN CH UtJ ' 18 1 ' ,0 VC .TV p: 24 .~T 9 Cw HI SYi ES
1
I
i'
i
I
I
"
"
'
•
I
,
Jc.
,
!
I
j
I
"','
.
0,,;',0"
VP"!"'C""'"
I
GW-W
,
i
,
,c
=x
=X
=X
=x
p=
,
,
ws
I
I
c=
I
X
I
'1
1
=8
I!
i
'.~
I
i
I
.'
=2
Iw=
=y
1
,
'
I
1
!
I
I
1
I
I
i
I
i
I
i
I
IBM System/360 AS'iemblar Coding Farm
IBM
"OG'AM
I
i
!
I
EXAMPLE OtJE: Two DISKS AND AT LE'AST O~E TAPE
1°",
I'ROGRAMMER
""'-
,','""',,
.,
Ope,,,,,d
Ope,Q!,on
)0
"
AS SGtJ S~SROR,X'$$ I
AS S~N S~ S I PT , X I~ OC'
AS ~GN ~~ SP CH ,X' I~ ~Dl
AS SGtJ S~ SL ST , XI t ~E I
AS SG~ ~y SL 06 ,X 1$ IF'
AS SG~ Sy SL NK ,X I I 91 I
AS SGN SY S~ ~I , X I I 9 I '
AS S6W SY S$ $2 , X ' I 9 I 1
AS SuN SY S¢>
i, X ' I 9 I I
AS S~N sv 54> 4>~ )( I I 91 '
AS SGN sv ~. $7 , X I I 92 '
IWD
I~ 241.
10
20
1
1
1
35
"
GW"'C
I
'CNC"
1
50
1
1
1
0"
55
1
m
PAGE
CAFD HECHe NUI.,~!:R
Se~ .... nce
"
'"
71
73
80
1
T
: '!
I
,
i
1
i
I
I
I
I
.3 ,
I
I
i
I
i
I
I
!
Sf
I
EiND
I
IJI~
I
I
CHE K AS SE tt1B L~ LI ST ING FOR ER RO RS. IF Cp RR ECT
R£ tAO VE AS Sf MSL D Su PE RV IS OIR FR Ol~ SV 5 PC H .1 HI SE Rrr IN RE' ADIE R
,
~ FO LL olw BIG THE IW CL kJoe CA RDI·
I
i
, I
TO C ~T I~ UE PR ESS E~~
II PA USE
~
'*
I
'i
i'
I
I
I
,
I
1
I
I
,
Figure 51.
I
Examrle of a Supervisor
Supervisor Macro Instructions
Figure 52 lists the main storage requirements for the expansion of the supervisor macro
instructions. To determine the amount of main storage required for a given macro
expansion, add toth literal and variable requirements to the basic requirement.
304
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
r----------------r---------------------------------------------,
I
I
NUMBER OF BYTES
I
~------------T--------------T----------------~
I Addi tional
I
I
I Storage
I
I
I Required
I Variable
I
I For Literals I Requirements* I
~----------------+-------------+---------------+----------------~
ATTACH
18 - 32
0 - 4
I
I
I Macro
I lretruction
I Name
I
I Basic
I storage
I Requirement
CALL
2 - 16 *
CANCEL**
4 - 6
CHKPT
38 - 42
COMRG
6
DEQ
4 -
DFI'ACH
2 -
DUMP
6
ENQ
4 -
EOJ
2
EXIT
2
FETCH
2 - 10
GETlME
10 -.94
LOAD
2 - 10
MVCOM
12 - 16
pruMP
10 -
POST
4 -
8
ReB
8 -
10
RETURN
2 -
6
SAVE
4
SET I ME
6 - 14
STXIT
2 - 14
TECB
4
WAIT (for TECB)
10 -
WAITM
4 - 72
o -
4
8
o -
4
6
o-
4
*
+ 4 per operand
*
8
o-
8
*
8
*
*
-
0 -
4
12 *
8 *
8 - 12 *
*
ooo-
16 *
*
o -
8
*
4 - 12 *
28
4 *
8
*
14 *
o-
4
*
*
~----------------i-------------i--------------i--------
________ J
I * These values vary according to the selected options.
I
I
I
1**Also; if user specifies CANCEL ALL, CANCEL increases
I
Il ______________________________________________________________
two byt es •
JI
Figure 52.
supervisor Macro Instructions Storage Requirements
Appendix G
30~
~oreground
Save Areas
part of each foreground area is reserved for saving registers and for processing
Labels.
The basic save-area size is 88 bytes. The following require additional space:
l
+32 bytes for floating-point registers
+84 bytes for nonsequential disk labels
+80 bytes for standard tape labels.
~ps
Utility Macro Instructions
?igure 53 gives the main storage requirements for the MPS utility macro instructions.
rhese macros are designed so that a file-to-file utility program can fit in a 2K
:oreground program area (4K if the INTCR macro is used).
To determine the size of the
~acro when expanded, add the variable requirements to, or subtract them from, the basic
~x~ansion requirement.
roes
Declarative Macro Instructions
rigures 54-73 in this section give the main storage requirements for the IOCS declarative
nacro instructions. Where applicable, both the DTF table requirements and the logic
nodule requirements are given.
(See the Supervisor and I/O Macros publication listed on
:he front cover of this publication.)
rhe assembled tables and modules are included in the object program when it is linkage
~dited.
The total storage requirement can be determined by adding the appropriate basic
nodule requirement and the storage requirements for optional functions (for example,
~EAD=BACK for magnetic tape files) to the table requirements for each file.
rhe core sizes in the tables may vary slightly according to the starting address of
issemblYi that is, boundary alignments may increase the core requirements for the various
nodules by 2-7 bytes.
306
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
r----------~----------~----------,
r----------T----------T----------,
'OUTDISK
,
1
1INDISK
~----------+----------+----------~
.----------+----------+----------~
1
1
IBasic
1Macro
IExpansion
1 INTAPE
1
1
I 116
1
1 OUTAPE
1
1
1 118
1
1
1
1
1
1
~---------+----------+----------~
1
1BUFSIZ=
1 80
1 n
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 +0
1 +0
1
1 +2 (n-80) 1 +2 (n-80) 1
.----------+----------+----------~
1
IRECSIZ=
I n
I name
1
I
I 226
I 260
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
~-------~--+----------+----------~
I
IFILE=
1 name
I (r)
1
1
1 -24
I -12
1
I
I 140
1 120
1
1
1
1
.----------+----------+----------~
1
ILBL=
I name
1
1
1 324
I
1
1 +216
I
1
1
r----------t----------t----------~
1
IERROR=
, SKIP
I IGNORE
I name
1
1
I
1
'+8
,
I 0
,
1 +1 2 ,
I
I
,
I
,
~---------+----------+----------~
I
,
I
I
ICHKPT=
, NO
I name
I
1
I -26,
I +28
1
I
1
1
.----------+----------+----------f
I
1
I RETURN=,
1 NO
,
, YES'
1
1
, -6
, +0
1
,
,
,
.----------+----------+----------~
,
,
I
I
,BIK=,
,
. ,
, n
,
,+150
1
, name'
, +182
I
IL__________ , __________ I __________ J1
~
Figure 53.
~
I
,Basic
'Macro
,Expansion
1
1
1816
I
I
1
11140
I
1
I
I
I
.----------+----------+----------~
I
I
,
,
'BUFSIZ=
I 80
I n
1
1+0
1+2(n-80)
1
1+0
I +2(n-80)
1
1
1
~----------+----------+----------~
1
IFILE=
1 name
I (r)
1
1
1
1+24
I
I
1+0
1+12
1
I
I
1
~---------t----------t----------~
I
1
I
1
'LBL=
1 name
1
1+36
1
1+36
1
1
~----------+----------+----------~
1
IRECSIZ=
1 n
1 name
I
I
1260
1 268
1
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
~----------+----------+----------~
1
IERROR=
1 SKIP
I IGNORE
1 name
1
1
1+24
1+0
1+100
1
I
1
10
1148
I
I
1
I
1
.----------+----------+----------~
I
IRETURN=
1 NO
1 YES
I
I
I
1
I
I
1 0
1+0
1
I
1
1
~----------+----------+----------~
1
1FORMAT=
1 name
1 FULL
1
1
1
1
I
I
1+68
1+0
1 n i l 44
1
I
1
I
1
.----------+----------+----------~
1
1
I
1
IBLK=
I
1
1
1 n
I
1150
1
I __________
name
I __________ 1182
L
__________J1
~
~
MPS Utility Macro Storage Requirements (Part 1 of 3)
Appendix G
301
r----------7--------7---------,
, INCARD , OUTCARD I
r----------T-------T--------,
,
, I NLOG , OUTLOG ,
I
~---------+-------+--------i
~----------+--------+---------~
,Basic
,
I 168
I Macro
'Expansion ,
,Basic,
'Macro
,418
IExpansion I
,
,
,
I
I
,170
,
I
I
I
~----------+-------+--------i
I
I
, BUFFER=,
, name
'+0
, (r)
I +4
I
,
'+0
I 0
,
,
,
I
I~----------+-------+--------~
,
,
,
,COUNT=,
, n
, + 0
,
,
,0
, - 2 8 , +4
, (r)
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
I
,
,
,
I
,
I
444
I
I
~----------+--------+---------~
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
ISTCTL=,
I
,
I
I +60
I
, YES
I
I +112
I
I name
~----------+--------+---------~
IDEVICE=
I
,2540,
I
I 2520
I
,
,+186,
,+48,
~---------+-------+--------~
~----------+--------+---------i
,RETURN=,
, NO
,
I
,
I
I RETURN=
I NO
I
I +4
I
IL __________
YES
I ________ I _________
+0
JI
,
,
, -2
,
IL __________
YES
I _______ , ________
+0
,
J
~
~
,
,
~
I
~
r---------~------------,
,
I
OUTPRr
I
~----------+------------~
,
I
IBasic
I
IMacro
I
,Expansion I
622
I
I
I
I
~----------+------------1
I
,
,
,BUFSIZ=
I n
,
,
+ 2 (n-14 4) I
I
~---------+------------1
,
I
IRETURN=
I NO
I
I
I
YES
I
,
,
+10
+0
I
I
~----------+------------1
I
I
I
I
I
i FORMS=
I A
I +28
I
I B
I +144
I
I e , +114
I
I __________
D
,+96
L
____________ JI
~
Figure 53.
308
MPS Utility Macro Storage Requirements (Part 2 of 3)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys .• Gen. and Maint.
,
r--------------------------------------------------------------------,
INTCR
i
I
~----------_r-------------T-----------T---------------7--------------~
IINPUT=
IINPUT=
I INPUT=
IINPUT=
I
I MTST, S'IDOC
I MTST, namel I Ml'ST , NGrRAN
IMI'DI, EDIT
I
I
lor MST ,STDLC I
lor MTDI" NOEDIT lor MTDI"EDITR I
~-----------4-------------+-----------+---------------+--------------~
I
I
I
I Basic
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
~
I
1158
I 1023
570
I 1720
I
I Macro
IExpansion I
I
I
I
I
~-----------+-------------+-----------+---------------i--------------~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I BUFSIZ=
I
I
I
I
I
I +3n
I +3n
I +3n
I +3n
I
I (n)
I (n,m1)
I +2n+m1
I +2n+m1
I +2n+m1
I +2n+m1
I
~-----------+-------------+-----------+---------------+--------------t
IRECFORM=
I
I
I
I
I
IVAR
I +0
I +0
,+0
I +0
I
IUNDEF
I -16
I -16
I -16
I -16
I
~----------i--------~----i-----------+---------------+--------------~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IERROPI'=
I
I
I
I +0
I +0
I +0
I +0
I
I IGNORE
Iname2
+106
I ___________
+106
I _______________
+106
I ______________
+134
L
___________ I _____________
JI
Figure 53.
~
~
MPS Utility Macro storage Requirements (Part 3 of 3)
DTFCD (DEFINE THE FILE:
CARD)
Table Reguirements
TYPEFLE=INPUT requires 50 bytes.
TYPEFLE=CMBND requires 84 bytes.
TYPEFLE=QUTPUT requires 48 bytes.
CRDERR=RETRY (2540 only) requires an additional 88 bytes.
DEVICE=2520 requires 8 additional bytes.
Appendix
G
309
CDMOD (CARD MODULE)
r------------------------------------------,
I
TYPEFLE
I
~--~----T--------------------T-------------~
I INPUT
I
OUTPUT
I
CMEND
I
r----------~---------T--------T+-------+------T-----_r------+-----_r------1
I RECFORM= I IOAREA2= I WORKA= I I 1442
I
I
I
II 2520
II 2540
I
I
I
I
I
I
II 2501
I 1442 I 2520 I 2540 I 1442 I 2520 I
I
I
I
I
I 2540 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~----------+----------+--------++-------+------+------+------+------+------~
I FIXUNB
I
I
II
90 I
74 I
80 I
40 I 126 I 198 I
~---------+----------+--------++-------+------+------+------+------+------~
I FIXONB
I
I YES
II 106 I 116 I 122 I
84 I 154 I 226 I
.----------+----------t--------++-------+------+------~------+------+-----~~
I FIXUNB
I
YES
I
II 122 I 118 I 124 I
82 I 126 I 198 I
.----------~----------+--------++-------+------+------+------+------+------~
I FIXONB
I
YES
I YES
I I 138 I 132 I 138 i
96 I 154 I 226 I
~---------+----------+--------++-------+------+------+------+------+------~
I UNDEF
I
I
II
I 112 I 110 I
70 I
- I
- I
.----------+----------+--------++-------+------+------+------+------+------~
I UNDEF
I
I YES
II
I 124 I 132 I
92 I
- I
- I
~---------+----------~--------~~-------+------+------+------+------+------~
I UNDEF
I
YES
I
II
I 128 I 130 I
90 I
- I
- I
~---------+----------+--------++-------+------+------+------+------+------~
I UNDEF
I
YES
I YES
II
I 140 I 146 I 104 I
- I
- I
.----------+----------+--------++-------+------+------+------+------+------~
I VARUNB
I
I
II
I 126 I 132 I
94 I
- I
- I
~---------+----------+--------++-------+------+------+------+------+------~
I VARONB
I
I YES
II
I 140 I 146 I 108 I
- I
- I
.----------+----------t--------++-------+------+------~------+------+------~
I VARUNB
I
YES
I
II
I 154 I 160 I 118 I
- I
- I
.----------~----------+--------++-------+------+------+------+------+------~
IL VARONB
YES
YES
156 iI ______
162 iI ______
120 iI ______
- iI _____- I
_________ iI __________
i I ________
iII
i _______ iI ______
~
Figure 54.
CDMOD Main storage Requirements (Part 1 of 2)
Notes:
1.
CTLCHR=YES or ASA: depending upon record format, number of I/O
areas" and/or work area specifications:
for YES,. a minimum of 8 to a maximum of 36 additional bytes are
required.
for ASA, a minimum of 28 to a maximum of 65 additional bytes are
required.
310
2.
RDONLY=YES changes the size of the modules -50 to +50 bytes. In
addition, the user's program must provide a 72-byte save area each
time the module is reentered.
3.
Part 2 of Figure 54 shows the requirements for the other CDMOD
options. The values selected must be added to the TYPEFLE value to
determine the amount of storage needed.
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
r--------------------------T--------T--------l
I CRDERR=RETRY
I 2520 I 2540 I
~-------------------------~--------+--------~
+73 I +123
I
~-------------------------+--------+-------_1
IL __________________________
with either or both
I ________
+69
I ________
+119 JI
I without IOAREA2 or WORKA I
~
~
r-----------------------T--------T--------T--------,
I CONTROI.=YES
I 1442 I 2540 I 2520 I
.-----------------------+--------+--------+--------~
I INPUT
I
+24 I
+30
I
+30
I
~-----------------------+--------+--------+-------~
I OUTPUT without WORKA I
+24
I
+20 I
+12 I
.-----------------------+--------+--------+--------~
. I OUTPUT with WORKA
I
+24 I
+32 I
+12 I
~----------------------~--------+--------+--------~
I CMBND without WORKA
I
+24 I
+20 I
+12
I
~----------------------+--------+--------+-------~
IL _______________________
CMBND with WORKA
I ________
+32
I ________
+32 I ________
+12 JI
~
Figure 54.
~
~
CDMOD Main Storage Requirements (Part 2 of 2)
DTFCN (DEFINE THE FILE:
CONSOLE)
r--------------------------------,
TYPEFLE=
I
r-----------T----------t----------------T---------------1
I RECFORM=
I
WORKA= I INPUT/OUTPUT I OUTPUT only I
I
.-----------t----------t----------------t--------------~
I FIXUNB
I
I
94
I
60
I
.-----------t----------+----------------t---------------~
I FIXUNB
J
YES
I
150
I
90
I
~----------+----------t----------------t--------------~
I UNDEF
I
I
156
I
114
I
.-----------+----------+----------------+---------------~
I ___________
UNDEF
I _________
YES
I _______________
262
I ______________
168
L
JI
~
Note:
Figure 55.
~
~
No module is required for this macro instruction.
DTFCN Main Storage Requirements
DTFDA (DEFINE THE FILE:
DIRECT ACCESS DEVICE)
Table Requirements
RECFORM=FIXUNB requires 205-225 bytes, depending upon imperative macros
used in the DTF.
VERIFY=YES requires 40-80 bytes, depending upon imperative macros
used in the DTF.
AFTER=YES requires 80 additional bytes.
Appendix G
311
RECFORliFUNDEF requires 265- 285 bytes', depending upon imperati ve macros
used in the DTF.
VERIFY=YES requires 40-80 additional bytes, depending upon
imperative macros used in the DTF.
AFTER=YES requires 16 additional bytes.
Relative addressing increases the size of the DTF 60-80 bytes plus 8
bytes per extent.
(See IBM System/360 Disk Operating System, Supervisor
and Input/OUtput Macros listed on the front cover of this manual.)
DAMOD (DIRECT ACCESS DEVICE MODULE)
r------------,
I Formatting I
Module
I
I
r---------~--------T-------t------------+-------T--------T------T--------,
I
I
I
I
I Basi c
RECFORM=
I
Module
I
I
I
I
I
IDLOC
I
I AFTER I
I and I
AFTER
I
IDLOC
I
I
I
RELTRK
I
I
I
HOLD
I
I
I
ERREXT
I
.----------+--------+-------+------------+-------+--------+------+--------~
I
FIXUNB
I
392
I
+216
I
+304
I
+520
I
+208
I
+68
+28
I
I
~----------+--------+-------+------------+-------+--------+------+--------~
UNDEF
I ________
556
I _______
+228 I ____________
+208
I ______
+436 _ iI _ _ _+212
I
lI __________
_____
~
~
~
~
~
+72
_____
I
~
+28
______
Notes:
1.
Basic Module includes coding to handle either FIXUNB or UNDEF
records and the WRITEKY, READKEY, READID, WRITEID, SRCHM,
VERIFY, and CONTROL functions.
2.
AFTER includes coding to create the file and to handle the RZERO
option.
3.
IDLOC includes coding to return the record identifier to the
user in a location he specifies.
4.
Specification of trailer label processing in the DTF increases
the size of each module by 50 ± 20 bytes.
5.
RDONLY=YES changes the size of the module -50 to +50 bytes. In
addition, the user's program must provide a 72-byte save area
each time the module is reentered.
Figure 56.
DAMOD Main Storage Requirements
DTFIS (DEFINE THE FI LE:
INDEXED SEQUENTIAL)
Table Requirements
IOROUT=LOAD requires 248 bytes plus 4 bytes per disk extent
specified" plus 8 bytes for IOAREA2.
2.
312
IOPOUT=ADD requires 530 bytes plus 4 bytes per disk extent specified
plus KL (the length of the key).
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
I
~
3.
4.
IOROUT=RETRVE requires 276 bytes plus 4 bytes per disk extent
s~ecified, when TYPEFLE=SEQNTL.
IOROUT=RETRVE requires 292 bytes plus 4 bytes per disk extent
when TYPEFLE=RANDOM or RANSEQ.
s~ecified
5.
IOROUT=ADDRTR requires 548 bytes plus 4 bytes per disk extent
specified plus KL (the length of the key).
6.
IOROUT=ADDRTR, TYPEFLE=RANDOM, INDAREA=name, and INDSIZE=n require
300 bytes plus 4 bytes per disk extent.
ISMOD (INDEXED SEQUENTIAL MODULE)
r--------------------------------------------------------------,
IOROUT =
I
I
~--------------------------------TT-----------------------------~
I
LOAD
II
ADD
I
~--_r-----_r------_r-------T-----++---~-------T------T-------~-~
I
I
I
IRECFORM= 1
IERREXTIIOAREA21ERREXT I
~~------~
I
1
1
I
I IOAREA2 1
I
1
1
1
1
1
I
I
II
II
1I
11
II
IFlXUNB
I
1125721+184
r------~
ICORDATAIERREXTICORDATA I
I
1
~---------~
1
1
I ERR EXT
I
I
1
I
1
I
1
1
1
~---------+---+------~-------+-------+-----++----+-------+------+---------~
1
1
1
1
1+ 47 6
1+660
1
~---------+---+------+-------f-------+-----++----+-------+------+---------~
IF1XBLK
1
1
1
1
1
1127861+272
1+498
1+770
1
.---------+---+------f-------+-------+-----++---_+-------+------+---------~
IBO'DI
18111+224
L
_________ L
___ ______
~
• Figure 57.
1+212
1+428
_______ 1+436
_______ iI_ _ _ _ _ 1130321+246
____ _______L
______ L1+674
_________JI
~
~
~~
~
ISMOD Main Storage Requirements (Part 1 of 5)
r--------------------------------------------------,
I
IOROUT=RETRVE
I
.---------------------------------------------------~
I
TYPEFLE=
1
~-----------T---------------------------T-----------~
IRANDOM
:
SEQNTL
I RANSEQ
I
~----T------t_---T------T-------T-------+----r-----~
I
IERREXT:
IERREXTIIOAREA21ERREXT I
IERREXTI
I
I
I
1
1
~-------~
1
I
: 10 AREA 2 1
I
I
I
1
:
I
1
r--------~
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
1
IRECFORM= I
I
I
1
1
:
1
1
I
~---------+----+------+----~------r------+·------+----+-----~
IF1XUNB
I
I
I
I
I
:
1
I
1
.---------+----+------+----+------+----~--+-------+----+------~
1F1XBLK
I
I
~
I
I
:
1
I
1
~--------+----+------t----+------+-------+------+----+-----~
loo'lH
112761+302
~12601+246
1+386
1+632
33 2
1211 6 1+
I
______ J
L _________ ____ ______ ..L. _ _ _ _ l. ______ _______ .L _______ i _ _ _ _
~
• Figure 57.
~
~
~
ISMOD Main storage Requirements (Part 2 of 5)
Appendix
G
31:
r----------------------------------------------------------------,
1
IOROUT=ADDRTR
1
~----------------------------------------------------------------~
1
TYPEFLE=
1
~----------------------------T-----------------------------------~
1
RANDOM
1
SEQNTL
1
~----~--------~------~-------+----T-------T-------T-------T------~
1
1CORDATA 1ERREXTI CORDATA 1
1
1
1
1
r---------~
IllliCF OR~= 1
.-------~
IERREXT 1
1
1
1
1
1
1CORDATA 1IOAREA2 1CORDATA 1ERR EXT 1
1
1
1
~-------f
1
1
1
1 IOAREA21
1
1
1
I
I
1 +386
1 +480
1 +510 I
.---------+----+--------+------+-------+----+-------+-------+-------+------~
IFlXUNB
132161 +184
1 +534 1 +718
134201 +94
~---------+----+--------+------+-------+----+-------+-------~-------~-----~
IFIXBLK
134321 +272
1 +554 1 +826
136341 +272
1 +386
1 +658
1 +528 1
.---------+----+--------t------t-------+----+-------+-------+-------+~-----~
BOTH
l1_________
136761
+246
1______
+588 i1_______
+834
138801
+274 1__+386
+660 i1______
+558 J1
____ ________
____ _______
_____ i1_______
~
Figure 57.
~
~
~
~
~
ISMOD Main Storage Requirements (Part 3 of 5)
r--------------------------,
IOROUT=ADDRTR
1
1
~--------------------------~
1
TYPEFLE=RANSEQ
1
~----r-------T------T-------~
1
ICORDATAIERREXTICORDATAI
1
1
1
~-------~
1RECFORM= 1
1
1
I
1
IERREXT 1
1
1
r---------~
~---------+----+-------t------+-------~
IFlXU!~
140561 +194
I +556 1 +750
I
.---------+----+-------+------+-------~
IFIXBLK
142721 +272
1 +584 1 +856
1
~---------+----+-------+------+-------~
1l _________
BOTH
145161
+248
1 +616 1 +864 1
____ _______ ______ _______ J
~
Figure 57.
~
~
~
ISMOD Main storage Requirements (Part 4 of 5)
r------------------------------------------------,
1Note 1: When RECFORM=BOTH is specified, the
1
module processes ~IXUNB and FIXBLK
1
records.
1
INote 2: For CORINDX = YES, add 212 bytes.
1
INote 3: RDCNLY=YES changes the module size by
1
±50 tytes with the following
1
exceptions. When IOROUT=ADD or
1
IOROUT=ADDRTR, the module changes in
1
size +60 to +100 bytes.
In addition,
1
the user's program must provide a
1
72-byte save area each time the module
1l _______________________________________________
is reentered, regardless of function.
Figure 57.
.314
ISMOD Main storage Requirements
(Part 5 of 5)
IBM 8/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
~
DTFMR (DEFINE THE FILE:
MAGNETIC CHARACI'ER READER)
Table Requirements
If ADDRESS=DUAL is specified, the table requires 264 bytes.
If ADDRESS=DUAL is not specified, the table requires 250 bytes.
MRMOO (MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER MODULE)
If ADDRESS=DUAL is specified, the module requires 1,050 bytes.
If ADDRESS=DUAL is not specified, the ialodule requires 946 bytes.
DTFDI (DEFINE THE FILE:
DEVICE INDEPENDENT SYSTEM UNITS)
Table Requirements
240 bytes
DIMOD (DEVICE INDEPENDENT SYSTEM UNITS MODULES)
r------------r----------r-----------------,
I
I Basic
I
I
I
TYPEFLE= I Module
I IOAREA2=YES
I
J------------+----------+-----------------~
I INPUT
I 308
I
+60
I
~------------+----------~-----------------~
IL- ___________
OOTPUT
I __________
643
I _________________
+80
JI
~
Note:
~
RDONLY=YES changes the size of the module -50 to +50 bytes.
In
addition, the user's program must provide a 72-byte save area
each time the module is reentered.
Figure 58.
DIMon Main Storage Requirements
Appendix G
315
DTFMT (DEFINE THE FILE:
rtAGNETIC TAPE)
Table Requirements
TYPEFLE=WORK requires 48 bytes per work file.
The table requirements for INPUT and OUTPUT files are:
r---------~--------~-----------T-----------T-----------T-----------,
I
I
I
TYFEFIE=
\
RECFORM I Basic
I ERROPT,
I
=
\ Size
\ ERREXT
\
\ Without
\ (Without
\
\
\ STDLABELS \ STDLABELS)\
I
I
I
Basic
I ERROPT,
I
Size
I ER}{EX'l'
\
With
\ (With
\
STDLABELS \ STDLABELS) I
~----------+---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------~
\ INPtJr
\ FIXUNB
I
I
I
\
or
I FIXBLK
\
\
\
96
\ VARUNB
\
or
I VARBLK
I
I
I
109
\
\ UNDEF
I
I OUTPUT
I FIXUNB
\
\
\
\
*
I
\
112
I
\
\
I
\
*
I
I
\
*
\
I
I
.---------+-----------+-----------+-----------t-----------~
\
\
I
\
\
\
I
*
92
\
*
I
I
I
86
\
+10
\
98
\
128
I
I
I
I
I
.---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------~
\
108
\
*
\
\
104
I
I
I
+4
I
\
\
I
I
\
+4
~----------+---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------~
~----------+---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------~
or
FIXBLK
\
I
I
I
I VARUNB
\
or
I VARBLK
\\
\
\
~---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------~
\
I
I
\
+10
\
\
I
I
I
116
\
\
\
.---------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------~
I __________ I _________
UNDEF
84
L
i I ___________
~
*
I
\
t
~
+4
100
I ___________
+4
__________
i I ___________
JI
Included in basic Size of Module •
• 316
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
~
MTMOD
(~AGNETIC
TAPE MODULE)
r----------------------------------------------------------------------1
I
MAGNETIC TAPE MODULE
I
~----------------~~----------~------------------------------------------i
I
I
I
I
II
II
II
RECFORM=
II
I
BASIC
MODULE
INDEPENDENT OPTIONS
I
r---------T------------r---------T-------~
I
I
WORKA=
YES
I
I
CKPTREC=
YES
I
I
READ =
BACK
I
I
I ERREXTI
~----------------++----------+----------+------------+---------+-------~
I +48
I +64 I
I VARUNB/VARBLK I I
890
I +120
I
+144
I +80 I 48 I
~----------------~~----------~----------+------------+---------+-------~
I ________________
UNDEF
I I _________
672
I __________
+80
I ____________
+144
I _________
+16
I_______
+64 JI
L
I FIXUNB/FIXBLK
II
846
I
I
+80
+136
.----------------f+----------f----------+------------t---------~-------~
~~
~
~
~
~
Notes :
1.
Only one module is required for processing all files having a comrr,on
RECFORM. This module can be generated with the options charted
above. To determine the size of the module with the options, the
n umber of option bytes specified in the chart must be added to the
basic module.
2.
RDONLY=YES, changes the size of the module -50 to +50 bytes.
In
addition" the user's program must provide a 72-byte save area each
time the module is reentered.
r------------------------------------------------,
I
WORKFILE MODULE
I
.-----------------T-----------T------------------1
I
I
I
NOTEPNT=
I
~-------T---------~
wi thout
I
I
I
I TYPEFLE=WORK
NDrEPNT I YES I POINTS I
~-----------------+-----------~-------f---------~
I without ERROPT I
232
I 450 I 286
I
.-----------------t-----------+-------+---------~
I
I
I
I
I
~-~it~-~~~~~-----~----~~~----i--=~~--i--~~~-----~
I with ERROPT & I
436
I 654 I 494
I
ERREXT
I ___________ I _______ I _________ I
I IL_________________
~
Figure 59,.
~
~
~
MTMOD Main Storage Requirements
DTFOR (DEFINE THE FILE:
OPTICAL READER)
Table Requirements
1.
RECFORM=FIXUNB requires 136 bytes.
2.
RECFORM=FIXBLK varies as a function of blocking.
Size = 136 + (16 x blocking factor x number of I/O areas)
3.
RECFORM=UNDEF requires 136 bytes.
Appendix G
311
ORM
r-----------------------~------1
I
I Device
Size
I
l-----------------------+------f
ITa~
I
104 I
~-----------------------+------~
IDASD MOUNTED=ALL
I
40
I
l-----------------------t------~
MOUNTED=SINGI.E
I ______
84
lIDAID
_______________________
JI
~
Note:
No module is required for this macro instruction.
Figure 61.
DTFPH Main Storage Requirements
DTFPR (DEFINE THE FILE:
PRINl'ER)
Table Requirements
Size = 48 bytes
318
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
~
PRMOD (PRINTER MODULE)
r--------rr------r---------r-----------T-------T--------T------------,
II
I
I
1
~CTLCHR= I
1
II BASIC I
I
I
.----T---f
1
I RECFORM= I I MODULE I ~RKA=YES I IOAREA2=YES I PRINTOVI ASA I YES I CONTROL=YES 1
.-------++------+---------+-----------+-------+----+---4--'----------~
IFlXUNB
II
40 1
+44
I
+42
I +78
1+1881 +3 4 1
+40
I
~--------++------+--------1-----------+-------+----+---+------------~
IUNDEF
II
70 1
+22
1
+20
I +76
1+1701+161
+40
I
~-------++------+---------+-----------+-------+----+---+------------f
VARU NB
I I ______
94
I _________
+14
I ___________
+2 4
I _______
+7 6
I ____
+ 16 21 ___
+ 8 I ____________
+4 0
lI _______
J1
I
I
~~
Note:
~
~
~
~
~
~
RDONLY=YES changes the size of the module -50 to +50 bytes.
In
addition, the user's program must provide a 72-byte save area
each time the module is reentered.
Figure 62.
PRMOD Main storage Requirements
DTFPl' (DEFINE THE FILE:
PAPER TAPE READER)
Table Requirements
The possible table specifications and sizes are:
1.
No translations, no shifts, and no deletes require 72 bytes.
2.
TRANS=name with no shifts and no deletes requires 76 bytes.
3.
TRANS=name, SCAN=name, RECFORM=FIXUNB require 110 bytes.
4.
TRANS=name, SCAN=name, RECFORM=UNDEF require 94 bytes.
PTMOD (PAPER TAPE READER MODULE)
The module specifications and sizes are:
1.
No parameters specified (no translations, no shifts, and no deletes>
requires 252 bytes.
2.
TRANS=YES with no shifts and no deletes requires 310 bytes.
3.
TRANS=YES, SCAN=YES, RECFORM=FIXUNB require 536 bytes.
4.
TRANS=YES, SCAN=YES, RECFORM=UNDEF require 436 bytes.
Note:
If module 2 is used, all records require translation.
Appendix G
319
DTFSD (DEFINE THE FILE:
SEQUENTIAL DASD)
r-----------~~----------------------------------------------T---------,
I
II
I
I ~------------------~--------T------------------+---------f
II
INPUT
I OUTPUT I WORK
I
I
I RECFORM=
II with I without I
II UPDATE I UPDATE
I
I
I
I
TYPEFLE
I.--------T---------~
I
I
~--------T---------~ CONTROL I
I with I without I
I UPDATE I UPDATE I
I
I-
=
YES
.-----------++--------+---------+--------+--------+---------i---------~
I FIXBLK
or
1 FIXUNB
II
II
I VARBLK
or
I
I VAR UNB
II
II
II
I
II
I
I
176
I
I
I
I
152
160
I
I
I
I
I
I
152
I
I
I
152
I
I
I
+24
.-----------++--------+---------+--------+--------+---------+---------~
I
I
I
192
I
I
I
152
I
I
170
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
+ 24
~-----------++--------+---------+--------+--------+---------+---------~
UNDEF
II ________
192
152
162
152
lI ___________
LI _________
LI ________
LI ________
~~
Figure 63.
I
~
152
______
I ________
+24
I
--~
~
DTFSD Main storage Requirements
SDMOD (SEQUENTIAL DASD MODULE)
r-----------TT--------------T--------T---------T--------T------T-------,
1
II
I
I
I
I
I ERROPT I
IModule Name I I Basic Module I TRUNCS I CONTROL I ERROPT I HOLD I ERREXTI
.-----------++--------------+--------+---------+--------+------+-------~
I SDIDDFI
II
462
I
+80
I
+28
I
+144
I
* I
+228 I
~-----------++--------------+--------+---------+--------+------+-------f
ISDMODFO
II
546
I
+136
I
+28
I
+64
I
*
I
+200 I
.-----------++--------------t--------t---------+--------+------i-------f
I SDK>DFU
II
798
I
+88
I
+28
I +164 I +96 I +252 I
~-----------++--------------+--------+---------+--------+------+-------~
ISDMODVI
II
729
I
I
+28
I
+104
I
*
I
+188 I
~-----------++----~---------+--------+---------+--------+------+-------f
I SDl«)DVO
II
1045
I
I
+28
I
+68
I
* I
+120 I
.-----------++--------------+--------+---------+--------+------+-------~
I SDM:>DVU
II
1086
I
I
+28
I
+176
I
+76 I
+296 I
~-----------++--------------i--------i---------+--------+------t-------~
ISDMODUI
II
533
I
I
+28
I
+100
I
*
*
I
+171 1
~-----------++--------------+--------+---------+--------+------+-------f
I SOM)DUO
11653
I
I
+28
I
+68
1
I
+116 I
.-----------++--------------+--------+---------+--------+------+-------~
I SDMODUU
II
941
I
I
+28
I
+148
I
+40 I
+248 I
~-----------++--------------+--------+---------+--------+------+-------f
Il ___________
SDMODW
II ______________
572
I ________ LI _________
+22
I ________
+148
I _____
+10 I _____
+246 -JI
~~
~
~
~
~
*The HOLD function does not apply to these modules.
Notes:
1. For SDMODW, NOTEPNT=YES requires 206 additional bytes:
NOTEPNT=POINTRW requires 144 additional bytes, UPDATE=YES requires
40 additional bytes.
2. RDONLY=YES changes the size of the module -50 to +50 bytes. In
addition, the user's program must provide a 72-byte save area each
time the module is reentered.
Figure 64.
320
SDMOD
~ain
storage Requirements
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
DTFSR (DEFINE THE FILE:
SERIAL DEVICE)
For
When a DTFSR is assembled, it generates both a table and a module.
example, if DTFSR is used for a printer, a table and a module are
generated just as though DTFPR and PRMOD were used. To determine the
main storage requirements for DTFSR, add the table and the module
requirements for the appropriate device type--such as 48 bytes (DTFPR)
and n bytes (PRMOD) for a printer.
DTFEl' (DEFINE THE FILE:
BTAN)
Table Requirements
Size
where:
64 + N (40 + 8x) + BUFCB + BUFNO (BUFL + f) + y + z
(+ 32N for BSC only)
N
x
= number of lines in the line group
= number of CCWs in the largest channel program available
for the device, given in Figure 65
* BUFCB = 8 if a buffer pool is used
= o if not
*BUFNO = number of buffers in the pool
*BUFL = length of each buffer
= number of bytes required to extend each buffer to a
f
multiple of 8
y
= size of the model channel program table for the line
group, given in Figure 65. If two or more DTFBTs use
the same model channel program and are linkage edited
together, include the value only once.
z
= size of the table of special characters, given in Figure
60. For BSC only, if two or more DTFBTs use the same
transmission code, include the value only once.
*If the buffer pool is shared by 2 or more DTFBTs, include the value
only once.
Appendix G
321
r-------------------~--------------------T--------------T--------------,
I
I
I
I
I Device
I
I
x
I
,
t-----------T--------~
I without
I with
I
~-----------~--------~
,start/stop Auto Poll I
y
I
I
I
z
,
I
I
I
I
~-------------------+-----------~--------+--------------~--------------~
1030
7
9
84
,
23
I
1050NS
7
9
68
I
16
I
1050S
11
136
I
34
,
1060
6
9
80
I
15
,
2260L
1
No~ app~icable Not applicable
2260R
7
136
20
2740
4
24
21
2740C
4
68
33
2740D
6
52
18
2740 DC
7
100
32
2740DT
8
68
22
2740DTC
8
116
36
2740S
6
9
48
12
2740SC
7
9
84
24
7770/72
4
52
0
115A
4
36
4
83E3
5
40
6
TWX 33/35
7
56
18
WTTA
5
52
36
1130 (leased)
8
148
53
1130 (dial)
8
196
53
1130 (multipoint)
8
164
53
'240
53
S360 (leased)
8
S360 (dial) size depends on codes in the FEATURE operand:
No ID Verif.
8
296
53
RIW
8
300
53
324
53
SIW,RXW
a
53
SXW,RXW
8
300
53
SIX,RXW
8
324
RXW
8
300
53
53
SIW,RIX
8
320
53
SXW,RIX
8
296
320
53
SIX,RIX
8
296
RIX
8
53
SIW
8
320
53
8
SXW
296
53
8
SIX
320
53
8
324
SIW,RIW
53
8
SXW,RIW
300
53
8
SIX,RIW
324
53
2780
Pt to Pt switched
140
53
EBCDIC
8
140
8
USASCII
53
TRANSCODE
140
53
8
pt to Pt
Non. Switched
EBCDIC
8
96
53
f
USASCII
8
96
53
I
TRANSCODE
8
96
53,
Multipoint
I
EBCDIC
8
132
53
I
USASCII
8
84
53
I
TRANSCODE
8
84
5 3 ,J
___________________
___________
________ ______________
______________
~
Figure 65.
322
~
~
~
Parameters for DTFBT Table Requirements Formula
IBM 5/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
DTFBTND (DEFINE THE FILE END:
BTAM)
This macro instruction does not require main storage at execution time.
DFTRf.lLST (DEFINE THE TERMINAL LIST:
BTAM)
Table Reguirements for OPENLST and WRAPLST
Size
=
n (m + 1) + 2
where:
n = numter of list entries
m
= number
of polling/addressing characters--a function of the
device, as shown in Figure 66
r------------r------------------,
I Device
I
m
I
t------------+------------------~
1030
10S0NS
105 OS
1060
2260L
2260R
2740
274 OC
27400
2740Dc
2740DT
2740DTC
2740S
2740SC
7770/72
11SA
83B3
1130
2780
WTTA
l ____________
i
Figure 66.
1
2
2
2
Not applicable
2
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
1
1
Not applicable
2
2
2
3
Not applicable J
__________________
Number of Polling/Addressing Characters
Table Requirements for DIALST
Size = n(m + 1) + 1 + q + p + i
where: n =
m
q
=
~
i
=
=
numter of list entries
values specified in Figure 66
2 if the list includes entries for polling or addressing
0 otherwise
numLer of dial digits
3 if the inlist operand is coded (BSC only)
0 otherwise
Appendix G
323
Table Requirements for 10LST
Size of TWX calling list = d + 5 + 2b
Size of TWX answering list = 5 + b
Size of BSC IDLST only = 3 + d + 2r + s + i
where: d
b
r
s
i
=
=
=
=
=
=
number of dial digits
number of TWX ID characters
nmnber of 10 characters expected to be received ( BSC)
number of ID characters to be sent (BSC)
3 if the inlist operand is coded (BSC)
0 otherwise
Table Requirements for SSLAST/SSAWLST
= n(m
Size
where: n =
m
=
+ 1) + 6
number of list entries
values specified in Figure 66
Table Requirements for AUTOLST/AUTOWLST
Size
= n(m
where: n
=
m =
+ 2) + 8
numter of list entries
values specified in Figure 66
Table Requirements for WTTALST
1.
When the WRU feature is present in DTFBT:
Size
2.
3 + 2r + s
When the lAM feature is present, and WRU is not present in UI'FBT:
Size = 2 + s
where: r
s
324
= numter
= number
of 10 characters expected to be received
of 10 characters to be sent
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
BTfwj(]) (BTAM LOGIC MODULE)
The size of the BTAM module varies with the options selected, as shown
in Figure 67. When all operands are omitted or the standard (default)
oFtions are coded, the resulting basic module requires 4770 bytes of
main storage.
r----------T--------~------------------------------------------------,
I Operand
I Option I Number of bytes added to basic module
I
.----------f--------+------------------------------------------------~
I
I N
I -2090
I
I
.--------+------------------------------------------------~
I ERLOGIC= I C
I + 320
I
I
~-------+------------------------------------------------~
I
I NC
I -1830
I
.----------+--------+------------------------------------------------~
I SWITCH= I YES
I + 290
I
~----------+--------~------------------------------------------------~
I AUDIO=
I YES
II + 410 (SWITCH must equal YES)
I
~----------+--------+------------------------------------------------~
I
I YES
I +1740
I
I BUFFER= .--------+------------------------------------------------~
I
I REQREL I + 640
I
~----------+--------+------------------------------------------------~
I TER~TST= I YES
I + 750
I
.----------+--------+------------------------------------------------~
I
I
I -1280 (If ERLOGIC=N)·
I
I
I
~------------------------------------------------~
I L2260=
I YES
I +1050 (If ERLOGIC=E)
I
t------------------------------------------------~
I
I
I
I
I +1360 (If ERLOGIC=C)
I
~------------------------------------------------~
I
I
I
I
I -1020 (If ERLOGIC=NC)
I
~-----~----+--------~------------------------------------------------~
I TRANSL= I YES
I + 140
I
~----------+--------+------------------------------------------------f
I
I
I BSCS=
I
I
I
I
I
I
I YES
I
I
I
I
I +9380 (If SWITCH=YES and BUFFER=YES)
I
~------------------------------------------------~
I +6640 (If SWITCH=YES and BUFFER=NO)
I
t------------------------------------------------~
I +5290 (If SWITCH=NO and BUFFER=NO)
I
~------------------------------------------------~
I +8020 (If SWITCH=NO and BUFFER=YES)
I
.----------+--------+------------------------------------------------~
I SSAPL=
I YES
I - 970 (If ERLOGIC=N)
I
t------------------------------------------------~
I
I
I
I
I +1560 (If ERJ~IC=E)
I
I
I
~------------------------------------------------~
I
I
I - 700 (If ERLOGIC=NC)
I
I
I
~-----------------------------------------------~
I
I
I +1880 (If ERLOGIC=C)
I
~----------+--------+------------------------------------------------~
I BSCMPT= I YES
I + 880 (ESCS must equal YES)
I
.----------+--------+------------------------------------------------~
I W'lTA
I YES
I + 320
I
~----------+--------+-------------------------------------------------~
I BSCTEST I YES
I +1690
I
.----------+--------+------------------------------------------------~
Il __________
DErBEXT I ________
YES
I ________________________________________________
- 50 te 4:
Not required when the systerr. contains only audio devices.
tbte 5:
Required if the IBM 2260 Local device is used.
Note 6: Required if World Trade Telegraph support is selected.
L-____________________________________________________________________
-J
Figure 68.
Basic QTAM Logic Modules
DTFQT (DEFINE THE FILE:
QTAM)
There are seven types of DTF tables which may be generated by a DTFQT
macro instruction. The storage estimates for each follow.
Table Requirements for DASD Message Queues File
Size
=
315 bytes
Appendix
G
327
Table Requirements for Communication Line Group File
For Nonaudio Line Group
Size = 48 + (128 + 8x)N
For Audio Line Group
Size = 64 + P + (161 +
where:
L~
+ L2 + G + x-z)N
N = number of lines in the line group
x
a function of the device, given in Figure 69
P = 22 for IBM 7772 only
L~ = length of input buffers
L2 = length of address chain buffers
G = 9 when using time stamping option, otherwise
z = 17 when information mode is used
=
r----------~-----_,
I Device
I
x
1
~-----------+------~
11030
1 8
1
1
11050NS
1 8
11050S
1 10 I
11060
1 7
1
12260 Remote 1 8
I
12260 Local 1 5
1
1274A
1 4
1
1 6
I
1 274B
1274C
1 6
1
12740
7 --II
_________ 1_____
L_~
~
Figure 69.
=0
r-------------T------,
1Device
1 x
I
r------------+------~
1274E
1 7
1
1274F
1 4
1
1274G
1 6
I
1274H
1 7
1
1 8
1
1115A
183B3
1 7
I
ITWX33/35
1 6
1
17770
1 0
1
17772
1 60 1
IWTTA
7
l _____________ 1______
JI
~
Values for Communication Line Group Table
Table Requirements for Main storage Process Queue
Size
=
84 + 12x
where:
x
=
0 for nonmixed application"
1 for mixed application
and
Table Requirements for Main Storage Destination Queue
Size = 80 bytes
Table Requirements for Checkpoint Records File
Size = 220+L
where: L
= length
of the checkpoint record specified by the SOWA keyword
operand.
Table Requirements for IBM 7772 vocabulary File
Size = 40+4p
328
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
where: p
= number
of BUFARU macro instructions
Table Requirement for Audio output Queue
Size
= 76
bytes
QTAM STORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL INFORMATION
The storage estimates for required control information are shown in
Figure 70.
r----------------------------------T---~-------------------------------,
I Control Blocks and Information
l Storage Requirements (in bytes)
l
l 12
l
.----------------------------------+-----------------------------------f
Terminal table
l
I
TERMTBL macro instruction 1
OPTION macro instruction
.-----------------------------------f
l No storage is reserved for this
l
I macro: it defines user areas
l
l that are included in the expansionl
I of the TERM macro instruction
l
I (U parameter)
l
TERM macro instruction 1
LltST macro instruction1
~-----------------------------------f
I 9 + I + U + D + 44F
I where: (I + U + D) ~243
l
l
.-----------------------------------f
I 12 + L + 2N + 140
l
2
I where:
(3 + L
+2N)~243
l
t-----------------------------------~
l 13 + A for audio process
I
l program entzy
I
l 9 + Y for nonaudio process
I
l program entzy
I
.----------------------------------+-----------------------------------~
I Pclling list
l 4 + 3N for autopolled terminals
l
l
I except IBM 1030
I
I
POLL macro instruction 3
I 4 + 2N for nonswitched terminals I
I
I or autopolled IBM 1030
I
I
I 5 for switched IBM terminals
I
I
I 3 + I for TWX
I
I
I 4 + T for WTTA terminals
I
.-~--------------------------------+-----------------------------------~
I Queue control Block for Process I
I
I
Queues and Destination Queues I 32X
I
.----------------------------------+-----------------------------------~
I Audio Line Table
I
I
I
LINETBL macro instruction1
I 4
I
PROCESS macro instruction1
I
I
LINE macro instruction 1
.-----------------------------------f
I 5 + Z
I
.----------------------------------+-----------------------------------~
I Audio Word Table
I
I
I
WORDTBL macro instruction1
I 4
I
I
~-----------------------------------~
IL__________________________________
WORD macro instruction 1
I ___________________________________
8 + W
JI
~
Figure 70.
Storage Requirements for QTAM Control Information
(Part 1 of 2)
Appendix G
329
r----------------------------------------------------------------------1
where: N
number of terminals
I
I
U
D
number of bytes in terminal ID
of bytes in optional area
of bytes in device address area; size depends on
contents:
= number
= number
For nonswitched terminal--addressing and polling
characters (1 byte/character)
For IBM switched terminal--field telling the number of
dial digits (1 byte) + dial digits (1 byte/digit) +
addressing characters (1 byte/chaxacter)
For TWX--field telling the number of dial characters (1
byte) + dial digits (1 byte/digit) + field telling the
number of 10 characters (1 byte) + ID characters (2
bytes/character)
For Wl'TA terminals--1 byte + field telling the number of
ID characters (1 byte) + 10 characters (2
bytes/character)
For IBM 2260 Local--a field of 6 full words consisting
of a CCB and other control information
L = number of bytes in name of the distribution list entry
in terminal table (1-8)
A = number of bytes in name of the audio process entry in
the terminal table.
Because the following field in the
entry must be aligned to a fullword boundary, this
field must be ei ther three, seven or eleven bytes long.
X = number of lines or terminals (depending on queuing
techniques) and the number of process queues
Y = number 6f bytes in name of the process entry in terminal
table (1-8)
Z = number of bytes in name of the line entry in line table
( 1-8)
W = number of bytes of the selected word
F = 1 for IBM 2740 Model 2 terminals with the Buffer
Receiver Option; 0 for other terminals
T = number of bytes in the CPU identification (WTTA
terminals)
I
I
I
I
I
I
.----------------------------------------------------------------------f
I Notes:
I
I
I
I 1. Add the number of bytes necessary for fullword boundary.
I
I
I
I ~ This number (140) is the number of bytes in the Distribution
I
I
List module (IJLQDL).
This number is included in the storage
I
I
requirements· only once if the LIST macro is used more than
I
I
once.
I
I
I
Il ______________________________________________________________________
3.
Add the number of bytes necessary for halfword boundary.
JI
Figure 70.
Storage Requirements for QTAM Control Information
(Part 2 of 2)
QTAM REQUIREMENT FOR BUFFERS
For Nonaudio Applications:
Buffer Pool Size = 8 + (X + 16)N + 24M
For Audio Applications with IBM 7772:
330
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
Audio Buffer Pool Size = 24 + (X + 88)N
where:
N = number of buffers specified
X = size of each buffer
M : number of CCWs QTAM generates for data insertion by the
PAUSE macro
QTAM STORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR DEVICE I/O MODULES
Figure 11 gives the storage requirements for the QTAM device I/O
modules. The storage for a particular device I/O module need be
included only once and only if the terminal type is present in the
system.
r--------------------------------------T--------T---------------------,
1 Module 1 Storage Requirf>..ments 1
'I
1
Terminal Device Type
1
Name
1
(in bytes)
1
~--------------------------------------f--------+---------------------~
1 IEM 1030 Data Collection System
1 IJLQMO 1
194
1
~----------~---------------------------+--------+---------------------f
I IBM 1060 D~ta Communications system
1 IJLQMl 1
168
1
.--------------------------------------+--------+---------------------~
I IEM 2260-2848 Display Complex
1 IJLQM2 1
206
1
~--~----------------------------------+--------f---------------------f
1 AT&T 83B3 Selective Calling Stations 1 IJLQM3 1
102
1
.--------------------------------------t--------f---------------------f
1 Western Union Plan 115A Outstations 1 IJLQM4 I ·
90
I
~-~------------------------------------+--------+---------------------~
1 IEM 1050 Data Communications system
I IJLQM5 I
201
I
I
on a switched network
1
I
I
.--------------------------------------+--------+---------------------~
I IBM 1050 Data Communications System I IJLQM6 I
194
I
~--------------------------------------+--------+---------------------~
I AT&T Model 33/35 TWX Stations
I IJLQM8 I
113
I
.--------------------------------------t--------f---------------------f
I IBM 2260-2848 Display Complex Local I IJLQM9 I
15
I
.--------------------------------------+--------+---------------------~
IBM 2140 Communications Terminal:
,Type 214A
Type 215B
Type 214C
I
I
I
.--------f---------------------f
I IJLQNO I
90
I
~--------+---------------------~
I IJLQNl I
151
I
~-------+---------------------~
I IJLQN2 I
162
I
Type 214D
.--------+---------------------f
1 IJLQN3 I
221
I
Type 214E
I IJLQN4 I
Type 214F
Type 284G
~--------+---------------------~
198
I
.--------f---------------------~
I IJLQN5 1
119
I
.--------f---------------------f
1 IJLQN6 1
183
1
~--------+---------------------~
Type 215H
I IJLQN1 I
156
1
~--------------------------------------+--------+---------------------f
IL ______________________________________
World Trade Telegraph Terminals
I ________
IJLQN8 I _____________________
300
JI
~
Figure 11.
~
Storage Requirements for QTAM Device I/O Modules
Appendix G
331
REQUIREMENTS FOR OTHER QTAM MACRO INSTRUCTIONS
Figure 72 gives the storage requirements for all other QTAM macro
instructions.
Much QTAM logic consists of modules introduced by the use of certain
QTAM macro instructions in the user's program. These Inacro instructions
expand into in-line coding that establishes the linkage to, and
parameters for, the QTAM modules.
Often a module so introduced into the
system will itself introduce another module, a process termed a second
level routine.
Column two of Figure 72 shows the extent of the coding produced by the
expansion of the macro instruction in column one. If the coding links
to a QTAM module, the module is presented in column three; if that
module links to other modules, they are presented in column four.
Storage requirements for a sharable module., or for a second level
routine that is linked to more than once in the same partition, are
included only once. For example, the macro instructions DIRECT, EOA,
and ROUTE all link to the same module, IJLQLK.
If two or more of these
macro instructions are used in the same message control program, the
module is included only once. Similarly, if the same macro instruction
is used more than once in the same program, storage is required for only
the additional linkage since the module is included just once.
332
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
r-------------------~---------~-------------------T-----------------,
I
I
I
I Macro Instruction
I
I
I
I
In-line I
I Second level
I
linkage I Sharable modules
I
routine
I
or code t---------T---------+--------T--------~
Note 5 I
Size I Name
I
Size I Name
I
r--~---------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------f
I ARUK;TYP
I
16 I
I
I
I
I
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I BREAKOFF
I
8 I
164 I IJLQBO
I
I
I
~-------------------+---------+---------+-------~-+--------+--------~
I CANCELM
I
8 I
112 I IJLQCM
I
I
I
.-------------------+---------r---------+---------+-------+--------f
I CHECKARU
I
70+ I
I
I
I
I
I message I
I
I text
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
~
I
I
I
I
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I CHNGP
I
42 I
146 I IJLQCP
I
78 I IJLQFL I
~-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I cm GT
I
26 I
250 I IJLQCT
I
I
I
.-------------------+--------~+---------+---------+--------+--------f
I CKREQ
I
10 I
100 I IJLQCR I
I
I
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I CIDSEMC
I
6 I
514 I IJLQQT
I
512 I IJLQCL I
~-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------f
I COPYC
I
24 I
414 I IJLQDC
I
I
I
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I Copyp
I
34 I
104 I IJLQDP
I
78 I IJLQFL I
~-------------------~---------~---------+---------t--------+--------~
I COPYQ
I
34 I
98 I IJLQDQ
I
I
I
r-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I COPYT
I
30 I
120 I LJLQDE I
I
I
.-~-----------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I COUNTER
I
12 I
I
I
I
I
~--~---------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I DATESTMP
I
8 I
70 I IJLQDT
I
70 I IJLQEX I
.-------------------+---------t---------t---------+--------+--------~
I DIRECT
I
12 I
104 I IJLQLK
I
I
I
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I ENDRCV
I
10 I
I Note 1 I
I
I
~-~-----------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------f
I 'EIDRCV (WTTA)
I
16 I
132 I IJLQEB
I
I
I
~-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I EIDREADY
I
80 I
I Note 1 I
I
I
~-------------------~---------~---------+---------+--------+--------~
I ENDSEND
I
10 I
I Note 1 I
I
I
r--~---------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------f
I EGA
I
28 I
100 I LJLQEA I
104 I IJLQSH I
I
I
I
I
I
76 I IJLQSK I
I
I
I
I
I
48 I IJLQRG I
60 I IJLQMT I
I
I
I
I
I
104 I IJLQLK I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I Note 2 I
~-------------------~---------~---------+---------+--------+--------~
I EOB
I
6 I
132 I I JLQEB
I
I Note 1 I
~-------------------+---------t---------+---------t--------t--------f
IL ___________________
EOBLC
I _________
6 I _________
380 I _________
IJLQEC I ________ I ________
Note 1 JI
~
Figure 72.
~
~
Storage Requirements for other QTAM Macro Instructions (Part
1 of 5)
Appendix G
333
r------------------~_r--------T-------------------T-----------------,
I
I
I
lIn-line I
I Second level
I
Ilinkage I Sharable modules I
routine
I
lor code
I Macro Instruction INote 5
I
Size I Name
I Size I Name
I
~--------------------4--------t---------+---------+--------+--------~
I ERRMSG
I
32+ I
284 I IJLQER I
104 I IJLQLK I
I
lmessage I
I Note 1 I
I
I
I
I text
I
I
I
I
I
.---------T---------t--------T--------f
~--------------------+--------+---------+---------f--------+--------f
I GET
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Message
I
I
464 I LJLQGS
I
I
I
I
·1
I
(See ~---------f---------+--------+--------~
I
I Figure I
482 I IJLQGM I
I
I
I
13.) r--------+---------f--------+--------f
I
I
510 I IJLQGR I
I
I
Segment
Record
.--------------------f--------f---------+---------+--------+--------~
I GET (AUDIO)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Audio message
I
I
310 I IJLQGA I
I
I
I
Audio and non- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
audio messages I
(See I
161 I IJLQGB I
I
I
I
Audio message & I Figure I
I
I
I
I
I
nonaudio recordl
13.) I
192 I IJLQGC I
I
I
I
Audio message & I
I
I
I
I
I
I
nonaudio seg- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ment
I
I
141 I IJLQGD I
I
I
.--------------------f--------f---------+---------+--------+--------f
I INTERCPT
I
12 I
128 I IJLQIT I
I
I
~--------------------~--------~---------f---------+--------t--------~
I LCGSEG
I
32 I Note 3 I
I
I
I
~--------------------f--------f---------f---------t--------f--------f
I LOOSEG (ARU)
I
26 I
304 I IJLQLG I
I
I
.--~----------------f--------t---------+---------+--------+--------~
I LPSTART
I
28 I
I Note 1 I
I
I
~--------------------+--------f---------f---------f--------+--------~
I MODE (C)
I
14 I
48 I MODE (U) I
104 I IJLQSH I
I
I
I
I module &I
I
I
I
I
I
I IJLQMM I
I
I
~-------------------+--------f---------+---------t--------f--------f
I MODE (U)
I
I
I
I
I
I
INITIATE
I
10 I
24 I IJLQMI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r-------f---------+---------f--------+--------f
10 I
36 I IJLQMP I
104 I IJLQSH I
PRIORITY
I
CONVERSE
I
I
10 I
I
4
I
19 I
~--------+---------+---------f--------~--------f
I
336 I LJLQMC
I Note 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r-------f---------+---------f--------+--------f
MOD 2 2 6 0
I
I
.--------------------f--------f---------+---------+--------+--------~
I MSGTYPE (C)
60 I IJLQMT
I
104 I IJLQSH I
~--------------------f--------f---------t---------+--------+--------f
I MSGTYPE
(U)
I
4
I
I
I
I
I
.--~----------------+--------+---------+---------f--------~--------f
I OPCTL
I
I
IL__________
Figure 12.
334
~
________
I
56 I
3146 I LJLQOC I
104 I IJLQLK I
I
I
I
I
104 I IJLQSH I
I
I
I
I
512 I IJIJJCL I
I ________ I _________ I _________ I ________ I ________
Note 1 JI
~
~
~
~
~
Storage Requirements for other QTAM Macro Instructions (Part
2 of 5)
IBM S/360 DOS Sys. Gen. and Maint.
r-------------------r---------T-------------------T-----------------,
I
I In-line I
I Second level
I
I
I linkage I Sharable modules I
routine
I
I
I or code ~---------T------~--+--------T--------~
I Macro Instruction I Note 5 I
Size I Name
I Size I Name
I
~-----~-------------~---------~---------+---------+--------+--------~
I PAUSE
I
13 + I
352 I IJLQPZ .I
I Note 1 I
I
I no. of I
I
I
I
I
I
I
insert I
I
I
I
I
I
I cha rs. I
I
I
I
I
.----------~--------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I PCLI.IMIT
I
12 I
120 I IJLQPL I
I
I
~-------------------+---------+---------f---------+--------t--------~
I POSTARU
I
6 I Note 1
I
I
I
I
~-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------f
I P~S TRCV
I
6 I
I Note 1 I
I
I
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I POSTSEND
I
12 I
I Note 1 I
I
I
~--~---------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------f
I
I
I
I
I
I
Pl1I'
Segment
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
508 I IJLQPS
I
I
I
I
I
I
See ~--------f---------+--------+--------~
Figure I
468 I IJLQPM I
I
I
73. 1----.
Record
I
532 I IJLQPR I
I
I
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I Pur (AUDIO)
I See Fig-I
386 I IJLQPA I
I
I
lure 73. I
I
I
I
I
I
Message
----+---------+--------+--------f
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------f--------f--------f
I
RCVHDR
I
8
I
I
I
I
I
~-------------------~---------f---------+---------+--------+--------~
I RCVSEG Note 4
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
~-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------f
I RELEASEM
I
12 I
161 I IJLQRM I
I
I
.----------~--------f---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I REPEAT
I
34 I Note 1 I
I
I
I
~-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------t--------~
I REROUTE
I
26 I
64 I IJLQRR I
104 I IJLQLK I
I
I
I
I
I
I Note 1 I
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I REI'RIEVE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DASD address
I
14 I
130 I IJLQRD I
I
I
I
~---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I
By sequence
I
26 I
420 I IJLQRS I
130 I IJLQRD I
I
number
I
I
I
I
I
I
.-------------------+---------t---------+---------+--------+--------f
I ROUTE
I
8 I
48 I IJLQRG I
104 I IJLQLK I
I
I
I
I
I
104 I IJLQSH I
~-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------f
I SENDHDR
I
16 I
I
I
I
I
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------~
I SENDSEG Note 4
I
4 I
I
I
I
I
~-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------t--------~
IL __________________
SEQIN
I _________
8 I _________
136 I _________
IJLQSI i I ________
104 I ________
IJLQSH JI
~
Figure 72.
~
~
~
storage Requirements for Other QTAM Macro Instructions (Part
3 of 5)
Appendix G
335
r-------------------,---------,-------------------T--~--------------,
I
I
I
I Macro Instruction
I
I
I
I
In-line I
I Second level
I
linkage I Sharable modules I
routine
I
or code r---------T---------+-------~--------f
Note 5 I
Size I Name
I Size I Name
I
.-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------4--------f
I SEQOUT
I
8 I
68 I IJLQSO
I
70 I IJLQEX I
.-------------------+---------+---------+-----~---+--------+--------~
I
I
SKIP (CT)
8
I
48
I
IJLQST
I
104
I
I,JLQSH
I
~-------------------+---------+---------+---------+--------+--------f
I SI Source Exif Data: File Type : PDF
File Type Extension : pdf
MIME Type : application/pdf
PDF Version : 1.3
Linearized : No
XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.13 Paper Capture Plug-in
Modify Date : 2009:09:02 23:20:03-07:00
Create Date : 2009:09:02 23:20:03-07:00
Metadata Date : 2009:09:02 23:20:03-07:00
Format : application/pdf
Document ID : uuid:5c822cce-8d3a-4cb2-90bb-67aa0fd11609
Instance ID : uuid:0b16b400-d768-4619-bd1c-efb3dac11b4c
Page Layout : SinglePage
Page Mode : UseOutlines
Page Count : 386
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools